


LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 



Shelf .„;?i.I- 

UN1TED STATES OF AMERICA. 



^H 






AN 



ASSYRIAN MANUAL 



FOR THE USE OF BEGINNERS IN THE STUDY 
OF THE ASSYRIAN LANGUAGE 



BY / 

D. G. LYON 

PROFESSOR IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY 




u s 



CHICAGO 

The American Publication Society of Hebrew 
1886 

Co 






Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1886, by 

D. G. LYON, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



J. S. Cushing & Co., Printers, Boston. 



PEEFACE. 



This book is designed to meet the needs of those who 
desire to become acquainted with the Assyrian language but 
who cannot easily have access to oral instruction. It is be- 
lieved that this class is not a small one and that it will rapidly 
grow. The Assyrian remains are so rich in the most valuable 
materials that the language is no longer a luxury to be enjoyed 
by the few, but has become a necessity to the specialist in 
Semitic history, religion and linguistics. The points of con- 
tact with the Hebrew language and literature in particular are 
so numerous and of such interesting character that no Old 
Testament exegete can ignore the results of Assyrian study. 
Two great obstacles have stood in the way of those who desire 
to become acquainted with the language, the lack of suitable 
books for beginners and the large demand made on the mem- 
ory for the acquisition of the cuneiform signs. It is the task 
of learning the signs which constitutes the chief difficulty. 
Indeed, apart from this, the language, is not very difficult. 
But for this, one who is fairly well acquainted with Hebrew, 
might read ordinary prose Assyrian with much less labor than 
it costs to learn Hebrew. That is, Assyrian written in Hebrew 
or in Latin letters, is one of the easiest of the Semitic lan- 
guages. No student, of course, can ever be an independent 
worker unless he also acquires the cuneiform signs, and that 
for the reason that the values of many of the signs are vari- 
able. But supposing the signs to be correctly transliterated, 
it is possible to have a good acquaintance with the language 
without learning an}' of the signs. It is true of the Assyrian 
as of all languages, that it lies not in the characters which 



IV PREFACE. 

represent the sounds, but in the sounds themselves. The rec- 
ognition of this fact constitutes the chief peculiarity of the 
Assyrian Manual. The author has learned by several years' 
experience in teaching, that the best beginning is made by the 
use of transliterated texts. Thus by the time the student has 
learned the most necessary cuneiform signs, he has already 
gathered a small vocabulary and begins to appreciate the 
grammatical structure of the language. Each step in this 
direction increases his interest in the study and lightens the 
task of committing the signs to memory. Some persons will 
content themselves without the signs. Those who have more 
time, or who wish, to be independent of transliterations made 
by others, will not fail to acquire the signs, however irksome 
the task may be. 

The central feature of the Assyrian Manual is the collec- 
tion of transliterated texts, pages 1-52. The originals to 
these texts are nearly all found in volumes I and V of "The 
Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia," and the suspended 
figures represent in each case the line, so that the original 
can be readily consulted. There is perhaps no more satisfac- 
tory method of learning the cuneiform signs than by reading 
inscriptions with the aid of transliterations. It is to be ob- 
served that in the transliterated texts in this book words in 
smaller type represent determinatives, words divided into syl- 
lables represent such as are written syllabically, and those not 
so divided represent such as are written by an ideogram ; cf . 
pp. xxv-xxvi. Ideograms about whose reading I am in 
doubt have been indicated by bold-face type. Groups of signs 
have also been sometimes thus indicated, some of which ma}' 
turn out to be ideograms and others syllables. In the case of 
words ideographically written and also in the glossary, I have 
undertaken to indicate the length of the vowels, though I have 
not in all cases done so. This task is a difficult one, and the 
decision must in many cases be based upon analogy. The 
texts selected, excepting those of Nabonidus and Cyrus, all 
fall withiu what might be called the classic Assyrian period. 



PREFACE. V 

For the transliterated texts the chronological order has been 
followed, except that it seemed desirable to place the trans- 
lated passage, with which the student should first begin (pp. 
42-49), near the cuneiform original (pp. 53-57). Pages 50 
and 51 are intended for study immediately after the. foregoing 
section, while . page 52, which is not in chronological order, is 
placed where it is because its contents are essentially unlike 
those of the other transliterated texts. The system of trans- 
literation adopted here is essentially that in use among German 
students of Assyrian. In the case of words containing the 
signs ki (ki) or Tea (ka), I have -generally written ki, ka, these 
being the most frequent values of the signs. The student must 
therefore bear in mind that k sometimes corresponds to a p. 

The texts have not been divided into sentences and para- 
graphs as fully as might have been done. The Assyrian, it 
must be remembered, indicates but rarely such divisions. 

The selection of cuneiform texts, besides the original of the 
Eg}'ptian Campaign, had special, reference to the intrinsic inter- 
est of the passages chosen. It is believed that these passages, 
excepting a few difficult words, will be within the reach of 
those who have mastered the syllabic signs (pp. xiii-xvi) and 
some pages of the transliterated texts. 

The notes (pp. 65-94) are not intended as a commentary, 
but only as brief suggestions to aid the student's progress. 
They are fullest on the passage for beginners (pp. 42-49). It 
has not seemed necessary to comment in each case on words 
of whose meaning I am in doubt, that doubt having already 
been sufficiently expressed in the transliteration or in the glos- 
sary. Notes on pp. 53-5 7 15 have not been given, because 
those on pp. 42-49 cover this passage. The references with § 
before them are to the outline of grammar (pp. xxv-xlv). 
I have in the notes rarely divided into syllables the words 
commented on, because the student knows from the translitera- 
tion in each case whether a word is an ideogram or is written 
syllabi cally. Nor have I ordinarily divided into syllables 
Assyrian words quoted in the comments. 



VI 



In the glossary the etymological arrangement has been followed, 
but for ease of reference most words with formative prefixes 
have been twice entered. In the case of weak stems, there are, 
of course, many instances in which a doubt exists about one or 
more letters. In such cases the provisional stem indicated by 
Hebrew letters is only intended to aid in using the glossary. 
Progress in the study will undoubtedly make many corrections 
in any attempt to assign to each word its tri-literal stem. The 
first word in bold-face type after the Hebrew letters is in the 
case of verbs the infinitive of the form I 1 (Qal), the Hebrew 
letters, however, being regarded as sufficient in cases where I 
was in doubt as to the Assyrian form of the infinitive. In the 
case of other words than verbs the word in bold-face type rep- 
resents the absolute form of the noun, etc. Only those forms 
which are followed by a reference to page and line actually 
occur in this collection of texts. The division of the word into 
syllables is the same as explained above. Words for which I 

have no definition are followed by five dots ( ). I have 

tried to make the references complete in the case of words 
occurring but few times, but this course did not seem necessary 
in the case of those which occur with great frequency. 

A list of the proper names which occur in the texts has not 
been added, because in a book for beginners such a list does 
not seem to me necessary. 

The list of signs includes an almost complete list of the 
phonograms (pp. xiii-xvi), together with a full list of the 
ideograms (pp. xviii-xxiv) occurring in the cuneiform texts 
(pp. 53-64) and in the originals on which the transliterated 
texts (pp. 1-52) are based. In case of the texts written in 
Babylonian characters (pp. 23, 24, 35-41), the Assyrian form of 
the sign is given. A complete list of phonetic . values is not 
yet possible, but the one here given is sufficiently full for all 
practical purposes. A complete set of ideograms and ideo- 
graphic values is also impossible and lies outside of the scope 
of this book. The signs are arranged in the order of com- 
plexity, reference being had in each case to the first wedge or 



PREFACE. Vll 

wedges on the left of the sign. Thus zu, No. 5, though com- 
posed of more wedges than is, No. 135, comes before it, because 
zu begins with only one horizontal wedge, while is begins with 
two. The order is first those signs beginning with horizontal 
wedges, then those with oblique wedges, afterwards those with 
the double wedge and lastly those with perpendicular wedges. 
These groups are further subdivided on the basis of the num- 
ber of wedges with which each sign begins. 

The outline of grammar (pp. xxv-*xlv) is intended as a 
bare sketch, yet it is believed that the important facts of 
the grammar are here presented. A reference has been 
given for nearly every word quoted as an illustration, and so 
far as possible the reference is to texts in this book. The 
student can thus easily turn to the passage and see the word 
in its connections. In the treatment of the weak verb, 
§■§ 25-32, an attempt has been made to refer existing forms 
to the original forms from which they come, though it must 
be admitted that in most cases such original forms were 
no longer in use when the language entered on its literary 
stage. 

The plan to be pursued in the use of this book will depend 
on one's methods of study. For those who have no teacher I 
would recommend the following plan : Read the outline of 
grammar two or three times. Then read several times the 
Egyptian Campaigns with the translation (pp. .42-51). Much 
of the grammar will at once be clear and many Hebrew 
equivalents will present themselves. Then go over the same 
passages in connection with the notes and glossary, looking 
up all the grammatical references. At the same time commit 
to memory each day a few of the most common phonograms 
(pp. xvi-xvii), and practise those learned $ by writing them and 
by pointing them out in the cuneiform texts. After the 
Egyptian Campaigns the selection beginning on page 21 may 
be studied, then the one on page 27, after this the Syrian Cam- 
paign of Sennacherib, pp. 10-12. The student may then read 
the remaining selections in order, the most difficult being those 



Vlii PREFACE. 

of Nabonidns and Cyrus (pp. 35-41), the difficulty in the latter 
case being largely due to the fragmentary condition of the orig- 
inal. So soon as the Egyptian Campaign has been mastered in 
transliteration, or even before, the student may turn his atten- 
tion to the original, pp. 53-57. He should make himself so 
familiar with this that he could write out a transliteration, or 
could reproduce the original from the transliteration. When he 
has done this, it is probable that he could make very good 
headway with the remaining cuneiform selections, pp. 57-64. 
In reading these he will turn to the list of signs for any sylla- 
ble or ideogram which may be unknown. But his acquaintance 
with the structure of the language, gained from reading trans- 
literated texts, will generally enable him to decide whether a 
sign is syllable or ideogram. It is desirable to make constant 
reference to the original in reading the other selections also, 
and thus to gain familiarity with the signs. Long before the 
student has accomplished all that is here marked out, he will be 
delighted to find that, if he is tolerably familiar with the list of 
signs, he will be in position to translate with a good deal of 
confidence untransliterated historical texts. For practice it is 
particularly desirable to have volume V of " The Cuneiform 
Inscriptions of Western Asia." 

To the published works of my co-laborers in Assyrian I am 
under obligations for many suggestions as to reading and mean- 
ing of words. I have not thought it necessary in each case to 
cumber the notes by an acknowledgment. The cases may be 
few where I have assigned to words meanings which have not 
been assigned by some predecessor. But besides the acknowl- 
edgments made in the notes I desire here to express ill partic- 
ular my obligations to the works of Prof. Friedrich Delitzsch. 
The Schrifttafel in Prof. Delitzsch's Assyrische Lesestiicke, ed. 3, 
is the most valuable collection of cuneiform signs which has yet 
appeared. 

The printer^, Messrs. J. S. Cushing & Co., have brought 
to the mechanical execution of the book that good taste and 
faithfulness which characterize all their work. If the book shall 



PREFACE. IX 

supply the need which seems to me to exist, and shall make it 
possible more easily than heretofore to possess oneself of the 
rich treasures of the Assyrian language, I shall be amply 
rewarded for all the time and labor which its preparation has 
cost. 

D. G. LYON. 
Cambridge, July, 1886. 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Abbreviations . xii 

List of Signs xiii-xxiv 

Phonograms xiii-xvi 

Selected phonograms xvi-xvii 

Determinatives xvii 

Ideograms xviii-xxiv 

Outline of Grammar xxv-xlv 

§ 1. The language xxv 

§ 2. The written character , xxv 

§ 3. Ideograms xxv 

§ 4. Phonograms xxvi 

§ 5. Determinatives, Phonetic complements xxvi 

§ 6. On reading cuneiform inscriptions xxvi 

§ 7. Phonic material xxvii 

§ 8. Phonic changes xxvii-xxix 

§ 9. Personal pronouns xxix-xxx 

§ 10. Demonstrative pronouns xxxi 

§ 11. Relative pronoun xxxi 

§ 12. Interrogative pronouns xxxii 

§ 18. Indirect interrogative and indefinite pronouns xxxii 

§ 14. Reflexive pronoun xxxii 

§ 15. Noun formation xxxii-xxxiii 

§ 16. Inflection xxxiii-xxxiv 

§ 17. Numerals xxxiv 

§ 18. Conjunctions xxxv 

§ 19. Adverbs ; xxxv 

§ 20. Prepositions xxxvi 

§ 21. Verb stems xxxvi-xxxvii 

§ 22. Tense and mood xxxvii-xxxviii 

§ 23. Inflection of the strong verb xxxix-xl 

§ 24. Remarks on the paradigm xl 



CONTENTS. XI 

PAGE 

§ 25. The weak verb xli 

§ 26. Verbs initial J . . .xli 

§ 27. Verbs initial guttural xli-xlii 

§ 28. Verbs middle guttural xlii 

§ 29. Verbs final guttural xliii 

§ 30. Verbs initial 1 or , xliii-xliv 

§ 31. Verbs middle 1 or , xliv 

§ 32. Verbs final 1 or , xliv 

§ 33. Quadriliteral verbs xliv-xlv 

Transliterated Texts . 1-52 

Tiglathpileser I. Three Campaigns 1-4 

Assurnazirpal. Standard Inscription 5-6 

Shalmaneser II. Genealogy, Three Campaigns, Tribute 

of Jehu 7-8 

Sargon. Conquests, Restoration of Calah 9-10 

Sennacherib. Syrian Campaign, Tribute of Hezekiah 10-12 

Campaign against Elam 13-14 

Campaign against Babylon 14-17 

Destruction of Babylon 17-18 

Esarhaddon. Campaign against Sidon «... 18-19 

Assurbanipal. Youth and Accession to the Throne 19-20 

Campaign against Tyre, Submission of Gyges of 

Lydia 21-23 

Account of Temple Restorations 23-24 

War against Samassumukin of Babylon 24-27 

Arabian Campaign , 27-34 

Nabonidus. Temple Restorations in Haran and Sippar. . .35-39 
Cyrus. Capture of Babylon, Restoration of Gods to their * 

Temples . 39-41 

Assurbanipal. Two Egyptian Campaigns and Hunting 

Inscription (with translations) 42-51 

Is"tar's Descent to Hades 52 

Cuneiform Texts . 53-64 

Assurbanipal's First Egyptian Campaign 53-57 

Account of the Deluge 57-62 

Fragment of a Creation Tablet 62 

From Istar's Descent to Hades 63-64 

Notes on the Texts 65-94 

Glossary 95-138 



ABBREVIATIONS. 



Asb., Asb. Sm., Assurb. Sm. : History of Assurbanipal, by George 

Smith. London, 1871. 
Beh. : Behistun-ftiscription of Darius, III R 39-40. 
Busspsalmen : Babylonische Busspsalmen, by Heinrich Zimmern. 

Leipzig, 1885. 
D., NR., S. : .short Achaemenian inscriptions, published by Paul Haupt 

in Bezold's Die Ach'amenideninschriften. Leipzig, 1882. 
Lay., Layard : Inscriptions in the Cuneiform Character, by A. H. 

Layard. London, 1851. 
Lesest. 3 : Assyrische Lesestiicke, ed. 3, by Friedrich Delitzsch. Leipzig, 

1885. 
Paradies : Wo lag das Paradies ?, by Friedrich Delitzsch. Leipzig, 

1881. 
KAT 2 : Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament, ed. 2, by Eberhard 

Schrader. Giessen, 1883. 
Khors : Grande Inscription du Palais de Khorsabad, by J. Oppert and 

J. Menant. Paris, 1863. 
Nimrodepos : Das Babylonische Mmrodepos, by Paul Haupt. Leipzig, 

1884. 
Pinches Texts : Texts in the Babylonian "Wedge-Writing, by T. G. 

■Pinches. London, 1882. 
R : The Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia, by Sir Henry Raw- 

linson and others. 5 vols. London, 1861-1S84. The number 

before R indicates the vol., the numbers after R indicate page and 

line,. Thus IV R 9, 6 a means vol. IV, p. 9, 1. 6, col. 1. 
S% S b , S c : The Syllabaries in Delitzsch's Assyr. Lesest. 3 . 
Sargontexte : Keilschrifttexte Sargon's, by D. G. Lyon. Leipzig, 1883. 
Sargon Cyl., Sargon St.: The Cylinder-Inscription and Bull-Inscrip- 
tion^ in Lyon's Sargontexte. 
Strassm. : Alphabetisches Verzeichniss der Assyrischen und Akkadischen 

Worter, etc., by J. N. Strassmaier. Leipzig, 1S82-18S6. 
Tiglathpileser : Die Inschriften Tiglathpileser's I, by Wilhelm Lotz. 

Leipzig, 1880. 
ZKF. : Zeitschrift fiir Keilschriftforschung, by Carl Bezold and others. 

Leipzig, 1884-1886. 



det., determ. : determinative. — id. (pi. ids.) : ideogram. — perm. : per- 
mansive. — st. : stem. — var. : variant. The other abbreviations will 
be familiar. 



Pi. 



m,&-fy^Q/rn-S 



T* 



1. 9-Q£,/utfm, old 

& pffl Sit, SUU>(kM 

kiisCs) ■ 
sum., sa/ti. 

gw*:>>*c tout, 
t), koL^tih 

cUtxi ) tion ■ 

II M^fft 4ul, j^- 
m.*rf- cun. 

J£ At -4aA-, fiaji, 
kuA, -huA-- 



33 



M.A Mas. 

x 4c, 4-^ditb 

7nlditi)M> 

SfUfoisCL. 

38.^ £i- 

fuVc } Q7ULSLS). 

ifUA/yi, kuun 

4cLfr(k,4l), 
flCUL(k,k)- 

Old/nt. 

5&>W£iTuu£(t,t) 
51. *£ MjajL(t, i),<ffuL 
ii,t) , awn, , 

hcwc,kccin 
Si. >£^ (Han, ivm,. 



ss.^^a^ikk-y 

SLtrJ^/uUct.l), 

cLU, tod, 
tal, ' 

til, sit, 

^■^M'Mailfil 
' -hll4(k). 



M»m4udi^. 

(o$.t^$UA.,$U>L. 

ag& so.. 

i&. £$ fun-, ham,, 

6f.&& ttflh, k). 

70.^^-cUjt, fa/L, 

tut. 

w 

n^^dafi.taA. 
vs.^^mdat.tdi. 

% £Z dcdr(ft-), fcdr 
cfi), taJ-ffi)- 

n.^aJrift). 



XIV 

u/m, muts. 
ngWduIcfi). 

u.^ l. 

37.e|E a^a/n, -nam, 
93.zgjp tialcfi)- 

n #f $oa, sV 

S A, 3 A, 4m 
9S$£fs*, sum- 

%& 4lcuHS,S), 

(fo, 4ialcfo, 
claJn., fcaJri, 
taAVycLuJh. 

lot. p^ arm . 

td., kunn, 

rLbl/YYl 



fia/m. , 



(p.), him. 

-tlA/m., AAr. 

ui. 



110. 



uls, m 



a-cis, &&$■ 

gLcL. 
notorial. 

IS1.£fr-fnaA. 



6 aA,M. 

mtfp. /UcL(ii),$uL 
Sam, $a#n, 

(ft), lU(fi), 

dam., ta/n, 

m.tfff am. 

MV.EbaaA, MM, 

/^■p$* hi. 

■Sao*-, 



M 

kin, 

ILL 



orWL. 



pJhtmJy**™-* 



XV 



'71. \ aA/m^uA. 
TricodLiiihnaA 



193. %uA(i,i)y : ^ L ' 
ta/m t 4vh., 

hah., hiA.,<dJn 

Hi i§r-fc, "ml, &l, 
tal. . 

uJk. 

ay taJ(fi)jSQJ(fi), 
-l^/fehtlik, 

Ilk. 



!■</■. 



l%.^=$^,/Vo.v7. 
(tf.A = $L,/Vo.a4f. 

lot $* Jicvm,4um. 
a.03. Atf? vm 

*°1- &$£■ &**■ f^- 
^UA,4ljWrn, 



3.o$. $$ sum. 
aof.< to. g 

&i3.<m* »£%,/&.*> 

2i7.4&AlS{$\4uS(& 

MiU,$uyn. 
22.0. &(<nvm, tiM/m 
&}.<%( lame. 

hum. 



m^gg fa. 

237.^oU,tL t sd£ J 
5uU. 

zmqid^n. tin. 
2W. <f^ oUn.suI, 

Ml.JcUs.ils, fa 
(s,6), cvncc. 

251. f***-,}*** X AiA tHAS- 

4yoJr(fC), 4tVl, 
/Wffl,AA/n,. 



U7 



'Lb- 



w.^4uji t frit- 

(fa)- 



XVI 



fybcnvovSL&m'S ■ 



M.m,mia,°Li 




27/.$-g fee. 




SfflWCL. 


(ft), t<Jr(foj 




m. $4? cumcut. 




W-lffl <*>-<*.,&. *i. 


iU-(ji). 




*n-$W<ruvk<4i). 




m^a.,^L. 


mm,m^, 




m&ma. 




w-fr-fa. 


nun, ykorv. 




ZWV^ j itvm J 4it J um i 




m%4$f"f-. 


ILL I iuu. 








**3-JZ $<of(ki), 
l i^4i i fiUi. 


367- $- Sal, sal, 




cLluqc hh). 




^f(^A)- 




m-WuA-.&fibk 




znjjmta. 


ICSX^Sul, ?LLvm. 




OjCOSj £&$(£), 




WW S^'f**' 






■bis. 




287. W ous. 



>- ous. 
i*f- a/Yb. 

Ob, 



:ou. 









GelecAiul PJum^royuiTrts. 



Pfftfll. 






*U- ■ 

t^rn- -on. 
p& anrv. 



$ i% is, is. 

^z tU, oofi- 

^eicL, tec, 

v U. 



4t&: 

If aai, out, "£■ 
< it. 

4ft— Si- 

4£ eti. it. 

$M<ki- 
$B.i£-, 4 1 - 



I sou. 





Sb-eZkA, 


7rw. 


riOAAAT^S. 


xvii 


W£ sec. 


XUfT^- IT? a,. 


^S tot. 


Ikf^- 


v"*- \%t?- 


V &L- 


2>€&A^nimJxytvv-^s. 


(Mtrs 


b tnaMt^J. * aM. Jt£a,u.<l a^BUt. ikeU- U^H^ds 


) 


*+f- iMl-.curcl 






K $~* faartri ■■ Tiuon-i^A. . 


oflT oMl: city. 




K mH: 


>v^(ViJuc-^n£mtA. 




<^B jzi ■■ -fi/asc^; cstrwn4?iA{, 


*vffl isSuAll : -i^vd. 




J 07L. ■■ OThOUSCAA^CriiL JsvvAm, 


^^tkaJika4n: staA. 




*$$¥?! Jf t*£- ia.-a.-vK: ovwrnjre^. 




fVCrtJSHS. 


*S|£:,^ horn, .- nvwmsh*'- 




*p»-f4. 


£*|E IrypiMc :OTi>hnAJL. 




$- -j-- '■ tf-em . h/^ofu^ m,orw^-s i 


^aJruL- stem^. 




jjwnaA Q/Twma£-$. Jav*. . ad- 


£f i&CL : i^JUL } nraveL . 




J-jlcAm^s ol^uL a,5 m-eruTLS. 


£$£ 4t4Afia£c : WSS-d, fiat. 




pf ^*c : c£ctL(>rva . 


KSv %&; $& QsmiLL : e$- 




JUT MaA^l • 4w/ 


fvoui£ j faj*, fettfuit . 




*Yf t>$- <*; -cm : 7iu/m4eAj. 


^ ondta ■ £e^oL,e#vm1?iy- 




Y$]>*$ WMTUL : sAe&m,; itrcL tr/nwfiA. 


5&,cLCL: OTbCrlvnt<M/rL . 




*ffi4 rruZritL: /t>£- 



/. >— 4^4, : iox, with., -pfrj 
TtCLOLCLTzU, ■ 'tcr aOv<s. 

3 e£ffg$¥ CiAs-a, ; own, 0.&JS3. 

4- h^T OTLbuS'ka. ■■ ait on ; 
(o. s**f£, h^S rruuku.- tc9a^eyU~ 

to. ►*£- £f >f- ^5^^ •■ /^£ • 

i3. »m.m= Hf >e tffr ^ : 

(of a, stktaon) ■ 4z^iti ■. 



17. P^f icXoul.^ ; -£ai& 



CaTCu 



^ 'hi^cLoh . 

Sods, ■ ta/ms. S-iL-^-i-j^. 
SI *&\%$&Au, : <x ktn.1 «f 

2<j p^ ussic ■■ -ffirwn,(la&cm. . 

30. p^ ?&*, / sAttc : -e*aJUitL. 

31. pflj ' ViLlyiA- ■ Tv -esn.^. 
p^pf-f SlM7Vnv<w<- '• olav~t. 
§$f pf^f O. -Jvi£.u.en3 stir**- trf 

£v jwvi&vt . 






XIX 



On -e/ntcen. • o^cLcL&rw- ■. u 

-^6 .- axruU, stvuvm. . 
w£->~4 (ill- fird Gil, 

t^fitt it- OAncri: : ttVL S€A. j 

also jfo. s-ea. h&i.StrH-i-J!dl. 






Sa/iA-afi, Acrv-t^Tten . 



^M 4£ Qidtu. ■. ebaam, vis Cm. , 
Hl*M 4w»: /teci- 

n »& -Ufa ■■ ifrct^rsse.sscrv. 



'iCL ■ £fftd. 

•iS A /M7 kvtssii ■ 4umu<m, 

SI. HIX sWtX : -^^ X&W^ . 
5?. Hf ^JJsiaA ■■ q^UtSi J site. . 

S3. £$!{ cLsf>M ■■ -4ten<^. ■ 
Si *$& hUccda. ■■ truck, 4-ewk 
of cc AMrtA,. 

ss. $$m WW; Uk-M- 

LUk.. 

SI. *PfT / kawru<c ■■ -Toevn, 

51. H^^fff QieU ■■ &ifl!<url<rss*s 



XX 



bO. *ff£ JUSU : AetU. ^faidic 

W<J^ isaAsu. ■. to- fiA-txsfieA. 



asms. 



&AL. 






"f- *£ *fR HW *-^yi c/^.« 

71. t&Rf SJuVut : £/W . 

7*tfd$f4^:JU^. 

76. ^T <^uz = vis-oJl^astk 



ft- $$)e^ OJl4uI ■ '*&*> ASLOA.) 0a4vl: 
^ ^^. ^2<aA4<m<-. •• lAPSWL . 



%(rQA^7m 



XXI 



■ %$aJnu.- sttrhJL 
c l e l. ££: Afasu. ■■ 4 oL t -rruUbL-j 4vl- 

lOP. %f £f 4annowc : all. 

lot. tftj^ptsuAU ■ Itasrn, . 

I Ob. ££wf- jriojisiL ■ (Urrmncw-d,, 

l°1. tflsu, : traZj urcrtroi. 

Ill . b*f fcf cs^ sWl': f*t-£ 

l/3.tftaJfuL:£rr. 

tut WzU- £tK*-d Sui^o* . 

//?. £fftE: anwmafoc ■ iiMstrvt. 

Hi tfTP eoSUiL. : s-v»*-*»d 



ctamtts. 

~lrua/YU)L. 

/3/. ^ ^a^c = smodstj ha.- 
IB. ^f fuVvoMuL : StvnduaAij. 



ix-^-UMk-v^ 
M-g4&tu.-.4u*U. 

1$~ Jfp ^wwu^ musicians. 
ka,(U-. 4,<micL Aik&A 



XXII 






m 
m 
ihs. 

: % 

"11 



(4&S4-QA.) ■. sun, ; jvisil ■■ 
►*W$f s# somsi ■ St" 1 ™** 



fW UA^U: llfU. 



aAcm ■ & 

£jp3f $f& ScrmiL liAzittrus sZW. 

^ <x/m> Soa. . 

^ ^4^ As sua ■■ 4ssf- 



l&- A^ aid- a^ffar. mAvm--6e>LS. 
IS 3- £W ScLw. ■. urvn,cL. 

j^oLoUl : atr<t -%. 
^•fp<pb ■\/m&aA>u. ■ stirvm 

M. < fl<vmwn ■ bird Rcynvdn 
I Si <*%%% Uc ■ d, ovfityt, cd-nrf, 

1 6,1. <^ 4ti$sa&L : -tot*£L } 

ItA. £f <££l SiMc : 3^VCLCl<rur. 

163. 4fl4za.slu2) : £<**& . 

<%*m4tAMu:<LM<> 

ilO.tfvr- 100 

171- 4fff iW: " e ^ e - 



XXtll 



U3.<}^oLu?7vku, ■ aAsfriicru.* fa. 
ISO. fgfl 7 s^ ^At-fiitchm. 

4M fuAAU,SStl ■ oUcaJUL, ok - 

Jit. ^o^cu^A. ■ icr 4<^a,. 
Y\r-cmsL -hwyicbuuL. 



Sa/rU'tu.-- 4^ra j AeJ'ii^tu^fy^ 
ftrdoUss 92. 

-Ij-eMAeA., 

^IT oUcai siftv. 

*M- T(A*ASmrUlu ; Aft '4mU. 



£63 



XXIV 



aoAMmvi 



-. oLtru- 
S4m ; <rrul : WtL 



210 



f t*f old. aft**, vmmUui, 






■as B^ -rw/yrvYL. 






KwlFJIE oMoJiU, : 07U.SS-HI- 

SOwmui- ^ovt^ne^, j^u^toi. 

Tfiru/YVcLaAu $£cnjL. 
^Jf AcSU ■ fvtrSS <LSSt'07L. 






Oltvnvlexs. 






f p~ =i 




4f = u 




yy Yb— = s-°° 


n^ = a. 




44. = <2 




<<[V- =10°° 


TFT- 3 




44< - 3o 




^tftr^W> 


V,^ = f 




f&},* = 70 




44. ^= a - 000 ° 


4 = /o 




Hi &4=»o 




T^ff-#V* 


<fmi 




fjr- = 100 




l$1<o. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 



§ 1. The language. Assyrian is the language of that great Semitic 
empire of the Mesopotamian valley, which came to an end with the 
capture of Babylon by Cyrus in 538 b.c. This language has been pre- 
served in inscriptions carved on stone and metals and stamped on 
clay. The oldest known specimens are from the time of Sargon I, 
whose date is given as about 3800 B.C. (cf. 37 33 ). The written language 
continued in use through the Persian and Greek periods till after the 
beginning of our era, particularly for recording commercial transactions. 
The most flourishing literary period was the time of the last Assyrian 
dynasty, 722-606 B.C. The language, with very slight dialectical differ- 
ences, was the same in Babylonia as in Assyria. Such a difference is 
the Babylonian preference for a softer pronunciation, as ibxMu 38 21 for 
ipisu to make, gatu 36 31 for Tcatu hand, irzitu for irsitu earth. The 
Assyrian belongs to what is known as the northern group of Semitic 
languages, including Hebrew, Aramaic, etc. 

§ 2. The written character. The Assyrian language, which is 
read from left to right, is written in wedges, whence the name cuneiform 
(Lat. cuneus, a wedge, and forma), the common designation of this 
kind of writing. This character, which was employed by various other 
peoples besides the Babylonians and Assyrians, is believed to have 
been of non-Semitic invention. The Persians used a simplified form, 
which they reduced to an alphabet. 

§ 3. Ideograms. Cuneiform writing was originally picture writing, 
each sign representing an object or idea. Thus a circle was the sun, 
four lines crossing at a point, a star, and five horizontal lines, a hand. 
It was perhaps owing to the difficulty of tracing on soft clay that the 
curves and straight lines developed into wedges. In the cuneiform 
signs as we now have them the original picture is in most cases no 
longer discernible. Signs representing objects and ideas are called 
ideograms. Some ideograms have several significations, but in many 



XXVI OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

cases a relation between the several meanings is evident. Thus the 
sign for mouth represents the verb to speak, and the sign for booty 
represents also the verb to capture. 

§ 4. Phonograms. A second stage in the development was the 
use of some of the cuneiform signs to represent syllables. Such signs 
may be called phonograms. The syllabic or phonographic value comes 
directly from the name of the object represented by the ideogram. 
Thus the same sign stands for rlsu head as an id., and for ris as a 
phonogram; the id. kdtu hand gives the phon. kat. Some signs have 
several syllabic values, but in such cases there is generally one most 
frequently used, and practice will soon teach which of several values 
the reader should select. In transliterating it is customary to divide 
into syllables words written by phonograms, as ak-Su-ud I captured 
and to write without division words written ideographically, as aksud. 
Of the several hundred phonograms there are many of rare occurrence, 
while there are about a hundred which are used perhaps more than 
all the others combined. Most Assyrian writing is a union of ideograms 
and phonograms in proportions which vary greatly. Ordinarily the 
fewer the ideograms, the easier the reading. 

§ 5. Determinatives, Phonetic complements. The reading of 
Assyrian is greatly helped by the fact that certain of the ideograms 
are generally used to show to what class of objects the words they 
accompany belong. Such signs are called determinatives, and are used 
with names of gods, men, women, animals, countries, rivers, etc. The 
name itself may be written syllabically or ideographically. Most of 
the determinatives precede the words which they define. In trans- 
literating, determinatives are usually indicated by difference of type. 
A phonetic complement is a syllable used after an id., to show how the 
word represented by the id. terminated. Thus if the id. for to capture 
be followed by the phonogram ud, we should have to read some form 
of the verb terminating in ud, as iksud, taksud, aksud. 

§ 6. On reading cuneiform inscriptions. In reading a text in 
the original the first task is to group the signs into words and the 
words into clauses. Besides the aid given by determinatives and phon. 
complements, the student finds great help in a knowledge of the gram- 
matical forms. The connectives and pronominal suffixes show the 
terminations of words. It is extremely rare that the Assyrians divided 
a word at the end of a line. Rather than do this they sometimes over- 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. XXV11 

crowded the end of a line. In choosing between several syllabic 
values of a sign, that one is generally preferable which will give a 
tri-literal stem to the word under examination. 

PHONOLOGY. 

§ 7. Phonic material. 1. Vowels. The language contains the 
vowels a, i, u, a, i, u. We may suppose that the vowels e and o also 
existed, but the Assyrians seem not to have employed special signs 
for these sounds. Some students believe that they did have separate 
signs for e-syllables a , but it is clear from an examination of the cunei- 
form texts that the signs for i and those supposed to represent e are 
used interchangeably. The marks over the vowels, as u, it, i, i, etc., in 
the transliterated texts (p. 1-52), represent neither accent nor difference 
of sound, but simply a difference of sign. In order to mark a vowel 
as long the Assyrians repeated the vowel sign, as la-a = ld, pu-u=pu, 
but ordinarily the length of a vowel is not indicated at all. Such a 
repetition as lu-ul does not mark a vowel as long. 

2. Consonants. The consonants are 2, J, 1, 1, n. !D, D, b, D, J, D, 3, 
V. p. 1. t?> H, or as transliterated b, g, d, z, h, t, k, I, m, n, s, p, s, k, 
r, §, t. The n corresponds to the Arabic strong n, the weak n being 
lost in Assyrian. All the other gutturals (n, n. y) and also 1 and ' 
have been lost. In characterizing word stems the symbol X is however 
used to represent the lost gutturals, Ki = X, K 2 =n. K 3 = weak n, 
K 4 =weak y, n s= strong j;. These lost gutturals are frequently indi- 
cated by ' in transliteration. The Assyrian has a sign which stands 
for any one of the lost gutturals in connection with a vowel. The 
original presence of a guttural, especially of X 3 E , is seen in many 
words in the change of an original a to i, these gutturals preferring 
the i vowel (§ 8. 1), as niribn entrance for na'ribu, st. :n#. The presence 
of an original l or ' may also be seen by the influence of the consonants 
on the vowels, as uSib I sat = a) Sib, idi I knew = a" day. The Assyrians 
do not seem to have had the fricated forms of the letters 3, J, 1, 3, 
2, n. nor to have distinguished between w and ty. 

§ 8. Phonic changes. 1. Vowels. The change of a to i under 
the influence of a guttural is very frequent, as Hi I ascended for a'li 



a. I shared this view when I published Keilschrifttexte Sargons, J. C. Hinrichs, 
Leipzig, 1883, but renewed investigation has led to a change of opinion. I have collected 
considerable material on the subject which I hope some day to publish. 



XXviii OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

st. "hp, rimu grace Heb. DJll- — We have also in stems without a gut- 
tural i instead of the normal a, as mu-Sim-kit Q -2i for mu-Sam-kit one who 
casts down, u-sik-ni-Sa 5 25 for u-Sak-ni-sa he subdued. — The loss of a 
short a or i is common, as biltu queen = bilatu, ubla he brought = ub ila. 

— The diphthong's a) and a" have become u and i respectively, as usib 
7 21 I sat = a l sib, iSi 58 6 I had = a " Si. — Vowel contraction is frequent, 
as ukin 10 28 I placed = ukawin. 

2. Consonants, a. Sibilants. A sibilant (2, s, s, 8) if vowelless 
(i.e. not followed by a vowel) before a dental (d, t, t) often becomes I, 
as manzaltu 50 15 position = manzaztu, rihiltu 3 19 overflow = rihistu, lubultu 
48 10 clothing = lubustu. Here belongs perhaps Kal-da-a-a the Chaldean, 
cf. Heb. D'^KO. The same change often takes place when 8 precedes 
another sibilant, as ulziz 22 8 I stationed = usziz = usaziz = usazziz = 
usanziz, alsd 15 27 I cried out = asset. S after a vowelless dental and 
often after another sibilant becomes s, as Ubnat-su 36 18 its bricks = 
libndt-su, ulabbi-su 48 11 I clothed him = ulabbis-su. After change of s 
to s the preceding letter may be assimilated and may then fall away, 
as in ulabbi-su (cf. b.). 

b. Dentals. Yowelless dentals (d, t, f) are often assimilated to a 
following sibilant or dental, sometimes falling away after assimilation, 
as kakka-su 18 22 his head = kakkad-su (cf . a) = kakkad-su, baltus-su 28 31 
his life (i.e. him alive) = baltut-su = baltut-su, kisitu 4 26 booty = kisit-tu 

— kisid-tu, nubattu 31 8 celebration (?) = nubat-tu. 

After a vowelless sibilant (z, s, s, s) t in reflexive verb stems is some- 
times assimilated to the sibilant, as issabat 13 27 he took = istabat, izzakkar 
52 13 she speaks = iztakkar. 

T often becomes d after vowelless m, and t after vowelless k, as 
tdrndu 7 2i sea = tdmtu, amddhis 4 9 I contended = amtahis, aktirib 8 2 I 
approached = aktarib (cf. § 8. 1). 

c. M. Vowelless m before dentals (d, t, t), k or 8 frequently becomes 
n, as sindu 14 29 span = simdu, USantil 37 13 may he prolong = li + usamtil, 
mundahsu 24 25 soldier = mumtqhisu (cf. § 8. 1, and b above), dunku 46 28 
favor = dimiku, tinSu 28 19 his design = timsu st. Dj.'D, hanSd II R 62, 45 
Mtj = liamsd. In rare cases after change of m to n assimilation to a 
following letter takes place, as attahar I E 22, 88 I received =. antahar = 
amtahar. 

By a process of dissimilation vowelless m sometimes occurs instead 
of a doubled letter in order to mark an accented syllable, as inambu 39 15 
they Avill name = inabbu = indbu, inamdinu 33 28 they were giving = 
inddinu. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. XXIX 

In irum-ma 23 25 he entered and = irub-ma a vowelless b has been 
assimilated to m. 

d. iV. Yowelless n is usually assimilated to a following letter, as 
akkis S 22 I cut down = ankis, assi 42 14 I lifted = ansl, limuttu 39 25 evil 
= limun-tu. Occasional exceptions occur, as usansir 31 25 I caused to 
keep, mandattu 10 27 gift. After assimilation the n often falls away, as 
maddtu S 3 gift = mandantu, akis 7 27 I cut down = ankis. Sometimes 
only a partial assimilation takes place, the n becoming m, as ambi 
Sargon Cyl. 68 I named = anbi, namba'u 31 24 spring = nanba'u. In 
usamkir 27 30 he made hostile = usankir{l) there seems to be a case of 
dissimilation. 

An initial n is lost in imperatives I I (cf. § 21), as izizi 52 23 stay = 
nizizi, usur protect = nusur (e.g. in the proper name Nabium-kudurri-usur 
I II 65, 1), isi lift up= nisi cf. i-sa-an-ni Y R 21, 24 lift me up. 

e. Gutturals and l. A guttural instead of being lost is sometimes 
assimilated to a following or preceding letter, as allik l 22 I went = 
ar\lik, innabit 10 20 he vanished = inhabit. Similarly in the reflexive 
stems of verbs initial 1 the 1 is assimilated to the following t, as attasab 
59 23 I sit down = a Masab. 

MORPHOLOGY. 

PRONOUNS. 

§ 9. Personal pronouns. 1. Separable pronouns. 

a. As subject. 

SING. PL. 

(a)nini 

attunu 

attina (?) 

s~unu 

Sina 

Illustrations : a-na-ku 19 17 (sometimes written ana-ku, as I R 17, 34 
var.); atta 14 24 ; at-ti Y R 25, 30; m 12 23 ; si VR6, 110: anini Strassm. 
"No. 492 a-ni-ni ni-il-la-ka we will go ; attunu Strassm. No. 923 ; Sunu 
Y R 4, 121 ; Sina III R 40, 100. 

b. As object (with force of Ace, Dat., etc., me, to me, as for me, etc.). 

SING. * PL. 

1. c. yatu, yati, ydSi, a-a-si 

2. m. kdtu, kdti, kdSa kdsunu 

2. f. kdti, kdsi 

3. m. SdSu Sdsunu 
3. f. SdH 







SING. 


1. 


c. 


andku 


2. 


m. 


atta 


2. 


f. 


atti 


3. 


m. 


$& 


3. 


f. 


si 



XXX OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

Illustrations : ydtu Strassm. No. 3557, ydti 22 17 , ydsi 24 8 , a-a-si V R 
4 var. ; katu IV R 9, 60 a, fc&fa IV R 50 col. I 10; Sdsu ll 10 . 
2. Pronominal suffixes. 







NOMINAL. 




1. 


c. 


-i, -ya, -a 


-ni 


2. 


m. 


-ka 


-ka 


2. 


f. 


-ki 


-ki 


3. 


m. 


-su, -S 


-su, -s 


3. 


f. 


-sa, -s 


-si, -s 


1. 


c. 


-ni 


-nasi 


2. 


m. 


-kun(u) 


-kunuSi 


2. 


f. 


-kina (?) 





3. 


m. 


-Sm?i(w), -sunuti 


-sunu, - 


3. 


f. 


-sin (a) 


-sina, -s 



-sunu, -sunuti, -sunutu, -sunuH 
inani, -sinati, -siniti. 

The nominal suffixes i and ya are appended to forms ending in i, 
while a is appended to forms ending in a or u, rarely to forms ending 
in i, as bilu-ti-a 5 17 . The first consonant of the suffixes is frequently- 
doubled when appended to forms ending in a vowel, thus giving -anni, 
-akka, etc. — The suffixes, nominal and verbal, of the 1st and 2nd 
persons pi. are comparatively rare. — For the 3rd m. pi. -sun, -sunu are 
the prevailing forms with nouns and sunuti with verbs. — The verbal 
suffixes generally express the direct object, but often also the indirect 
object. 

Illustrations. 1) Nominal : Ubbt 42 13 my heart, katl-ya 42 14 my hands, 
abu-a 2o 10 my father; ummdn-ka 14 22 thy army; sum-ki 52 24 thy name; 
kakku-su 9 6 his weapon, napsatus 14 13 his life; sihirti-sa l 22 its extent; 
put-ni 61 24 our side, biri-inni 61 24 our midst ; libbi-kun I R 9, 19 of your 
heart, libbi-kunu TV R 52 No. 1, 2; mahar-sun 10 u before them, Sarrdni- 
Sunu l 2 their kings, libba-sunuti 46 11 their heart; babi-Sin Sargon St. 
74 their gates, kdli-sina 5 14 all of them. 

2) Verbal: uma'ira-ni I R 12, 52 he sent me, umassiranni 27 27 he 
forsook me, uSisibu-inni 20 23 they seated me ; isannan-ka TV R 26, 57 
he rivals thee, tusannakka Assurb. Sm. 125, 63 she addresses thee; 
isassu-ki TV R 29, 58b he calls. to thee; ishup-su 48 22 it cast him down, 
uSatlimu-s 50 22 he granted to him, ura-assu ll 11 I carried him ; usarrih-si 
6 25 I made it powerful; ikarrabanndSi 61 24 he blesses us, itbuhu-kunusi 
IV R 52 No. 1, 4 ; alka-Sunuti l 18 I took them, duku-Suniltu III R 39, 48 
kill them, inadin-Sunusi II R 11, 27b he gives them; iStin'i-sindti?n 40 11 
he provided for them. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. XXXI 

§ 10. Demonstrative pronouns. There are four demonstrative 
stems, the n, the I, the s and the g stems. 

1. annu, this, this one (gen. anni, ace. anna, pi. annvti, annu* a; fern. 
anriitu, gen. annlli, ace. annita, pi. anndti, anndtu, annlti, annltu). 

Illustrations : an-nu-u Sar-a-ni III R 15 col. I 25 this one is our king, 
u-mi an-ni-i V R 6, 2 of this day ; sarrani an-nu-ti 46 1 these kings, an- 
nu-tu Strassm. No. 549 : Sutta an-ni-tu 22 14 this vision, i-li sutti an-ni-ti 
V R 5, 102 upon this vision ; ip-si-i-ti an-na-a-ti 26 27 these deeds, an-na- 
a-tu matati III R 39, 40 these are the countries, an-ni-ti matati NR. 8 
these countries, matati an-ni-tu NR. 25 these countries. 

2. ullu that, that one, the former (gen. ulli, ace. ulla, pi. ulluti, 
ullidu). 

Illustrations : ina tur-ri ul-lu-u S. 9 on that hill (?), ul-tu ul-la 34 9 
from that (time) = from of old ; u-mi ul-lu-u-ti 27 4 former days, tab- 
ba-nu-u ul-lu-u-tu D. 15 those buildings. 

3. su'atu, Su'ati, sdtu, sad (= 3 pers. stem Su + tu etc.) that one, the 
same one (pi. siCatunu, Satunu; leva.. sVati, pi. Su'atina, Satina). 

Illustrations : ala su-a-ta ak-sud 4 21 that city I captured, si-pir Su-a-ti 
24 14 that building, ala Sa-a-tu . . . aS-ru-up I R 10, 34 that city I burned ; 
na-gi-i su-a-tu-nu Khors. 71 those provinces, Sarra-ni sa-tu-nu I R 13, 10 
those kings : ina satti-ma §i-a-ti Lay. 89, 50 in that same year ; matati 
su-a-ti-na II R 67, 23 the same countries, si-gur-ra-a-tu sa-ti-na I R 16, 53 
the same towers (?). 

So, also, the simpler forms (given above as 3 pers. pronouns), as alu 
su 6 13 that city, sometimes strengthened by the pronominal elements ti, 
tina, as abulli sinati I R 56 col. VI 19 these gates, matdti Hnatina I R 
12, 32 these countries. 

4. agti this, this one, belongs chiefly to the Persian period, ago, Beh. 
4, pi. aganiitu Beh. 106, aganuti IV R 52, 37 ; fern, agata Beh. 10, pi. 
aganitu Beh. 8. The adverb agannu, aganna here, is composed of ago, 
and annu. For aganna cf. Pinches Texts 7, 7 (in a report sent by an 
officer to Sargon) and Assurb. Sm. 125, 63 a-gan-na lu as-ba-ta here shalt 
thou remain. 

§ 11. Relative pronoun. The relative pronoun is the indeclinable 
sa, used for all persons, genders and numbers, as l 2,21 . The relative is 
frequently used for the one who, whoever, as Sargon Cyl. 76 Sa ipsit 
kdd-ya unakkaru whoever shall change the work of my hand. As a 
weakened relative sa is much used to express the genitive relation, as 
bamdti sa sadi l 13 heights of the mountains. As anticipative of a pro- 



XXXli OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

nominal suffix Sa often occurs, as Sa . . . kakku-su 9 6 whose weapon, 
§a . . . dbikta-Su 42 a4 whose defeat. The relative is frequently omitted, 
as tdbtu ipussunuti 46 10 the good which I had done to them, asar ikasSadu 
17 2 wherever they catch them. Those forms of the verb regularly ter- 
minating in a consonant take in relative sentences the vowel termination 
u or a, as aksudu 4 27 I captured, azkura 20 16 I mentioned. This usage 
holds in cases where the relative is omitted, as idtu . . . imidu 21 25 
after I had subdued (= ultu umi Sa . . . imidu, from the day when ... I 
subdued), ultu ipSiti annati itippuSu 26 27 after I had done these things. 

§ 12. Interrogative pronouns: mannu who?, minu what? (gen. 
mint, ace. mind). Illustrations: ina Sami man-nu siru IV B, 9, 54 in 
heaven who is exalted?, minu ikul inni II R, 56, 16 what has my lord 
eaten?, ina Hi mini 32 22 wherefore? ammini 63 7 wherefore? (= ana 
mini) . 

§ 13. Indirect interrogative and indefinite pronouns : mannu 
whoever, manman, mamman, mamma, manma, manama, manamma, maman 
any one, any one at all ; manma, mimma anything at all, whatever, 
whatsoever. 

Illustrations : mannu atta 39 14 whoever thou be, ana mahar mamman 
la illikamma II R 67, 26 into the presence of no one did he come, sa . . . 
mamma la iSkupu I R, 15, 20 which no one had planted, manama Sarru 
37 33 any king, apal Id maman I R 18, 76 son of a nobody; manma sa 
ina matdti itipusa Layard 90, 72 whatever I had done in the countries, 
mimma sumsu 12 29 whatever its name, cf. mi-im-ma su-um-su I R 53 
col. II 32. 

§ 14. Reflexive pronoun. To express the reflexive idea the pro- 
nominal suffixes are attached to the word ramdnu self, as i-muk ra-man- 
i-Su 22 27 the power of himself, ra-man-Su im-nu 25 2s he reckoned himself, 
s~a ra-man-Su iS-ku-nu 2S 18 who had appointed himself (as king). 



§ 15. Noun formation. 1. Simple stem. Many nouns present, of 
course, only the simple stem consonants, with large variety in the 
sequence of vowels, as dandnu 34 30 might, gaSiSu S3 32 stake, Saruru 37 3 
brilliance, Sdninu 2 19 rival, kiSadu 19 15 ~Tieck, kurddu 2 16 warrior; and 
the segholates, as malku 9 7 prince, siknu 24 30 appointee, dunku 46 28 favor. 
The segholate formation is a favorite one from stems initial 1, as Ultu 
10 27 tribute Aram, lba st. bn), subtu 6 22 abode Heb. mrv st. 3isn, Suttu 



OUTLINE OP GRAMMAR. XXX111 

iMu 36 15 plant Heb. pT st. p"ii, situ 6 10 
exit Heb. n*tt st. KXi. 

2. Reduplicated stem. The reduplication may affect the second 
letter, or the third letter, or the' whole stem: as habbilu 14 11 bad, 
kulhdtu 12 3 shame; agammu 14 12 marsh, husahhu 61 17 famine; dandannu 
7 s all-powerful, kalkaltu 30 10 hunger. (It must be borne in mind that 
the doubling of a letter is also often purely orthographic.) 

3. Formative elements. Many other nouns are made by formative 
elements, prefixed, inserted or appended, a. Prefixes: tf, m, n, 3, t, the 
most frequent being m, n, and t. Illustrations : X, ikribu 24 17 prayer ; 
m, manzazu 32 29 position, masartu 31 24 guard = mansartu, rnusabu 28 13 
abode st. 3t?i, muspalu 6 20 depth, miSaru 40 11 righteousness st. "ity ; 
n, namkuru l 15 possession, nabnitu 7 17 offspring, naramu 20 19 favorite 
st. DKsl, nimiku 36 12 wisdom st. p"fc? 4 , m*s5w 30 31 sufficiency; s, supsuku 
I E 12, 54 steep, suturu 7 5 powerful st. ~tjT) ; i, tamharu l 4 battle, tamirtu 
ll 26 vicinity st. ")DKi, tahlubu 36 22 roof, tinisitu 19 25 mankind st. U^Kj, 
iaK«w 20 28 birth = ta}lid-tu, tiduku 8 18 slaughter st. Ijn. 

5. Infix: t after the first radical, as biihallu 8 19 riding-horse, 
gitmalu 7 8 mature, mithusu 12 10 battle, kitrubu 12 10 attack, iTpisu Sargon 
Cyl. 34 wise st. t?SX. 

c. Affixes: a (written a-d) making gentilic nouns, ut (the fern, t 
appended to the stem in u) making abstract nouns, and Sn. Illustra- 
tions : a, As-du-da-a-a ll 3 the Ashdodite; ut, nirarutu 2 12 help, sarrutu 
20 4 royalty, bilutu 12 s dominion ; Sin, kurbctnu II II 38 11 offering, 
bctrdnu Sargon Cyl. 32 robber st. "iK3, uSmSinu 8 20 camp st. D£'X 3 . 

§ 16. Inflection. 1. Gender. Masculine nouns have no distinc- 
tive ending. Feminines are made by the termination t, as sarratu 52 24 
queen from sarra king, salimtu 41 13 peace. Some feminines are without 
the distinguishing t, as ummu 7 10 mother, inu 37 11 eye, girru 10 18 way, 
campaign, imuku 50 22 power st. pnx 4 . 

2. Number. The dual, terminating in a, is little used, except in 
the names of objects occurring in pairs, and even here not always, as 
i-na IV E 48, 6 eyes, but also i-ni 37 n eyes. 

Plurals masc. are made in u, i, Slni (anu), uti (utu), the most frequent 
being % and tni; as musarbu 7 12 those who enlarge, sadi 6 8 mountains, 
kipani 42 7 governors, amiluti 32 8 men. Occasionally plurals are found, 
both masc. and fern., which have lost the vowel terminations, as malik 
23 16 kings, kibrSX 5 6 regions (fem.). 

Plurals fem. are made in M, iti, some feminines, however, not differ- 



XXXiv OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

ing in form from masculines ; as napSati 17 1 from napistu life, girriti 2l 4 
from girru road, imuki 50 2 ' 2 powers, idctn Sargon Cyl. 24 forces. 

In adjectives and participles plurals masc. are made in uti (utu) K 
plurals fern, in citi (atu), as kasiduti 29 28 victorious, sirutu 36 23 lofty, 
sirclti 3S 9 lofty. 

3. Case. The terminations u, i, a correspond to the norm, gen. 
(dat., loc, etc.) and ace, as in classic Arabic, as nom. Sarru, gen. sarri, 
ace. sarra; but the distinction is not always consistently observed, as 
harranu 13 27 way (ace), dannu 23 17 mighty (gen.), libba ll 23 heart (nom.). 
After prepositions the form in i is generally used, unless the noun be 
also in the construct state, in which case the final vowel would be 
regularly omitted, as ina nis kati-ya 23 7 at the lifting up of my hands. 
In the plural there is no distinction of case by the form, Sarrani, for 
instance, representing all the cases. 

To noun forms terminating in a vowel one sometimes finds . an m 
appended, which is generally known as the mimmation, as hattum 13 25 
fear, karanam I E 65 col. I 22 wine, tamtim 10 20 sea.« 

4. Construct state. In the construct state the first of the two 
nouns loses its final vowel and the second is used in the genitive, as 
nas bilti l 3 bearer of tribute, mitik narkabati 2 7 passage of the chariots, 
salmat kuradi l 11 corpses of the warriors. Sometimes the form in i 
instead of the form without a final vowel is used in the construct state, 
as tukulti l 6 aid, puluhti 29 27 fear. In segholates the noun becomes dis- 
syllabic, as arad 25 8 from ardu servant, uzun 52 2 from uznu ear, gimir 2 19 
from gimru totality. In feminine segholates the original a vowel of the 
feminine returns, as napsat 26 7 from napistu life, gimrat 7 1 from gimirtu 
totality, irat 9 16 from irtu breast. The construct of nouns from stems 
y"y generally loses the final consonant, as sar 3 6 from Mrru king. 
The construct form of the noun is very common before suffixes, as 
mat-su 42 4 for mfita-Su his land, k&t-su 5 13 his hand, umman-ka 14 22 thy 
army, Subat-su 18 18 its dwelling; libncit-su 36 18 its bricks (§ 8. 2 a). 

§ 17. Numerals. Some of the numerals occur very rarely written 
syllabically. Of the cardinals whose pronunciation is known to me 
1 = iStin 6 11 (cf. Heb. "I ttfjr "]?!??£ = 1 + 10 =11); 2 = Una IV R 7 col. I 21 ; 
3 = MaM V R 12, 34, salalti S c 124, Hlalti IV R 5 64 a; 4 = arte** 2 22 



a. This m seems to be identical with the pronominal enclitic ma (§ 18), and also to 
exist in Hebrew and Sabean, but, whatever its origin and original function, the mimmation 
has become in Assyrian a petrifaction, without perceptible influence on the meaning of the 
word with which it occurs. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. XXXV 

fern, irbittu 35 2 ; 5 = hamilti II R 62 51 (§ 8. 2 a; the masc. form Tiamis 
is seen in the word for fifteen); 7 = siba II R 19, 14 fem. sibitti IV R 2 
col. V 31; 8 = sam>!« (so one may conclude from the name of the 8th 
month Arah-samnu Delitzsch Lesest. 3 p. 92); 10 = isirit II R 62, 50; 
15 = liamissirit ib. 49 ; 20 = isra ib. 48 ; 30 = silaSa ib. 47 ; 40 = irba'a ib. 
46 ; 50 = hansd ib. 45 (§ 8. 2 c) ; 60 = susu ib. 44 ; 600 = nir V R 18, 23 ; 
3600 = sar S c 79, the last three names being derived from the sexa- 
gesimal system which existed beside the decimal system of counting. 

The ordinals known to me are 1st mahru 42 1 ; 2nd sank IV R 5, 15; 
3rd SalSu 10 18 fem. salultu 35 25 ; 4th ribh 60 6 ; 5th haSSu IV R 5, 22 (§ 8. 
2 c); 6th Sissu IV R 5, 24; 7th sibu 59 16 . 

PAKTICL,ES. 

§ 18. Conjunctions. The connectives are u, joining single words, 
as l 3 , or introducing paragraphs, as ll 8 , and ma, joining sentences, as 
l 18 . Ma is always attached to the end of the first sentence. Frequently 
ma is attached to a word not as a connective, but as an emphatic demon- 
strative, as uSabriSuma 22 11 he caused him to see ; in other cases it makes 
its word more indefinite, as ya-um-ma. I 4 any one at all. 

Other frequent conjunctions are adi S7 29 while, during, aSsu 22 26 
(= ana + su) because, in order to, iStu and ultu 21 25 after, from the 
time when, hi 14 w as, when, surely. 

Lu or 1% is a particle of wishing or of asseveration prefixed to verbs. 
Its vowel frequently unites with the initial vowel of the verb, as lu-sar-di 
l 13 I caused to flow = lit + uSardi. 

§ 19. Adverbs. Any noun or adjeetive, sing, or pi., may form an 
adv. terminating in is, as damkis, 41 13 graciously, from damku grace. 
One sometimes meets the form in is preceded by a preposition as ana 
ma'dis 8 15 very much. Such usage seems to show that the adverb in is 
was originally only a shortened form of the demonstrative su or Sa 
appended to the noun form in i. 

1. Adverbs op manner. Nearly all the adverbs in is denote 
manner, as misifis 2 22 righteously, dbubanis 7 19 like deluges. Other 
adverbs expressing manner are kiam 63 8 thus, ma I R 21, 50, and 
umma 22 12 thus (introducing oratio recta). Adverbs of affirmation and 
negation are lit l 9 verily, la 8 23 , ul l 8 and a 46 18 (written a-a) not. 

2. Adverbs of time : ulla of old, ininna 26 23 now, itimali, timali 
yesterday (VlDn^l), arka 14 6 and arkanu 20 4 after, afterwards, matt 



XXXVI OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

when ?, adi matt IV E 29, 54 a how long ? ('fra-Tj,') , matima ever, at 
any time, la matima 21 8 never, pana, panama before. 

3. Adverbs of place: agannu Beh. 12 aganna Assurb. Sm. 125, 63 
here, kilallan 35 16 around, about, ilis 62 4 above, saplis 62 5 below. 

§ 20. Prepositions: adi 3 24 11 30 as far as, together with, ana 32 5 to, 
unto, against, etc., arki 25 2 50 7 after, behind, Hi 6 19 over, above,, upon, 
more than, to, against, illamu ll 26 before, in front of, ina 21 4 in, with, 
by, at the time of, iStu 5 22 out of, from, itti l 9 with, against, ultu 9 8 21' 29 
out of, from, balu I R 35 No. 2, 6 without, birit 30 8 between, gadu 17 29 
together with, H Sargon Cyl. 51 and kima 5 21 like, according to, kum 29 13 
instead of, lapan 14 13 before, in front of, maliar 39 9 before, in front of, 
sir 15 26 upon, against. 

In such expressions as ina Hi above, ultu kirib out of, ina mahar in 
front of, the words ill, kirib, mahar preserve their original nominal force. 
On the form of the noun after prepositions cf. § 16. 3. 

Instead of a preposition and nonn one often meets a form of the 
noun in u without a preposition, as mdtussun 17 15 to their country = 
ana mati-sun, sipu-a 10 26 to my foot = ana sipi-ya, alussu Sargon Cyl. 32 
out of his city = istu ali-Su. 



§ 21. Verb stems. The Assyrian verb has four primary, four 
secondary and two tertiary stems, the secondary and tertiary being 
formed from the primary by the aid of the syllables ta and tan, according 
to the following scheme : 

PRIMARY. SECONDARY. TERTIARY. 

I 1 Pe'al I 2 Ifte'al I 3 Iftane'al 

III Pa' el 112 Ifta'al a 

nil Shafel III 2 Ishtafal a 

IV 1 Nifal IV 2 Ittafal (= Intafal) IV 3 Ittanafal (= IntanafaT) 

With the verb sakanu to set, place, establish, this scheme would 
give in the 3rd sing, of the second impf. (§ 22) : 

I 1 iskun 1 2 istakin I 3 istanakin 

II 1 uSakkin II 2 ustakkin 

III 1 uSaSkin III 2 ustask&n 

IV 1 isSakin (= inSakin) IV 2 ittaskin IV 3 ittanaskin 

a. I should suppose that the language had also the stems II 3 and III 3, but I have 
met no examples of .them, The stems IV 2-3 are rare. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. XXXvii 

1. The use of the numerals to represent the various stems has been 
found to be very convenient. Observe that the formative syllables ta, 
tan come immediately after the first consonant of the various stems, 
and therefore before the first radical in the stems III and IV, i.e. in 
stems with formative prefixes. 

2. Besides these ten stems, one occasionally meets a stem III-II, 
a Shafel of a Pa'el, as uShammit 18 16 I caused to hasten, uSrappis I R 7 
Xo. F. IS I made broad. The stem III-II is particularly frequent 
with the verbs malii to be full and rabu to be large. 

3. Such forms as upaMr 20 2 , variant for upahliir he collected, are 
only orthographically different from regular Pa'el forms. On the other 
hand, the doubling of a consonant seems in many cases to be intended 
to mark an accented syllable, as isattaru 24 20 for isdtaru I 1 he shall 
write. 

4. In meaning I 1 is the simple stem (Heb. Qal), II 1 intensive, 
causative or (when I 1 is intransitive) transitive (Heb. Piel), III 1 
causative (Heb. Hifil), IV 1 passive, rarely reflexive (Heb. Xifal). 
The stems with ta, tan have reflexive force, being sometimes equivalent 
to a Greek middle voice, but are often used interchangeably with the 
primary stems. 

Illustrations : I 1 iksud 3 31 he captured, I 2 issabat 13 27 (= istabat § 8. 
2 b) he took, I 3 istanapara 22 26 he was sending, II 1 urakkis 21 4 
I erected, II 2 uktin 60 17 (= uktdwwin §§ 7. 2 ; 8. 1 st. jp) I arranged, 
III 1 usasbit 6 18 I caused to work, III 2 ultaspiru 9 9 (= ustaSpiru § 8. 2 a) 
he ruled, IV 1 issakin 23 10 it was established, IV 2 littapras IV R 4, 2 b 
(= U + intapras) may he fly, IV 3 ittanabrik IV R 3, 4 a it lightens. 

§ 22. Tense and mood.« Each stem has two forms of the 
Imperfect, a Permausive, an Imperative, an Infinitive, and a Participle. 

1. The mark of the first impf. I 1 is the vowel a after the first 
radical and a (rarely u or i) after the second radical, as ikassadu IT 2 
(=ikasadu § 21. 3) they were catching, adabuba 20 16 I was planning, 
inakimu I R 16, 68 he will heap up. The second impf. I 1 has no vowel 
after first radical, while the second radical has u, a, or i, as iksud 3 31 
he captured, isbat 25 22 he took, id din 60 3 (= indiri) it gave. In the other 
stems the two imperfects are distinguished by the vowel after the second 
radical, this vowel being generally a in the first and i in the second 



a. Although these terms are objectionable in speaking of the verb in Semitic languages, 
they are here retained because we have no convenient substitutes for them. 



xxxviii OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

impf. ; as II 1 urasapu 17 2 (= urassapu § 21. 3) they were piercing (first 
impf.), urassip 25 1 he pierced (second impf.).« 

2. The office of the impf., in general, is to mark an action as in- 
choative, continuing, repeated. 

The first impf. expresses continuous action whether in past, present 
or future time, as irtammam 58 12 he was thundering, ibanna-si 61 8 he 
does it, izannanu Delitzsch Lesest. 8 103, 86 var. they will rain st. 
zandnu. 

The second impf., which is the ordinary narrative tense, is chiefly 
used to mark an action as occurring at a point of time, as askun I 11 
I accomplished, i§batiL l 9 they took, allik l 22 I went. 

Both forms of the impf. are employed in expressing wish, but the 
second impf is most used, as lisahrkni I B 16, 24 may they turn (— li 
+ isahartini, § 8. 1), liStur 24 18 may he write (=li + istur). In prohibi- 
tion the first impf. is used, as Id tanasa 52 23 do not lift up, Id tapalah 
IV B 68, 16 b do not fear, ana Hi Sanima Id tatakkil 1 11 35 No. 2, 12 
do not trust in any other god (but Nabu). 

3. The permansive differs in form from the impf. in that it has no 
preformatives, the pronominal elements (shortened forms of the personal 
pronouns) being placed after the verb stem. The 3rd pers. sing, and pi. 
of the permansive is without such pronominal addition, the t in 3rd 
fern. sing, being the same as in nouns. 

The permansive has generally intransitive meaning, and denotes 
continuance of a state or quality. It may have other vowels in the stem 
I 1 besides those given in the paradigm (§ 23), as sikin, sakun. & 

Illustrations of the permansive : asbd 52 9 they dwell, sapuh 52 n it is 
spread, sabtu 15 15 they held, sitkunu 15 14 it was situated, mussurd 
16 24 they were left, purruku 26 81 they were barred, iSdku I B 9, 58 
I had. 

A similar formation to the permansive c is the union of pronoun with 
noun or adjective, as Sarraku, bilaku, karradaku, dannaku I B 17, 32. 33 
I am king, I am lord, I am strong, I am mighty. 



a. Some students call the first impf. a present, a future, a second aorist, while they 
name the second Impf. a preterite, an imperfect, a. first aorist. The terms present, future, 
preterite, aorist, are all objectionable. The terms first and second impf., applied here to the 
Assyrian verb, so far as I am aware, for the first time, may be somewhat long, but they 
recognize the essential unity of the two forms. I have called that form first impf. which I 
suppose to have been first developed. 

b. Cf. two papers on the permansive by Mr. T. G-. Pinches in the Proceedings of the- 
Society of Biblical Archaeology for Nov. 1882 and Jan. 1884. 

c. This is possibly identical with the permansive, a subject which I leave here with- 
out 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 



§ 23. Inflection of the strong verb, sakanu, to establish. 



I 1 Pe'al. 


II 1 Pa'el. 


Ill 1 Shafel. 


IT 1 Nifal. 


1st Sg. 3. m. isakan . . . 


. usakkan . . . 


. uSaskan . . . 


. iMakan 


Impf. g f _ taSakan , m _ 


. tiuSakkan . . . 


. tusaskan . . . 


. tassakan 


2. m. tasakan . . 


. tuSakkan . . . 


. tusaskan . . . 


. tasSakan 


2. f . tasakani . . 


. tusakkani . . 


. tuSaSkani . . 


. taUakani 


1. c. asakan . . . 


. uSakkan . . . 


. usaskan . . . 


. aUakan 


Pl. 3. m. isakanu(ni) 


. usakkanu(?xi) 


. usaskanu{iii) 


. issakanu(ni) 


3. f . isakand(iii) 


. usakkana(ni) 


. usaskand(ni) 


. iSsakand(ni) 


2. m. tasakanu . . 


. tuSakkanu . . 


. tuSaskanu . . 


. tassakanu 


2. f . tasakand . . 


. tusakkana . . 


. tusaskand, . . 


. tassakand 


1. c. nisakan . . 


. nusakkan . . 


. nuSaskan. . . 


. nissakan 


2nd Sg. 3. m. iskun .... 


. usakkin . . . 


. usaskin. . . . 


. issakin 


Impf - 3. f . taskun . . . 


. tusakkin . . . 


. tuSaskin . . . 


. taSsakin 


2. m. taskun . . . 


. tusakkin . . . 


. tusaskin . . . 


. tassakin 


2. f . taSkuni . • . 


. tuSakkini . . . 


. tusaskini . . . 


. taSSakini 


1. c. aSkun. . . . 


. usakkin . . . 


. usaskin . . . 


. assakin 


Pl. 3. m. iskunu(ni) . 


. u§akkinu(ni) 


. usaskinu(ni) 


. isSakinu(ni) 


3. f. i$kuna(ni) . 


. usakkind(ni) 


. u§askind(ni) 


. iMakind(ni) 


2. m. taskunu. . . 


. iusakkinu . . 


. tuSaSkinu . . 


. tassakin'h 


2. f . taskund . . 


. tusakkind . . 


. tusaskind. . . 


. tassakind 


1. c. niSkun . . . 


. nusakkin . . . 


. nusaskin . . . 


. nisSakm 


Perm.SG.3. m. Sakin . . . . 


. sukkun .... 


. SuSkun .... 


. naskun 


3. f . saknat(a) . 


. Sukkunat . . . 


. SuSkunat . . . 


. naskunat 


2. m. sakndta . . 


. Sukkundta . . 


. SuSkundta . . 


. naskundta 


2. 3a. Sakndti . . . 
1. c. sakndk(u) . 


. sukkundti . . 


. suskundti . . 


. naskvndti 


. Sukkundk(ii) . 


. suskundk(u) . 


. naskundk^u") 


Pl. 3. m. Saknu(ni) . 


. sukkunu(ni) . 


. suSkunu(iii) . 


. naskunu(ni) 


3. f. saknd . . . 


. Sukkund . . . 


. SuSkund . . . 


. naskund 


2. m. Sakndtunu . 


. Sukkundtunu. 


. Suskundtunu. 


. naSkundtunu 


2. f. sakndtinaC!) 


sukkundtina{t) 


§uskundtina{'>.) 


naSkundtinaC 1 .) 


1. c. sakndni . . 


. sukkundni . . 


. suSkundni . . 


. naskundni 


Impv.SG.2. m. swfom . . . 


. sukkin .... 


. Suskin .... 


. naskin 


2. f. Sukuni . . . 


. Sukkini .... 


. suskini .... 


. naskini 


Pl. 2. m. sukunu . . . 


. sukkinu . . . 


. suskinu . . . 


. naskinu 


2. f . Sukund . . . 


. Sukkind . . . 


. suskind . . . 


naskind 



Infin. 



sakanu .... sukkunu .... Suskunu .... naskunu 



xl 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 





I 1 Pe'al. 


II 1 Pa'el. 


Ill 1 Shafel. 


IV 1 Nifal. 


Part. Sg. m 


$ak(i)nu . • 


. muSakkinu . . 


. muSaSkinu . . 


. mnSSakinu 


f. 


Saknatu . . . 


. musakkinatu . 


. muSaSkinatu . 


. muSsakinatu 


Pl. m 


Sakntiti . . . 


. muSakkinuti . 


. muSaSkinuti . 


. mussakiniiti 


f. 


Sakndti . . . 


. muSakkinuti . 


. musaskinati . 


. mussakinati 




I 2 Ifte'al. 


II 2 Ifta'al. 


Ill 3 Ishtafal. 


I 3 Iftane'al. 


1st Sg. 3. m. 


istakan . . . 


. ustakkan . . . 


. ustaskan . . . 


. istanakan 


Impf. g £ 


taStakan . . . 


. tustakkan . . 


. tustaskan . . 


. tastanakan 




etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


2nd Sg. 3. m 


istakin . . . 


. uStakkin . . . 


. ustaSkin . . . 


. iStanakin 


Impf. g £ 


tastakin . . . 


. tustakkin . . . 


. tusiaskin . . . 


. tastanakin 




etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


Perm. Sg. 3. m 


. sitkun .... 


. [sutakkunl. . 


. Tsutaskunl 





etc. 



Impv. Sg. 2. m. sit(a)kan . . . sutakkan 
etc. etc. 



SutaSkin . 
etc. 



ntakkin] 



Infin. 



Sitkunu 



sutakkunu 



sutaskunu 



Part. Sg. m. mu$tak(i)nu . mustakkinu , . mustaskinu . . [mustakkinu~\ 

mustak(i)natu mustakkinatu . mustaSkinatu 

etc. etc. etc. 



§ 24. Remarks on the paradigm. 1. In stems II and III the 

vowel of the preformatives in the two imperfects is u. In stems I and 
IV the original a vowel has been thinned to i in the third person (except 
fern, sing.) and in the 1st pers. pl. 

2. In the second impf. I 1 the vowel found oftenest after the second 
radical is u. The vowels u, i, a after the second radical are used indis- 
criminately with the various classes of verbs (transitive, intransitive, 
stative). Some verbs fluctuate between two vowels; for instance, the 
verb sabdtu to take, generally has a, as 36 32 , but sometimes w, as ifoulu 

I R 18, 67 var. 

3. In the stems II and III one frequently finds i for the normal a 
(§ 8. 1), as luTdrin 2 15 (= Id + ukarrin) I heaped up. Similarly in impv. 

II 1 instead of the form Sukkin one occasionally meets the form Sakkin. 



OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. xli 

4. The termination uni in the pi. sometimes appears as unu, as 
ikipunu 36 7 they entrusted. 

5. The verb terminations u, a (rarely i, as 40 1 ), in relative sentences 
(§ 11), are perhaps a remnant of an original usage in which all verb 
forms had a vowel termination. Even in sentences not relative those 
forms of the verb which regularly end in a consonant are sometimes 
found with final a, as usalbina Sargon Cyl. 59 I caused to mould bricks. 

6. By constructio ad sensum a masculine form of the verb often 
occurs with a feminine subject, as kdti iksud 3 30 my hand captured. 

7. Besides the form sukun of the impv. I 1 the forms Sakan and 
Sikin also occur. 

§ 25. The -weak verb. The inflection of verbs whose stems con- 
tain i, ', j or a guttural (except h), presents no differences from the 
inflection of the strong verb that are not easily understood by a knowl- 
edge of the phonic principles of the language ; thus ibil 17 17 he prevailed 
= ib pal (§§ 7. 2; 8. 1; 22. 1) like iskun (§ 23), ukin 10 28 I placed = 
ukain = uka^in (§§ 7. 2 ; 8. 1) like usakkin. Since the weak letters are 
lost in Assyrian, the problem in any given case is to determine what 
the weak letter really is. The problem becomes more difficult when the 
stem contains two weak letters, but the principles remain the same, as 
ukil 8 I waited = uka i' =^uka))iT\ like usakkin. For the determination 
of weak letters reference to the cognate languages is often of prime 
importance. 

Verbs containing h (strong n) and those whose second and third 
radicals are alike are not weak in Assyrian, as idbub 29 32 he planned 
st. dababu, ihsus 14 26 he reflected st. hasdsu. 

§ 26. Verbs initial J. The assimilation of vowelless n (as abbul 2 1 
I destroyed = anbul) and subsequent loss of the assimilated letter (as 
abul 8 23 ) have already been noted (§ 8. 2 d), and also the striking pecu- 
liarity of this class of verbs, the loss of n in the impv. I 1 (§ 8. 2 d). 

§ 27. Verbs initial guttural. Stem II: In the 1st imp/, the 
second radical is regularly doubled, as ikkal 60 14 he eats = i#,akal, immar 
58 24 he sees, innah 24 15 it shall decay, irruba 52 16 I shall enter, illak 58 16 . 
(The verb aldku to go, doubles the second radical even in the 2nd impf ., 
as allik l 22 I went.) Occasionally the vowel following the first radical 
is preserved, as i-ab-ba-tu 24 20 he will destroy. — In the 2nd impf. the 
guttural falls away, and a in the first syllable becomes i, as irub 58 7 
I entered = a # B rub, imid 10 21 I placed, inah 6 13 it decayed. The strong 



xlii OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

preference of the guttural for the i vowel (§ 8. 1) often makes a 1st 
and a 3rd pers. sing, indistinguishable, as ill 7 26 I ascended 8 21 he 
ascended. 

It seems that X t and K 2 do not change an a vowel immediately 
before or after them to i, while N 3 -x B regularly do (but not without 
exceptions), as Ni abut 16 14 I destroyed, ahuz 20 12 I took, amur 37 21 I saw, 
tarur 23 10 thou didst curse, araku 41 31 to be long, ahizu VR3, 123 
seizing ; K 2 abuk 17 31 1 carried off, allik l 22 and alik 8 28 I went, alik 63 1 go, 
aldku 13 28 to go, dliku 6 13 going ; X 3 isin 57 16 I collected ; x 4 ibir 2 8 I 
crossed, Mr 3 32 I spared, Hi 7 26 I ascended, imid 10 21 I placed, isir 10 7 
I laid up; N 5 ipu§ 6 25 I made, irub 7 22 I entered, ipus 35 18 make, irab 
58 2 enter, iribu 37 6 to enter, iribu 52 5 entering. 

Stems 12, 13: ittallaka 4:Q 15 = ir\talaka he was marching (K 2 ), itild 
60 1 =iptali' l a it ascended (N 4 ), itimid 60 2 =aptamid I directed (x 4 ), 
itittik 19 16 = ay tatik I marched (x 4 ), ittanallaka lQ' 2i = ir\ta?wlaka they 
were running to and fro. 

Intensive stem: ubbit 35 n = uHabbit he destroyed (*?i), ubbib 27 x = 
uT\abbib I adorned (N 2 ), u<M£ 24} 5 = ur\addis he renewed (N 3 ), uffi 24 6 
= upalli' I made high (x 4 ), wpjais 63 2 =j;ujopis do, make (N 6 ). 

Causative stem: usahizzit 28 13 = usaahizu they took, kindled (Xi), 
m&zM 26 24 I caused to eat, usalik 35 11 he caused to go (K 2 ), wsi/i 57 20 
= usayli* I caused to go up (X 4 ), u£iK£ 10 17 = uSayrib I caused to enter 
(K 5 ), teuJ 2 12 = ^u^zm& to rescue (« 4 ), «&i7i 57 19 = w&a ;? Zj •• I caused to 
go up. For other examples cf . usitik 2 28 , usipis 19 2 . The form usalis lO^ 2 
I caused to rejoice (X 4 ), instead of usilis is made on the analogy of verbs 
initial Ki_2- 

Stem IV 1: innabit 10 20 = inhabit he vanished (§ 8. 2 e) st. aMta, 
innamru 9 13 he was seen st. "1DX, innamdu 37 s they are established st. id;?. 

§ 28. Verbs middle guttural. K x . isalu 25 3 (written iS-a-lu) = 

• iSnalu he asked, i£'a£a 29 28 (written iS-'a-a-la) = i$$ala he asked, 
iStana'alum 32 22 (written iS-ta-na-'a-a-lum) they were enquiring (the final 
m is the mimmation, which occurs with verbs as well as with nouns, 
cf. § 16. 3), usa'ilu ll 27 they called out = usaXXilu. — N 2 . ir'ub 64 6 she 
raged, ula'itu Sargon Cyl. 22 (written u-la-i-tu) he burnt = ulaT\T\itu, 
umdJir ib. 74 I sent = uma nn ir, ugna'il 2 14 I cast down = usnaTTnil 
(III— II). — N 3 . iramii 40 32 (written ir-a-mu) they love. — K 4 . iga'ti 30 u 
it seeks — isa pa) uC>.) (relative sentence, § 11), ibilu 9 9 he acquired 
-possession = ibyalu, aSi'a 41 8 I sought = a$yi] a (?), isti'i 40 6 besought, 
= i8ta$i)W, iStinVi 40 11 he provided for = i$tana yi)(J). 



OUTLIKE OF GHAMMAB. xliii 

§ 29. Verbs final guttural. K t . Simple stem : 1st imp/, ibd'u 58 19 
they come — iba l a a u like isakanu, tanasa 52 23 thou shalt lift up = 
tanasait like tasakan; 2nd imp/, usi 26 15 he went out = n.5i'x (§ 8. 1) 
like iskun, nihtu 32 25 we have sinned = nihtiau, assi 42 14 I lifted = 
an$iH; perm, malu 26 31 they were full = malaii: impv. i-Si 35 18 carry up 
= nisiH; part, ndbu 5 16 naming = nabittu, nds l 3 (cstr.) bearing. 

Other stems : imtali (I 2) 61 5 it was filled, like istakin, attabi (I 2) 
19 s I named = antabix, iktira (12) 15 7 he invited = iktari x a (§§8.1; 
24. 5); umalli (II 1) 17 29 I filled = umalli K, umdallu (II 2) 32 2 they 
filled = umtalliKu (§ 8. 2 6); usisi (III 1) 2" I caused to go out = 
uSa)sia (cf. § 30), Susd (III 1 impv.) 64 n bring out = Suisixa, multahtu 
(III 2) 26 15 sinner, rebel = muUaliti Hu (§ 8. 1, 2 a). 

N 3 . 1st imp/, tapattd 52 16 thou shalt open = tapata N 3 a ; 2nd imp/, alki 
2 5 = alkia 3 , alkd 6 18 = alkix 3 a I took, apii 10 6 = apti$ 3 , aptd 61 19 = 
apti# 3 a I opened; £m/jw. ^>i/a 52 u =pitin 3 a open. 

N 4 . Simple stem: 1st imp/, ikabbi 52 21 he was speaking = ikaba^, 
iSimmi 24 18 he will hear = iSama X 4 ; 2ncZ imp/, ahri IS 13 I dug = aAnK 4 , 
i'(Zu 2 28 he knew = i" da^u (§ 11), itbd 24 30 he advanced = itba^a; perm, 
dbuni 15 n they were advanced = tab^uni. 

Other stems: altimi (I 2) IV R 52 No. 1, 5 I heard = astamix 4 ; 
utabi (II 1) 6 20 I made low = utabbi K 4 , u'adduni (III) 36 11 they made 
known = u^addi K 4 urn, unto" (II 1) 6 27 I erected = uratti^ (§§ 8. 1; 
21. 3); utaddd (II 2) 58 24 they recognize one another = u , tocWa K 4 a 
like uStakkand; uSapd (III 1) 34 26 I magnified = w&n^"^ a, uSatbd 
(III 1) 36 3 I caused to coxae = uSatbi^a. 

§ 30. Verbs initial i or \ In some cases there seems to be a 
mingling of forms from verbs initial l and initial \ but in general the 
two classes are distinct. The vowels u, a or i + ) give u, except in 
Shafel where a + 1 gives i or a. Initial l before a falls away without 
influence on the vowel. The vowel a before or after , regularly be- 
comes i. 

1. Initial l. Stem I 1: ubal 16 s I was bringing = a"\abal; ubila 21 7 
he brought = i)bila; bil Delitzsch Lesest 3 107, 229 bring, but uru Haupt 
Nimrodepos 10, 40 take st. mi, aSabu 46 14 to dwell = l aSabu ; dlidu 2G 7 
one who begets, alittu 59 3 = l alidtu one who bears. — Stem I 2 : ittihsu 5Q 1 
they fled = i )tahisu (§ 8. 1, 2 e), attasab 59 23 I was seating myself = 
aMaSab. — Stem II 1: ullada 59 9 I cause to hear = u) allada, mu'allidat 
62 7 causing to hear = mu)allidat. — Stem III 1: uHbila 21 9 he sent = 
uSa)bila, uSisi 2 17 I caused to go out = usa)sin, uHHb 10 27 I caused to 



xliv OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR. 

sit = usa) Sib, uSapd 34 26 I magnified = usa)pia i a, usasib I R 15, 35 
I caused to sit = usa i sib, usatir 39 9 I caused to abound = usa 1 tir, Susd 
64 11 bring out = su l si X a, susib 64 u cause to sit = Su ) sib, muSiSib 23 19 
one "who causes to inhabit = musa 1 Sib. — Stem III 2 : uStiSibu 62 3 they 
caused to dwell = uSta 1 Sibii. 

2. Initial \ Stem I 1: idu 23 9 he knew = i -> da N 4 u, iniku 32 19 they 
sucked =i^niku, iSi 58 6 I had = a' Si, iSd 18 26 they had = i'Sd. — Stem 
III: u'adduni 36 11 they made known = u , adduni. — Stem 112: utaddd 
5S 24 they recognize one another = u^tadda^ d. — Stem III 1 : uSisir 25 22 
he stroked (the ground with his beard) = usa ' sir, muSinikdti 32 19 those 
who give suck.— .Stem III 2 : uStiSSira 24 24 I made straight = usta " Sira, 
sutisur 20 28 it prospered (perm..) — Suta^sur. 

§ 31. Verbs middle l or \ Stem I 1: iSdt ll 14 he draws = iSa 1 at, 

indru, 20 18 they subdue = ina ' ara, itorri 60 14 for £ftm he goes to and fro (?) 
ita)aric>), isammu 32 s for isdmu they appoint = iSa - amu; aduk ll 34 I killed 
= ad l uk, itibu 7 16 it pleased = it l ibu, dhit 20 14 I saw = ah , it, anir 33 31 
I subdued — an ' ir, isiwra 35 4 they appointed = iS " imu ; Msa 14 23 hasten 
= hi- 1 isa; ddku 42 8 to kill = da) dku. — Stem I 2: imtfU 14 3 he died = 
imta)ut. — Stem II 1: w£m 39 4 I placed = ukawin, muSim 7 3 one who 
appoints = musa " im. — Stem II 2: uktin 60 17 I placed = ukta 11 m, wttir 
64 17 he restored = uttwwir st. Ilil. 

§ 32. Verbs final 1 or \ Stem I 1 : abakki 59 23 I was weeping =abaki, 
st. baku, ibaSSi 35 24 he shall be st. baSu, atamd 35 20 I was speaking st. 
tamu, ibanna 61 8 he makes st. banu; abni 6 14 I built, adki 42 15 I mustered, 
almi ll 17 I surrounded, atMi 18 19 and addd 36 2 I placed st. nadu, akki 10 n 
and akkd 50 25 I sacrificed, am 36 1 and arsd . 3 31 I granted, amnii 6 2 
I reckoned, akmu 13 22 I burned, lihdu 63 5 may it rejoice; baku 59 11 they 
weep, rcaau 41 23 it is established; dikd 14 22 muster (impv.); bdnu 20 9 
maker, rdS 14 4 possessor (cstr.). — Stem I 2 : attaki 60 15 I sacrificed 
st. naku, irtaSi 40 4 he granted, artidi 8 21 I pursued. — Stem II 1 : usa^i 
22 30 I besought, usalld 25 25 he besought, utammi 4 1 I caused to swear. — 
Stem III 1 : usabri 22 11 he caused to see,- uSalmi S3 32 I encircled, usardd 
16 8 I caused to flow, uSarmd 39 8 I caused to inhabit, usarSd 22 26 he 
granted ; Surma 35 19 cause to inhabit. — Stem IV 1 : ibbanu 62 13 they 
were created, innadi 23 3 he was cast down. 

§ 33. Quadriliteral verbs. The quadriliteral verbs are few in 
number, but some of them are of frequent occurrence, as foSa to cross, 






OUTLINE OF GKAMMAK. xlv 

transgress, rebel, tijna to flee, escape, ~nnty to be narrow, contracted, 
-naty to spread out. Illustrations : appalMt l 9 I crossed (IV 1), ippalki 
2i 31 he rebelled, usapalkat 5'2 18 I will destroy (III 1) ; ipparSidu l 17 
they fled (IV 1), ittanapraSSidu 34 14 he fled (IV 3, relative sentence); 
uSharir 59 1S it contracted; Suparruru I R 15, 58 it was spread out. 



TEXT. 

I. TIGLATHPILESER I (c. 1120-1100 B.C.). 

1. Campaign against Musku and Kummuh (I R 9, 62-10, 24). 

62 I-na sur-ru sarru-ti-ya XX M amiluti^ 63 m.muMus-'ka,- 
a-japi u. V sarrapMii-sti-nu 64 sa L sana^z-ti matu Al-zi 
65 u waataPu-ru-kuz-zi na-a-as bilti 66 u ma-da-at-ti sa 
i7«A-sur bili-ya is-ba-tu-ni 67 sarru ya-um-ma i-na tam- 
5 ha-ri irat-su-nu 68 la-a u-ni-hu a a-na da-na-ni-su-nu 69 it-ka- 
lu-ma ur-du-ni maiMKum-mu-hi 70 is-ba-tu. I-na tukul-ti 
t7wA-sur bili-ya 71 isMnarkabati P z u um-ma-na-ti-ya lup- 
ti-hir 72 arka-a ul u-ki. saaa Ka-si-ya-ra 73 ikil nam-ra-si 
lu-u ap-pal-kit. 74 It-ti XX M sabipz muk-tab-li-su-nu 

10 75^ y sarra>z-ni-su-im i-na watoKum-mu-hi 76 lu al-ta-na- 
an a-bi-ik-ta-su-nu 77 lu as-kun sal-ma-at ku-ra-di-su-nu 
78 i-na mit-hu-us tu-sa-ri ki-ma ra-hi-si 79 lu-ki-mir damipz- 
su-nu hur-ri 80 u ba-ma-a-ti sa sadi-i lu-sar-di 81 kakkadi>z- 
sri-nu lu-na-ki-sa i-da-at 82 ala>z-ni-su-nu ki-ma ka-ri-i 

15 lu-si-pi-ik 83 sal-la-su-nu bu-sa-a-su-nu nam-kur-su-nu 
84 a-na la-a mi-na lu-si-sa-a. VI M 85 si-ti-it um-ma-na- 
ti-su-nu sa i-na pa-an 86 isu kakkipz-ya ip-par-si-du sipi>z- 
ya 87 is-ba-tu al-ka-su-nu-u-ti-ma 88 a-na nisi>z m4-ti-ya 
am-nu-su-nu-ti. 

20 89 I-na u-mi-su-ma a-na matu Kum-mu-hi la-a ma-gi-ri 
90 s& bilta u ma-da-ta a-na «wA-sur bili-ya 91 ik-lu-u lu 
al-lik. matu Kum-mu-hi 92 a-na si-hir-ti-sa lu-u ak-sud 
93 sal-la-su-nu bu-sa-su-nu nam-kur-su-nu 94 u-si-sa-a aia>z- 

a. IK ti. 



Z T1GLATHPILESEE I. 

ni-su-nu i-na isatipz ^as-ru-up ab-bul ak-kur. Si-tf-it 
2 m3toKum-mu-lii sa i-na (fe« a )pa-an &«kakkij>z-ya 3 ip- 
par-si-du a-na aiu Si-ri-is-si 4 sa paclairiV am-ma-a-ti sa 
nam Diklat 5 lu 1-bf-ru ala a-ua dan-nu-ti-su-nu 6 lu 
5 is-ku-nu MMiiarkabatipz u ku-ra-di-ya^z 7 lu al-ki sada-a 
mar-sa u gir-ri-ti-sii-nu 8 pa-as-ka-a & -ti i-na ag-gul-lat iripi 
9 lu ah-si hu-la a-na mi-ti-ik 10 i ?M narkabatipz-ya u urn- 
ma-na-ti-ya lu-ti-ib 11 naru Diklat lu i-bir aZwSi-ri-si 12 ali 
dan-nu-ti-sii-nu ak-su-ud ^sabi^z muk-tab-li-su-nu i-na 

10 ki-rib hur-sa-ni 14 ki-ma sut-ma-si lu u-mi-si 15 dami^z-su-nu 
naru Diklat u ba-mat sadi-i 16 lu-sar-di. I-na u-mi c -sti-raa 
um-ma-na-at ^ m&tuKiir-ti-i pi sa a-na sti-zu-ub 18 u ni-ra- 
ru-ut-ti sa matu Kum-mu-hi 19 il-li-ku-u-ni it-ti um-ma-na-at 
20 matuKum-mu-hi-ma. ki-ma su-bi lu us-na-il 21 pa-gar muk- 

15 tab-li-sti-nu a-na gu-ru-na-ti 22 i-na gi-sal-lat sadi-i lu-ki-ri- 
in 23 sal-mat ku-ra-a-di-su-nu wa^Na-a-mi 24 a-na nam Diklat 
lu u-si-si. 



20 



2. Campaign against the Nairi (I R 12, 40-13, 21). 

40 m Tukul-ti-apal-i-sar-ra sarru dan-nu 41 ka-sid kib-rat 
nakrutipz sa-ni-nu 42 gi-mir kal sarranipz. 

43 I-na u-mi-su-ma i-na l-mu-ki si-ra-ti 44 sa i7 M A-sur bili- 



a i-na an-ni 



ki-i-i 



\k i7wSamas ku-ra-di i-na tukul- 



ti 46 sa ilanipz rabuti^z sa i-na kib-rat arba'-i 



mi-si-ris 

ul-tal-li-tu-ma mu-ni-lia 48 i-na kabli sa-ni-na i-na taljazi 
la i-su-ti 49 a-na matatpz sarra^z-ni ni-su-ti 50 s4 a-ah tamti 

25 i-li-ni-ti 51 sa ka-na-sa la i-du-u 52 z7wA-sur bilu u-ma-'i-ra- 
ni-ma al-lik. 53 Tu-ud-di mar-su-ti u ni-ri-bi-ti 54 sup-sii- 
ka-a-ti sa i-na mah-ra 55 sarru ya-um-ma lib-ba-sii-nu la 
i-du-u 56 ar-hi it-lu-ti du-ur-gi 57fZ la-a d pi-tu-ti ti-si-ti-ik 
58 sarf«I-la-ma sadu A-ma-da-na Sa^Il-hi-is 59 satfaSi-ra-bi-li 

30 sadu Tar-hu-na 60 i%rfaTir-ka-hu-li Sadu Ki-is-ra 61 soda Tar-ha- 

a. isu inserted by scribal error, due to presence of isu after pa-an. 
One copy correctly omits. — b. I R om. — c. I R mi. — d-d. I R erro- 
neously ta. 



TIGLATHPILESER I. 3 

na-bi sada I-lu-la 62 &^Ha-as-ta-ra-i *«<*«? Sa-hi-sa-ra 63 sadsTJ- 
bi-ra sa<z«Mi-li-at-ru-ni 64 s -«rraSu-li-an-zi sadaNu-ba-na-a-si 
65 u sadaSi-i-si XVI sadipz dan-nu-ti 66 ikla taba i-na 
imiiarkabti-ya u mar-sa 67 i-na ag-gul-lat ivipi lu ah-si 
5 68 u-ru-mi isipi sadi-i lu ak-ki-is 69 ti-tur-ra-a-ti a-na mi-ti-ik 
70 um-ma-na-a-ti-yapz lu u-ti-ib. 71 naruF 'u-rat-ta i-bir sar 
mdtu^im-xai 72 sar nuztuTu-nu-bi sar matuTu-a,-li 73 sarma?«Ki- 
da-ri sar maz«TJ-zu-la 74 sar matu Un-za-nm-ni sar matuAn-di-Si- 
bi 75 sar matu Pi-la-ki-ni sar m^wA-tur-gi-ni 76 sar matu Ku-li- 

10 bar-zi-ni sar wwMwPi-ni-bir-ni 77 sar ma^Hi-mu-a sar matuFa-i- 
ti-ri 78 sar »za^ tJ-i-ra-am sar matuSu-ru-ri-a, 79 sar ma^A-ba-i- 
ni sar matu A-da-i-ni 80 sar m<Mi* Ki-ri-ni sar ma^wAl-ba-ya 81 sar 
jnatotJ-gi-na sar matu Na-za-bi-ya 82 sar m^wA-bar-si-u-ni sar 
jn^wDa-ya-i-ni 83 naphar XXIII sarrani^z m&t&tipi Na-i-ri 

15 84 i-na ki-rib ma^&ti^-su-nu-ma imnarkab&tipz-su-nu 85 u um- 
ma-na-ti-su-nu ul-tak-si-ru-ma 86 a-na 1-pis kabli u ta-ha-zi 
87 lu it-bu-ni. I-na su-mur iswkakkipz-ya 88 iz-zu-ti as-ni- 
ka-sti-nu-ti 89 sa-gal-ti um-ma-na-ti-su-nu rapsatijjz 90 ki-ma 
ri-hi-il-ti Uulla,m&n 91 lu as-ku-un. Sal-ma-at ku-ra-cli-su-nu 

20 92 i-na siri ba-ma-at sadi-i u i-da-at 93 ala>z-ni-su-nu ki-ma 
sut-ma-si 94 lu-mi-si II su-si &Mnarkabatipz-su-nu 95 ha-lap-ta 
i-na ki-rib tam-lia-ri 96 lu-ti-mi-ih I su-si sarra^z-ni 97 matati 
Na-i-ri a-di sa a-na 98 ni-ra-ru-ti-su-nu il-li-ku-ni 99 i-na mul- 
mul-li-ya a-di t&mti 100 i-li-ni-ti lu ar-di-su-nu-ti 101 ma-ha- 

25 zi-su-nu rabutipz ak-sud 13, x sal-la-su-nu bu-sa-sii-nu nam- 
kur-su-nu 2 ti-si-sa-a alanipz-sti-nu i-na is&tipz 3 as-ru-up ab- 
bul ak-kur 4 a-na tili u kar-rai u-tir 5 su-gul-lat imirusisipi 
rapsu>z-ti 6 pa-ri-i a-ga-lipz u. mar-sit 7 kir-bi-ti-su-nu a-na 
la ma-ni-i 8 ti-tir-ra. 

30 Nap-liar sarr&pz-ni 9 matati Na-i-ri bal-tu-su-nu ka a -ti 
10 ik-sud a-na sarra>z-ni sa-tu-nu n ri-i-ma ar-sa-su-nu-ti-ma 
12 na-pis-ta-su-nu l-ti-ir sal-lu-su-nu 13 u ka-mu-su-nu. i-na 
ma-bar « M Samas bili-ya 14 ap-tu-ur-ma ma-rai-it ilani^-ya 
^rabuti^z a-na ar-kat umi>z a-na u-um 16 sa-a-ti a-na ardu- 
a. 0m. by error in I R. 



4 TIGLATHPILESER I. 

ut-ti u-tam-mi-su-nu-ti 17 mkvipi nab-ni-it sarru-ti-sti-nu 
18 a-na li-tu-ut-ti as-bat 19 IM II C imirusisipi II M alpi>z 
20 ma-da-at-ta i-na muh-hi-su-nu as-kun 21 a-na niatati^z-su- 
nu u-mas-sir-su-nu-ti. 

3. Campaign against the Kumani (I R 13, 82-14, 21). 

5 82 I-na u-mi-su-ma ktil-lat m&tu Ku-ma-ni-i 83 sa a-na ri-su-ut° 
wiatoMu-us-ri is-sa-ak-nu 84 nap-liar matati^z-su-nu lu id-ku- 
ni-ma 85 a-na i-pis kabli u ta-ha-zi 86 lu iz-zi-zu-ni-ma i-na 
sii-mur iswkakkipz-ya 87 iz-zu-ti it-ti 6 XX M um-ma-na-ti- 
su-nu 8 *rapsati.pz i-na ^ZiiTa-la lu am-da-hi-is 89 a-bi-ik-ta- 

10 su-nu lu-u as-kun 90 ki-sir-su-nu gab-sa lu-pi-ri-ir 91 a-di 
sarfflHa-ru-sa s& pa-an matuMu-us-vi 92 ab-ku-su-nu lu ar- 
du-ud sal-ma-at 93 ku-ra-di-su-nu i-na gi-sal-lat sadi-i 94 ki- 
m a su-u-bi lu ti-nii-si 95 d§,mipz-sti-nu hur-ri u ba-ma-a-ti 
sa sadi-i 96 lu-sar-di ma-ha-zi-su-nu rabuti^z 97 ak-sud i-na 

15 isatipz as-ru-up 98 ab-bul ak-kur a-na tili u kar-mi c u-tir. c 

"aZwHu-nu-sa ali dan-nu-ti-su-nu 100 ki-ma til a-bu-bi 

as-hu-up 14)1 it-ti um-ma-na-a-ti-su-nu gab-sa-a-ti 2 i-na ali 

u sadi-i sam-ris lu am-da-hi-is 3 a-bi-ik-ta-su-nu lu-u. as-kun 

4 sabipz muk-tab-li-su-nu i-na ki-rib hur-sa-ni 5 ki-ma sii-bi 

20 us-na-il kakkadi^z-su-nu 6 ki-ma zi-ir-ki ti-ni-ki-is 7 daniipz- 
su-nu hur-ri u ba-ma-a-ti sa sadi-i 8 lu-sar-di ala su-a-tu 
ak-sud 9 ilanii?z-su-nu as^-sa-a bu-sa-sti-nu nani-kur-su-nu 
10 u-si-sa-a ala i-na isatipz as-ru-up U III clm'Einipz-su-nu 
rabutijjz s& i-na a-gur-ri 12 ra-as-bu u si-hir-ti ali-sti 13 ab-bul 

25 ak-kur a-na tili u kar-mi 14 u-tir u abni^z si-pa i-na muli- 
hi-su 15 az-ru birik siparri l-pu-us 16 ki-si-ti matati sa i-na 
e ili-ya e bili-ya 17 ak-su-du ala su-a-tu a-na la sa-ba-ti 18 u 
dura-su la-a ra-sa-pi i-na muh-hi 19 al-tu-ur bita s4 
a-gur-ri i-na muh-hi-su 20 ar-sip birik siparri sa-a-tu-nu 

30 21 i-na lib-bi u-si-si-ib. 

a. I R ti. — b. One copy om. — c-c. One copy and I R om. — 
d. I R erroneously pa. — e-e. Var. ilu A-sur. 



ASSTJRNAZIPvPAL. 5 

II. ASSURNAZIRPAL (883-859 B.C.). 

Standard Inscription (Layard 1).« 

1 Ikal mAssur-nasir-apli sangi Assur ni-sit uuBil u iiuAdav 
na-ra-am iiuA-mm u iz M Da-gan ka-sti-us ilanipz rabutipi sarru 
dan-nu sar kissati sar matu Assuv apal Tukulti-Adar sarri 
rabi-i 2 sarri dan-ni sar kissati sar matu Assur apal Raman- 
5 nirari sar kissati sar ma^Assur-ma it-lu kar-du sa ina 
tukul-ti Assur bili-su ittalla-ku-ma ina mal-ki^ sa kib-rat 
irbit-ta sa-nin-su 3 la-a isu-ti amiiuvii tab-ra-a-ti la a-di-ru 
tukunti i-du-ti gab-su sa ma-hi-ra la-a isu-u sarru mu- 
sak-nis la kan-su-ti-su sa nap-har kis-sat nisi>z 4 i-pi-lu 

10 zikaru dan-nu mu-kab-bi-is kisad a-a-bi-su da-a-is kul-lat 
nakruti^z mu-pa-ri-ru ki-is-ri mul-tar-hi sarru sa ina 
tukul-ti ilsLnipi rabutipz 5 bili^-su ittalla-ku-ma mat&tipz 
kali-si-na kat-su taksu-ud hur-sa-ni kali-su-nu i-pi-lu-ma 
bi-lat-su-nu im-hu-ru sa-bit li-i-ti sa-kin li-i-ti 6 ili kali-si- 

15 na matati^z. 

I-nu-ma Assur bilu na-bu-u. sumi-ya mu-sar-bu-u. sarru- 
ti-a iswkakka-su la pa-da-a a-na i-da-at bilu-ti-a lu-u. it- 
muh 7 umrnanatpz maZMLu-ul-lu-mi-i rapsatipz ina ki-rib 
tam-ha-ri ina iswkakki^z lu u-sam-kit. Ina ri-su-ti sa 

20 iZwSa-mas 8 u i7wRanian ilani^z tik-li-a ummanatpz matati 
Na-i-ri mazwKil-lii matuSu-b&-vi-i u matuNi-vib kima 
i7wRaman ra-hi-si ili-su-nu 9 as-gu-um sarru sa istu i-bir- 
tan naruDikl&t a-di sa<z#Lab-na-na u tamti rabi-ti matuLa- 
ki-i ana si-hir-ti-sa matuSu-hi a-di aZwRa-pi-ki ana sipi^z-su 

25 u-sik-ni-sa 10 istu ris i-ni warwSu-ub-na-at a-di matuXH-va,- 
ar-ti kat-su taksu-ud istu sa<za ni-rib sa matu Kir-ru-ri a-di 
matu Kir-za-ni istu i-bir-tan warwZa-ba supali a-di n a iuTil- 
ba-a-ri sa il-la-an mazwZa-ban istu a zw Til-sa-ab-ta-ni a-di 
aZwTil-sa-za-ab-da-ni «zm Hi-ri-mu a z M Ha-ru-tu matu Bi-ra-a-ti 

30 sa wiatolvar-du-ni-as ana mi-is-ri 12 mati-ya ti-tir istu saduixi- 

a. From Layard and from photographs. 



6 ASSUENAZIEPAL. 

rib sa matu Ba-bi-ti a-di «?iuHas-mar a-na nisipi mati-a 
am-nu. Ina matati .pz sa a-pi-lu-si-na-ni amiiuli&k-nxL-ti-ya 
al-ta-kan ur-du-ti ti-pu-su. mAssur-nasir-apli 13 rubu-u 
na-a-du pa-lih ilanipz rabuti^z u-sum-gal-lu ik-du ka-sid 
5 alani u hur-sa-ni pad gim-ri-su-nu sar bilipi-i mu-la-it 
ik-su-ti a-pi-ir sa-lum-ma-ti la a-di-ru 14 tukunti ur-sa-nu 
la pa-du-u mu-rib a-nun-ti sar ta-na-da-ti amiiui'i'u sa-lu-lu 
kibrati^z sarru sa ki-bit pi-su us-h4m-ma-tu sadi^z-i u 
tamati^z sa ina ki-it-ru-ub 15 bilu-ti-su sarrapz-ni ik-du-ti 

10 la pa-du-ti istu si-it izwsam-si a-di i-rib a«§am-Si pa-a 
ist-in u-sa-as-kin. 

aZwKal-hu mah-ra-a sa ™ i7w Sul-ma-nu-asarid sar matuAssuT 
16 rubu a-lik pa-ni-a ipu-us alu su-u l-na-ah-ma is-lal. Alu 
su-u ana is-su-ti ab-ni. Nisi^z kisit-ti kati-ya sa matati^z 

15 sa a-pi-lu-si-na-ni sa matu Su-hi matuLa.-~ki-i ana si-hir-ti-sa 
17 «zwMus-ku sa ni-bir-ti naru Purat ma^Za-mu-a ana pad 
gim-ri-sa matu Bit- A-di-ni u ma^Hat-ti u sa mLu-bar-na 
ma^Pa-ti-na-a-a al-ka-a ina lib-bi ti-sa-as-bit. Tilu la-bi-ru 
In u-na-ki-ir a-di 18 ili mipi lu ti-sa-pil ICXX tik-pi ina 

20 mus-pa-li lu u-ta-bi. Ikal & M i-ri-ni ikal im surmini ikal 
^wdap-ra-ni ikal is M urkarinipz ikal &winis-kan-ni ikal 
Mwbu-ut-ni u fewtar(?)-pi-'i a-na su-bat sarru-ti-a 19 ana 
mul-ta-'i-it bilu-ti-a sa da-ra-a-ti ina lib-bi ad-di. TJ-ma- 
ara sadipz-i u tamatipz sa a&nwpi-li pisi-i u a&nwpa-ru-ti 

25 ipu-us ina babani^z-sa u-si-zi-iz u-si-im-si u-sar-rih-si 
si-kat kar-ri siparri^z 20 al-mi-si. imDal&tipi wwi-ri-ni 
mm surmini i ? wdap-ra-ni mtmis-kan-ni ina babani^z-sa ti-ri- 
ti. Kaspi^z hurasi^z anaki^z siparri^z parzilli^z kisit-ti 
kati-ya sa matati^z sa a-pi-lu-si-na-ni a-na ma-'a-dis al-ka-a 

30 ina lib-bi u-kin. 



SHALMANESER II. 7 

III. SHALMANESER II. (858-824 B.C.). 

1. Genealogy; First Campaign (Layard 87 n\).« 

1 ««Assur bilu rabu-u sar gim-rat 2 il&m P i rabutipz uu A-nu 
sar *7wi-gi-gi 3 u ^a-nun-na-ki iiubil mat&ti iiuBil 4 si-i-ru 
a-bu ilanipz ba-nu-u 5 [kala-ma iz«]I-a sar apsi mu-sim 
simati^ 6 [i7wSin] sar a-gi-i sa-ku-ti nam-ri-ri 7 [iz M Ram an] 
5 gis-ru su-tu-ru bil higal-li «wSa-mas 8 dan sami-i ii irsi-ti 
mu-ma-'i-ir gim-ri 9 [j^ Marduk] abkal ilani^z bil ti-ri- 
i-ti uuAdsir kar-du 10 [sar iz«] igigi^z u izwa-nun-na-ki 
ilu dan-dan-nu iz«Nirgal n [git]-ma-lu sar tam-lia-ri 
««Nusku na-si mJjatti illi-ti 12 ilu mul-ta-lu uuBilit hi-ir-ti 

10 iiuBil ummi ilanipz 13 [rabuti] ^z *7wlstar ris-ti sami-i u irsi- 
ti sa paras kar-du-ti suk-lu-lat 14 [il£ini]^z rabutipz mu-si- 
mu sim&tipz mu-sar-bu-u sarru-ti-ya. 15 [mi7w]Sul-ma-nu- 
asarid sar kis-sat nisi^z rubu-u. sangi Assur sarru dan-nu 
16 sar kul-lat kib-rat irbit-ta izwsam-su kis-sat nisi^z mur- 

15 ti-du-u 17 ka-lis mat&ti apal mAssur-nasir-apli sangu-u. 
si-i-ru sa sangut-su ili ilaui^z 18 i-ti-bu-ma m&tltti nap- 
har-si-na a-na sipi-su. u-sik-ni-su 19 nab-ni-tu illi-tu sa 
m Tukul-twzw Adar 20 sa kul-lat za-i-ri-sli i-ni-ru-ma 21 is- 
pu-nu a-bu-ba-ni-is. 

20 22 I-na sur-rat sarru-ti-ya sa ina iswkussi 23 sarru-ti rabi-is 
ti-si-bu is«narkabati^ 24 umm&n&ti-ya ad-ki ina samni-ri-bi 
sa matu Si-mi-si 25 iru-ub «z M A-ri-du ali dan-nu-ti-su 26 sa 
mNi-in-ni aksu-ud. I-na ist-in pali-ya 27 [naru] Purat ina 
mi-li-sa i-bir a-na tam-di sa sul-mi izwsam-si 28 al-li-ik 

25 iswkakkipz-ya ina tam-di u-lil idrrui\\kk\\\ P i 29 a-na il&nipz-ya 
as-bat. ' A-na sadi-i jre^tHa-ma-a-ni i-li ^iswgu-surpz iswi-ri- 
ni m«burasi a-kis. A-na 31 sadu Lal-la-ar i-li sa-lam sarru- 
ti-ya ina lib-bi u-si-ziz. 

a. Selections 1 and 2 are prepared from photographs and from a 
cast of the original, known as the "obelisk inscription," now in the 
British Museum. 



8 SHALMANESEE II. 

2. Campaign against Damascus, a 

54 . . . Ina VI pali-ya a-na ala^z-ni sa si-di narwBa-li-hi 
55 ak-ti-rib mGi-am-mu kipa-su-nu idu-ku 56 a-na aZaTil- 
tur-a-hi iru-ub 57 «arJPurat ina mi-li-sa i-bir 58 ma-da-tu 
sa sarra>z-ni sa wa^Hat-ti 69 [kali]-su-nu am-ljur. Ina 
5 u-mi-su-ma m «-z«Addu-id-ri 60 [sar] ma^Dimaski mlr-ku-li-na 
matu A-mat-a-a a-di sarr^^z-ni 61 sa maZwHat-ti u a-hat tam-ti 
a-na imukanipz a-ha-mis 62 it-tak-lu-ma a-na i-pis kabli u 
tahazi 63 a-na irti-ya it-bu-ni. Ina ki-bit Assur bili rabi 
bili-ya 64 it-ti-su-nu am-dali-lii-is abikta-su-nn as-kun 
10 65 MMiiarkabatip?-su-nu bit-hal-la-su-nu u-nu-ut tahazi-su- 
nu i-kim-su-nu 66 XX M VC SEibi>z ti-du-ki-su-nu ina 
isu~k.akk.ipi u-sam-kit. 

3. Western Campaign; Tribute of Jehu (III R 5, No. 6). & 

*Ina XVIII palfpz-ya XVI sanitu naruFur&t 2 i-bir. 
mHa-za-'-ilu sa maZwDimaski 3 a-na gi-bis unim&n&ti.pz-su 

15 4 it-ta-kil-ma ummanati.pz-su 5 a-na ma-'a-dis id-ka-a. 
6 ^a^Sa-ni-ru uban sadi-i 7 sa pu-ut M^Lab-na-na a-na 
dan-nu-ti-su 8 is-kun. It-ti-su am-dali-lii-is 9 abikta-su 
as-kun XVI M 10 s&hipi ti-du-ki-su ina fewkakkipz n u-sam- 
kit IM IC XXI f ?M narkabatipz-su 12 IV C LXX bit-hal- 

20 lu-su it-ti us-ma-ni-su 13 i-kim-su a-na sti-zu-ub 14 naps£tti.pz- 
su f-li arki-su ar-ti-di 15 ina aiu Di-mas-ki ali sarru-ti-su 
i-sir-su 16 is M kirii?z-su ak-kis. A-di sadi-i 17 ™<2z M Ha-u-ra-ni 
a-lik ala>z-ni 18 a-na la ma-ni a-bul a-kur 19 ina is&tipz 
asru-up sal-la-su-nu 20 a-na la ma-ni as-lu-la. 21 A-di sadi-i 

25 ?a^Ba-'-li-ra-'-si 22 sa ris tara-di a-lik sa-lam sarru-ti-a 
23 ina lib-bi as-kup. Ina u-ini-su-ma 24 ma-da-tu Sa m^wSur- 
ra-a-a 25 maz« Si-du-na-a-a sa mYa-ti-a 26 apal Hu-um-ri-i 
am-liur. 

a. See note a, page 7. — b. Also Delitzsch Assyr. Lesestiicke, ed. 2, 
p. 98. 



SAEGON. 9 

IV. SARGON (722-705 B.C.). 

Conquests; Restoration of Calah (Layard 83). « 

1 Ikal ™&arru-kinu sa-ak-nu *7wBil nisakku «wA-sur ni- 
sit ini uu A-nim u uuBil sarru dan-nu sar kissati sar 
matuAssuvki sar kib-rat arba'-i mi-gir il&nij>i rabutijpz 2 ri'u 
ki-i-nu sa uuA-sut i7«Marduk ut-tu-su-ma zi-kir sii-mi-su 
5 u-si-su-u a-na ri-si-i-ti 3 zi-ka-ru dan-nu ha-lib na-mur-ra-ti 
sa a-na sum-kut na-ki-ri su-ut-bu-u «s«kakku-su 4 it-lu kar- 
du sa ul-tu ii-um bi-lu-ti-su mal-ku gab-ri-su la ib-su-ma mu- 
ni-ha sa-ni-na la i-sti-u 5 matati kali-si-na ultu si-it awsam-si 
a-di l-rib «wsam-§i i-bi-lu-ma ul-tas-pi-ru ba-'u-lat 4 7«Bil 6 mu- 

10 '-a-ru bu-bu-lu sa i-mu-ka-an si-ra-a-ti mla, is-ru-ku-us 
fcwkakku la mah-ri us-tib-bu i-du-us-su 7 rubu~ na-'i-du 
s& ina ri-bit Dur-ili/^ it-ti m Uu Hum-ba-rii-ga-as sar 
matu I-lam-ti in-nam-ru-ma is-ku-nu t&h-ta-su 8 mu-sak-nis 
ma^Ya-u-du sa a-sar-su ru-ti-ku na-si-ili ma<wHa-am-ma-ti 

15 sa m iZwYa-u-bi-'i-di ma-lik-su-nu ik-sii-du k&tu-su 9 mu- 
ni-'i i-rat matu Ka-ak-mi-i amiiunakvi lim-ni mu-ta-ki-in 
mstoMan-na-a-a dal-hu-u-ti mu-tib lib-bi mati-su mu-rap- 
pis mi-sir matu Assur 10 mal-ku pit-ku-du su-us-kal la-a 
ma-gi-ri sa ™Pi-si-ri sar ma^Hat-ti k&t-su ik-su-du-ma 

20 ili aZwGar-ga-mis ali-su is-ku-nu am« M zikar(?)-su n na-si-ih 
aiu Si-nu-uli-ti sa mKi-ak-ki sar matuTa-ha-li a-na ali-su 
Assure ub-lam-ma ma^Mu-us-ki i-mid-du ab-sa-an-[su] 
12 ka-sid matu Man-na-a-a wia^Kar-al-lu u 6 matu Pad-di-ri mu- 
tir gi-mil-li mati-su mu-sim-kit mctoMa-da-a-a ru-ku-ti-ti 

25 a-di matu uu sam-si (? ) . 

13 I-na u-mi-su-ma ikal i ?w dup-ra-ni sa «z M Kal-lia sa 
mAssur-nasir-apli rubu a-lik pa-ni-ya i-na pa-na l-pu-sti 
14 sa biti sti-a-tu us-su-su ul dun-nu-nu-ti-ma ili du-un-ni 
kak-ka-ri ki-sir sadi-i ul sur-sti-da is-da-a-su 15 i-na ra-a-di 

a. The transliterated text is from my copy of the original, a slab in 
the British Museum. — b. Layard. My copy omits. 



10 SENNACHERIB. 

ti-ik sami-i an-bu-ta la-bi-ru-ta il-lik-ma si-pit-su ip-pa- 
tir-raa ir-mu-ii rik-su-su 16 a-sar-su u-ma-si-ma lib-na-su 
ak-su-ud. Ili abnu'pi-i-li dan-ni tim-mi-in-su ki-ma si-pik 
sadi-i zak-ri as-pu-uk. 17 Istu us-si-su a-di tab-lu-bi-su 
5 ar-sip u-sak-lil. Bab zi-i-ki a-na mul-ta-'i-ti-ya ina sumili 
babi-su ap-ti. 18 Ka-sad ala^wii sa usunic?) isuhakkipi-ya, 
sa ili amiiuiinkrvitipi as-ku-nu ina ki-rib-su i-sir-ina a-na 
l-ri-i lu-li-i u-mal-li-su. 19 »7wNirgal iz M Raman u ilani^z a-si- 
bu-ut «z« Kal-ha a-na lib-bi ak-ii-ma gu-mah-hi rabuti^z 

10 Idrruavdknipl ma-TO-ti kur-gi isswrwpZ US-tur is suru pi ^isSUl'lpj 

sami-i mut-tap-ris-u-ti ma-har-su-un ak-ki ni-gu-tu as- 
kun-ma ka-bat-ti nisipz matu Assuym u-sa-li-is. 

21 I-na u-mi-su-ma i-na bit na-kam-ti su-a-ti XI gun 

XXX ma-na burasi II M I C gun XXIV ma-na kaspi ina 

15 rabi-ti 22 ki-sit-ti mPi-si-ri sar aiu Gar-ga-mis sa ma^Hat- 

ti sa kisad nam, Pu-rat-ti sd ka-ti ik-su-du ina lib-bi 

ti-si-i'ib. 



V. SENNACHERIB (705-682 B.C.). 

L Syrian Campaign; Tribute of Hezekiah (I E, 38, 34-39, 41). a 

84 I-na sal-si gir-ri-ya a-na roataHa-at-ti hi 6 al-lik. 
35 m Lu-li-i sar aiu Si-dii-un-ni pul-bi rai-lara-mi 36 bi-lu-ti-ya 

20 is-hu-pu-su-ma a-na ru-uk-ki 37 kabal tam-tira in-na-bit-ma 
mata-su i-mid. S8 az«Si-du-un-nu rabu-u aZwSi-du-un-nu 
sihru 39 «z M Bit-zi-it-ti aiu Za-ri-ip-tti aiu Ma-hal-li-ba i0 aiuXJ- 
su-u. aiu Ak-zi-bi aiu Ak-ku-u 41 alauiji>z-sn dan-nu-ti bit- 
dura>z-ni a-sar ri-i-ti 42 u mas c -ki-ti bit-tuk-la^-ti-su ra- 

25 sub-bat iswkakki 43 j7wAssur bili-ya is-bu-pu-sti-nu-ti-ma 
ik-nu-su 44 si-pu-u-a. mTu-ba-'a-lu i-na iswkussi sarru-ti 
45 ili-su-un u-si-sib-ma biltu man-da-at-tu bi-lu-ti-ya 46 sat- 
ti-sam la ba-at-lu ti-kin si-ru-us-su. 



iee also Delitzsch, Assyr. Lesestiicke, ed. 2, pp. 100-103. — b. I 
LRnu. — d. IEad. 



SENNACHERIB. 11 

47 S& m Mi-in-hi-im-mu aZwSam-si-mu-ru-na-a-a 48 wTu-ba- 
'a-lu aiu Si-du-un-na-a-a 49 m Ab-di-li-'i-ti aiu A-ru-da-a-a 
50 jwTJ-ru-mil-ki aiu Gu-ub-la-a-a 51 m Mi-ti-in-ti aZwAs-du-da- 
a-a 52 mPu-du-ilu matu Bit-™ Am-ma-na-a-a 53 mKam-mu-su- 
5 na-at-bi mazwMa-'a-ba-a-a 5i miiu Malik-ram-mu matutf-du- 
um-ina-a-a 55 sarra>z-ni matu Aljam u ka-li-su-un si-di-i 
56 sad-lu-ti ta-mar-ta-su-nu ka-bit-tu a-di busi 57 a-na 
mah-ri-ya is-su-nim-ma is-si-ku sipi-ya. 58 tl mSi-id-ka-a 
sar «zm Is-ka-al-lu-na 59 sa la ik-nu-su a-na ni-ri-ya il&nipi 

10 bit abi-su sa-a-su 60 assat-su aplii>z-su bin&tipz-su alii^z-su 
zir bit abi-su 61 as-su-ha-am-ma a-na matu Assure ii-ra-as- 
su. 62 mSarru-lu-da-ri apal mRu-kib-ti sarri-su-nu mah- 
ru-ii 63 ili nisi pi a ? M Is-ka-al-lu-na as-kun-ma na-dan bilti 
64 kat-ri-i bi-lu-ti-ya i-mid-su-ma i-sa-at ab-sa-a-ni. 65 I-na 

15 mi-ti-ik gir-ri-ya «z M Bit-Da-gan-na 66 «z M Ya-ap-pu-u «z«Ba- 
na-a-a-bar-ka aiu A-zu-ru 67 al& p z-ni sa mSi-id-ka-a sa a-na a 
sipi-ya 68 ar-his la ik-nu-su al-mi aksu-ud as-lu-la sal-la- 
sun. 

69 am*7wSakkanakki^ amiiu rubiiti pi u nisi^z «zwAm-kar- 

20 ru-na 70 sa mPa-di-i sarra-su-nu bil a-di-i ii ma-mit 71 s& 
matuAssunti bi-ri-tu parzilli id-du-ma a-na m Ha-za-ki-ya-u. 
72 mazwYa-u-da-a-a id-di-nu-su nak-ris a-na <msil-li i-sir-su 
73 ip-lah lib-ba-su-un sarra>z-ni maZft Mu-su-ri u amiiuS&bipi 
im kasti iswnarkabatipz imirusisipi s& sar matu Mi-luh-hi 

25 75 i-mu-ki la ni-bi ik-ti-ru-nim-ma il-li-ku 76 ri-su-us-su-un. 
I-na ta-mir-ti aZwAl-ta-ku-ti 77 il-la-mu-u-a si-id-ru sit-ku-nu 
u-sa-'i-lu 78 i.swkakki^z-su-un. I-na tukul-ti ^Assur bili- 
ya it-ti-su-un 79 am-da-hi-is-ma as-ta-kan abikta-su-un 
m amiiubil wwnarkab&tipz u apli^z sarri ?»aZMmu-su-ra-a-a 

30 81 a-di amiiubil isMiiarkabatipz s4 sar ?»aZwMi-luli-lii bal-tu- 
su-un 82 i-na kabal tam-ha-ri ik-su-cla kata-a-a aZwAl-ta- 
ku-u 83 aZw Ta-am-na-a al-mi aksu-ud as-lu-la sal-la-sun. 

^A-na aZwAm-kar-ru-na ak-rib-ma amiiu sakkanakki^z 
2 am«Mrubuti^z s& hi-it-tu u-sab-su-li a-duk-raa 3 i-na di-raa- 

a. I R tu. 



12 SENNACHEEIB. 

a-ti si-hir-ti ali a-lul pag-ri-su-un 4 apli^z ali i-pis an-ni 
u hab-la-ti 5 a-na sal-la-ti am-nu si-it-tu-ti-su-nu 6 la ba-ni 
hi-ti-ti u kul-lul-ti sa a-ra-an-su-nu 7 la ib-su-u us-sur-su-un 
ak-bi. mPa-di-i 8 sarra-su-nu ul-tu ki-rib aZw Ur-sa-li-im-mu 
5 9 u-si-sa-am-ma i-na ijwkussi bi-lu-ti fli-su-im 10 u-si-sib-ma 
man-da-at-tu bi-lu-ti-ya n u-kin si-ru-us-su. tr mHa-za- 
ki-a-u 12 matu Ya-u-da-a-a s& la ik-nu-su a-na ni-ri-ya 
13 XLVI al&niirt-su. dan-nu-ti bit-durani pi u alanipz 
sihr&tiijz 14 sa li-mi-ti-su-nu s& ni-ba la i-su-ii ]5 i-na suk- 

10 bu-us a-ram-mi u kit-ru-ub su-pi-i 16 mit-hu-su° zu-uk sipi 
bil-si nik-si u 6 lab-ban-na-ti 17 al-mi aksu-ud. IICMICL 
nisii?z sihru rabu zikaru u zinnisu l8 imfrusisipi imiru pari^z 
imivipi imiru gam mall pi alpii?z 19 u si-i-ni sa la ni-bi ul-tu 
kir-bi-sii-un u-si-sa-am-ma 20 sal-la-tis am-nu. Sa-a-su 

15 kima issuri ku-up-pi ki-rib aiu Ur-sa-li-im-mu 21 ali sarru- 
ti-su l-sir-su aiuhal-mpi ili-su 22 u-rak-kis-ma a-si-i abulli 
ali-su u-tir-ra 23 ik-ki-bu-us. Alani^z-su sa as-lu-la ul-tu 
ki-rib mati-su 24 ab-tuk-ina a-na mMi-ti-in-ti sar aiuAs- 
du-di 25 mPa-di-i sar aZwAm-kar-ru-na u mSillu-Bil 26 sar 

20 afaHa-zi-ti ad-din-ma u-sa~ah-hir mat-su. 27 I-li bilti mali- 
ri-ti na-dan ma-ti-su-un 28 man-da-at-tu kat-ri-i bi-lu-ti-ya 
u-rad-di-ma 29 u-kin si-ru-us-su-un. 

!§u-u mHa-za-ki-a-u 30 pul-hi mi-lam-mi bi-lu-ti-ya is- 
hu-pu-su-ma 31 amUuvv-hi u amiiuskbipi-su damkutipz 32 §4 

25 a-na dun-nu-un aiu Ur-sa-li-im-mu ali sarru-ti-su 33 u-si-ri- 
bu-ma ir-su-u bi-la-a-ti 34 it-ti XXX gun hurasi VIII C 
gun kaspi ni-sik-ti 35 gu-uh-li dag-gas-si aZmwan-gug-rni 
rabutipz s6 i. ? Mirsii>z sinni ^wkussipz ni-mi-di sinni masak 
piri 37 sin piri is«usu iswurkarina minima sum-su ni-sir-tti 

30 ka-bit-tu 38 u binatipz-su /zikritipz lkalli-su amttulihpi 
39 /libpz a-na ki-rib Nin&iw ali bi-lu-ti-ya 40 arki-ya ti-si-bi- 
lam-ma a-na na-dan man-da-at-ti 41 ii i-pis ardu-ti-ti is-pu- 
ra rak-bu-su. 

a. Var. us. — b. I R bab. 



SENNACHERIB. 13 

2. Campaign against Elam (I R 40, 43-41, 4). 

43 I-na sibi-i gir-ri-ya iZwAssur Tn-ni ti-tak-kil-an-m-ma 
44 a-na matullamtiki lu al-lik. aiu Bit-mHa-'a-i-ri 4o aZwRa- 
sa-a ala>z-ni sa mi-sir matu Assure 46 sa i-na tar-si abi-ya 
amiiu I-la-mu-u i-ki-mu da-na-nis 47 i-na mi-ti-ik gir-ri-ya 
5 aksud-ma as-lu-la sal-la-sun. iS amiiuSahipi sli-lu-ti-ya u-si- 
rib ki-rib-su-un 49 a-na mi-sir matu Assure u-tir-ram-ma 
50 katu amiiuT&h-aiuhal-su. Dur-ili&t am-nu. 51 a z M Bu-bi-i 
aiuDmi-m-uuSsLm&s aZwBit-mRi-si-ya 52 «z M Bit-ali-la-mi-i 
oz^Du-ru az?tDan-nat a -mSu-la-a-a 53 aZwSi-li-ib-tu aZwBit-mA- 

10 su-si aZwKar-mMu-ba-sa 54 «zwBit-gi-is-si aZwBit-™Kat-pa-la-ni 
aiu Bit-™ Im-bi-ya 55 az M Ha-ma-nu aZwBit-wAr-ra-bi aiuBu- 
ru-tu 56 aiuDi-in-tu sa mSu-la-a-a «zw Di-in-tu 57 sa mt7«Tur- 
bit-iti-ir a z« H u x'-ri-as-l a-ki-i aiu Ra-ba-a-a 58 aiu Ra-a-su 
a z M Ak-ka-ba-ri-na a z«Til-mTJ-liu-ri 59 aZwHa-am-ra-nu «zwNa- 

15 di-tu a-di al&m pi sa ni-ri-bi 60 sa aZwBit-mBu-na-ki az«Til- 
iZwHu-um-bi aZwDi-in-tu 61 sa- mDu-mi-ilu az M Bit-mTJ-bi-ya 
aZwBa-al-ti-li-sir 62 a z M Ta-gab-li-sir aiu Sa-na-ki-da-a-ti 63 a z«Ma- 
su-tu-sap-li-tu aiu Sa-ar-hu-di-i-ri aiu A-lum-sa-tar(?)-bit 
64 az M Bit-mAliipz-iddi-na az M Il-ti-u-ba XXXIV alairi^z dan- 

20 nu-ti 65 a-di alaj>z-ni sihruti^z sa li-mi-ti-su-nu 66 sa ni-ba la 
i-sti-u al-mi aksu-ud as-lu-la sal-la-sun 67 ab-btil ak-kur 
i-na isati ak-mu. 68 Ku-tur na-ak-mu-ti-su-nu kima imbari 
kab-ti 69 pa-an sami-i rap-su-ti u-sak-tim. Is-mi-ma ki- 
sit-ti 70 alanipz-su mKudur^wNa-hu-un-du amto I-la-mu-u 

25 im-kut-su 71 ha-at-tum si-it-ti alani^z-su a-na dan-na-ti 
u-si-rib. 72 Su-u zwMa-dak-ti ali sarru-ti-su i-zib-ma 73 a-na 
aZwHa-i-da-la sa ki-rib sad-di-i rukuti^z 74 is-sa-bat liar- 
ra-nu. A-na aZwMa-dak-ti ali sarru-ti-su 75 a-la-ku ak-bi 
arak tam-ti-ri kussu dan-nu 76 i-ru-ba-am-ma sa-mu-tum 

30 ma-at-tum ti-sa-az-ni-na 77 zunn£>z sa zunni^z u. sal-gu na- 
ah-li na-ad-bak 78 sad-di-i a-du-ra pa-an ni-ri-ya ti-tir-ma 
79 a-na Nina^n as-sa-bat har-ra-nu. I-na u-mi-su-ma 80 i-na 

a. I R §1. 



14 SENNACHERIB. 

ki-bifc iiu Assur bili-ya mKudur-iz M Na-liu-un-di 41 » 1 §ar 
matul\&mt\M III arhu ul u-mal-li-ma 2 i-na u-um la si-ira- 
ti-su ur-ru-his im-tu-ut. 3 Arki-su mUm-ma-an-mi-na-nu 
la ra-as ti-i-mi u mil-ki 4 alju-su dub-bu-us-su-ti i-na 
5 im kussi-su u-sib-ma. 

3. Campaign against Babylon (I R 41, 5-42, 24). 

5 I-na samni-i gir-ri-ya arka mSti-zu-bi is-si-hu-ma Q wp\\ P i 
Babilin gallic lim-nu-ti abulli^z ali 7 u-di-lu ik-pu-ud lib- 
ba-su-nu a-na i-pis tukunti. 8 TOSti-zu-bu am^Kal-da-a-a 
[hab]-lum dun-na-mu-u 9 sa la i-su-u bir-ki [la da]-gil 
10 pa-an amiiubil pihat 10 az w La-lii-ri «m«zwa-ra-[du pa-as]-ku 
mun-nab-tu n a-mir da-mi hab-bi-lu si-ru-us-su ip-hu-ru- 
ma 12 ki-rib narwa-gam-mi ti-ri-du-ma u-sab-su-u si-hu 13 a-na- 
ku ni-tum al-mi-su-ma nap-sa-tus ti-si-ka. 14 La-pa-an 
hat-ti u. ni-ip-ri-ti a-na matulla,mtiM in-na-bit. 15 Ki-i ri- 

15 kil-ti u hab-la-ti si-ru-us-su ba-si-i 16 ul-tu matullamtiu i-bi- 
sam-ma ki-rib Su a -an-na;M i-ru-ub. 17 amiiuB&bilikipi a-na la 
si-ma 6 -ti-su i-na iswkussi 18 u-si-si-bu-su bi-lu-ut matwSunnri 
u Akkadiz;* u-sad-gi-lu pa-ni-su. 19 Bit makkuri sa I-sag- 
ili ip-[tu]-ma hurasa kaspa 20 s4 uu~Bil uu Zir-bani-tum 

20 sa [ina] isriti^z-su-nu u-si-su-ni 21 a-na mUm-ma-an-nii-na- 
nu sar matuT\&m.tiid sa la i-su-u 22 ti-i-mu ii mil-ki u-si-bi- 
lu-us da-'a-tu: 23 Pu-uh.-bir um-man-ka di-ka-a karasa-ka 
24 a-na c Babilin bi-sam-ma i-da-a-ni i-zi-iz-ma 25 tu-kul d - 
ta-ni e lu at-ta. Su-u «m«z«I-la-mu-u 26 s& i-na a-lak gir-ri- 

25 ya mah-ri-ti s& matull&mtiki 27 alani^z-su ak-sud-du-ma 
ti-tir-ru a-na kar-mi 28 lib-bu-us ul ih-su-us da-'a-tu im- 
hur-su-nu-ti-ma 29 ummanati^z-su karas-su ti-pa-hir-ma 
iswiiarkabati^z iswsu-um-bi 30 i-sii-ra imirusisi pi imiruip&Tipi 
is-ni-ka si-in-di-su. 31 m(«toPar-su-as mazwAn-za-an matuVa- 

30 si-ru »iazw Il-li-pi 32 amiiu Ya-az-an amiiu La-kab-ra-^ ra&Ha- 

a. I R ba. — b. IEba.-c. IB, omits. — d. I R mu. — e. I R pa.— 
/.IK ri. 






SENNACHEEIB. 15 

ar-zu-nu 33 az ? <Du-uin-mu-ku aZwSu-la-a-a az M Sa-am-u-na 
34 apal wiiZwMarduk-apla-iddi-na TOazwBit-wiA-di-ni matu~Bit- 
m A-muk-ka-na 35 mazwBit-mSil-la-na mct«wBit-mSa-a-la-lara- 
ak-ki az M La-hi-ru 36 amizw Pu-ku-du «»»*?« Gam -bu-lum 
5 amiiu Ha-la-tu amiiu Ru-'u-u-a 37 aww7wTJ-bu-lum omizu Ma-la-hu 
amiZw Ra-pi-ku 38 «m«MHi-in-da-ru «i;»Da-mu-nu sib-ru rabu-u 
39 ik-ti-ra it-ti-su gi-ib-su-su-un ti-ru-uh 40 m&tu Akkadi m is- , 
ba-tu-nim-ma a-na Babiliw ti-bu-ni 41 a-di mSu-zu-bi 
aj»« M Kal-da-a-a sar Babilita 42 a-na a-ha-mis ik-ru-bu-ma 

10 pu-hur-su-nu in-nin-du 43 ki-ma ti-bu-ut a-ri-bi ma-'a-di sa 
pa-an ma-ti 44 mit-ba-ris a-na l-pis tuk-ma-ti ti-bu-u-ni 
45 si-ru-u-a. Ipr&ti sipi-su-nu kima imbari kab-ti 46 sa 
dun-ni i-ri-ya-a-ti pa-an sami-i rap-su-ti 47 ka-ti-im il-la- 
mu-u-a i-na a u Ha-lu-li-i 48 sa ki-sad naruDiklat sit-ku-nu 

15 si-dir-ta 49 pa-an mas-ki-ya sab-tu-ma u-sa-'i-lu fewkakkipz- 
su-un. 

50 A-na-ku a-na uu Assur jiu Sin i7wSamas mBil iiu'N&bu 
awNirgal 51 iz«Istar s4 Nina/a izwlstar s& «z«Arba'-ili ilani^z 
ti-ik-li-ya 62 a-na ka-sa-di «?m7wnakri dan-ni am-bur-su-nu- 

20 ti-ma 53 su-pi-i-a ur-ru-his is-mu-u. il-li-ku 54 ri-su-ti. La- 
ab a -bis an-na-dir-ma at-tal-bi-sa 55 si-ri-y a-am bu-li-ya-am 
si-mat si-il-ti 56 a-pi-ra ra-su-u-a. I-na is«narkabat tahazi- 
ya sir-ti 57 sa-pi-na-at za-'i-i-ri i-na ug-gat lib-bi-ya 58 ar-ta- 
kab ha-an-tis m«kastu dan-na-tum 59 sa u u Assur u-sat-li- 

25 ma i-na kati 6 -ya as-bat. 60 m«Kut-ta-hu pa-ri-'i nap-sa-ti 
at-inub rit-tu-u-a. 61 Si-ir gi-mir um-ma-na-a-ti na-ki-ri 
lim-nu-ti 62 zar-bis lab-mi-is al-sa-a kima astRamaa as c - 
gu-um. 63 I-na ki-bit uu Assur bili rabi bili-ya a-na sid-di 
ii pu-ti 64 kima. ti-ib mi-hi-i sam-ri a-na amtonakri a-zi-ik. 

30 65 I-na iswkakkipz u u Assur bili-ya u ti-ib tahazi-ya 66 iz-zi 
i-rat-su-un a-ni-'i-ma suh-hur-ta-su-nu 67 as-kun ummanat 
na-ki-ri i-na us-si mul-mul-li 68 u-sa-kir-ma gim-ri 
am^wpagripz-su-nu u-pal-li-sa 69 tam(?)-zi-zi-is. 

m ^7^<Hu-um-ba-an-un-da-sa a»M7wna-gi-ru 70 sa sar 
a. I R ad. — b. I R lib. — c. I E is. 



16 SENNACHEEIB. 

mstullamti&i it-lum pit-ku-du mu-ma-'i-ir urnmanati-su 
71 tu-kul"-ta-su rabu-u 6 a-di amiiumbutipi-su 72 sa patru 
sib-bi hurasi sit-ku-nu u i-na simiri^ 73 as-pi hurasi 
ru-us-si-i ruk-ku-sa rit-ti-su-un 7 * ki-ma su-u-ri ma-ru-ti sa 
5 na-du-u sum-man-nu 75 ur-ru-his u-bal-su-nu-ti-ma as-ku-na 
tah-ta-su-un. 76 Ki-sa-da-ti-su-nu u-nak-kis as-li-is 77 ak-ra- 
ti nap-sa-ti-su-nu u-par-ri-'i gu-'u-is 78 kima mili gab-si sa 
sa-mu-tum si-ma-ni u mun-ni-su-nu 79 u-sar-da-a si-ir ir- 
si-ti sa-di-il-ti 80 la as-mu-ti mur-ni-is-ki si-mit-ti ru-ku-pi-ya 

10 81 i-na da-mi-su-nu gab-sti-ti i-sal-lu-u. «MNari-is. 82 Sa 
iswnarkabat tahazi-ya sa-pi-na-at rag-gi u si-ni 83 da-mu ii 
par-su ri-it-mu-ku ma-sa-ru-us. 84 Pag-ri ku-ra-di-su-nu 
ki-ma ur-ki-ti 85 ti-mal-la-a sira sa-ap-sa-pa-ti u-na-kis-ma 
^supil-ta-su-un a-bu-ut ki-ma bi-ni kis-si-i 2 si-ma-ni U-na- 

15 ak-kis ka-ti-su-un 3 simiri^ as-pi hurasi kaspi(?) ib-bi §a 
rit-ti-su-nu am-hur. 4 I-na nam-sa-ri zak-tu-ti hu-za-an-ni- 
su-nu u-par-ri-'i 5 patripz sib-bi hurasi kaspi sa kablati^z- 
su-nu i-kim. 

6 Si-it-ti amiiuT&hutipi-su-mi a-di m*7wNabu^sum-is-kun 

20 7 apal miZitMarduk-apla-iddi-na sa la-pa-an ta-ha-zi-ya 
8 ip-la-hu id-ku-u i-da-su-un bal-tu-su-un 9 i-na kabal tam- 
ha-ri it-mu-ha k&ta-a-a. iswNarkabati^z 10 a-di imirusisipi- 
si-na sa ina kit-ru-ub ta-ha-zi dan-ni n ra-ki-bu-si-in 
di-ku-ma bllu-si-na mus-su-ra-ma 12 ra-ma-nu-us-sin it- 

25 ta-na-al-la-ka mit-ha-ris 13 u-tir-ra. A-di II kas-bu mi-il- 
li-ku 14 da-ak-su-nu ap-ru-us. Su-u mUm-ma-an-mi-na-nu 
15 sar j»<MM.flaniti *i a-di sarrani^z Babiliw am«wna-sik-ka-ni 
16 sa mdtuK'dl-di a-li-kut idi-su mur-ba-su tahazi-ya kima 
li-i 17 zu-mur-su-un is-hu-up. c isu Za-ra-ti-su-un u-mas-si- 

30 ru-ma 18 a-na su-zu-ub napsatipz-su-nu pag-ri um-ma-na- 
ti-su-nu ti-da-i-su 19 i-ti-ku ki-i sa ad-mi summatiisswu 
kus-su-di i-tar-ra-ku lib-bu-su-un 20 si-na-ti-su-un u-za-ra-bu 
ki-rib wwnarkabatipz-su-nu 21 u-mas-sf-ru ni-su-su-un. A-na 
ra-da-di-su-nu 22 is«narkab&tip? imimsisipi-ya u-ma-'i-ir ar- 

a. I R mu. — b. I R adds pa. — c. I R tur. 



SENNACHERIB. 17 

ki-su-un 23 mun-na-rib (?)-su-nu sa a-na nap-sa-a-ti u-su-u 
^a-sar i-kas-sa-du u-ra-sa-pu i-ua iswkakki. 

4. Destruction of Babylon (III R 14, 34-53). 

34 . . . I-na satti-sam-ma it-ti hi a -ri nari su-a-tu sa ah-ru-ti 
it-ti mUm-ma-an-mka-nu ^sar matullamtiu u. sar Babilin 
5 a-di sarra^Mii ma-'a-du-ti sa sadi-i u. tam-tim sa ri-su-ti- 
su-nu i-na ta-mir-ti aiu Ha-lu-li-i 36 as-ta-kan si-dir-ta. I-na 
ki-bit Assur bili rabi-i bili-ya ki-i isu kut-ta-ki sam-ri i-na 
lib-bi-su-nu al-lik-ma si-kip-ti umni&nati.pz-su-nu 37 as-kun 
pu-hur-su-nu ti-sap-pi-ih-ma ti-par-ri-ir il-lat-su-un. 

10 amiiu Rabuti^z sar matullsantiki a-di OTiZwNabu-sum-isku-un 
apal mi7wMarduk-apla-iddi-na 38 sar matoKar-^wDun-ya-as 
bal-tu-su-un ki-rib tam-ha-ri ik-sti-da kata-a-a. Sar 
matuTl&mtiki u sar Babili^i mur-ba-su tahazi-ya dan-ni 
39 is-hup-su-nu-ti-ma ki-rib i ? Mnarkabati.pz-su-nu u-mas-si-ru 

15 ni-sa-a-su-un. A-na su-zu-ub nap-sa-ti-su-nu ma-tu-us-su- 
un in-nab-tu-ma 40 la i-tu-ru-ni. Ar-kis man-di-ma miiuSm- 
aM^z-irba sar matu Assure ag-gis i-bil-ma a-na matuXl&mXiM 
i-sak-ka-nu ta-a-a-ar-tu. 41 Hat-tu pu-luh-tu lli m^wllanitifo- 
ka-li-su-un it-ta-bi-ik-ma mat-su-nu u-ma§-si-ru-ma a-na 

20 su-zu-ub nap-sa-ti-su-nu ki-i nasri issuru 42 sad-da-a mar-su 
in-nin-du-ma ki-i sa & is-su-ri kus-sti-di i c -tar-ra-[ku] lib- 
bu-su-un a-di u-mi si-tim-ti-su-nu tu-du 43 la ip-tu-ma 
la i-pu-su ta-ha-zu. 

I-na sani-i harrani-ya a-na Babiliw sa a-na ka-sa-di 

25 u-sa-am-rni-ru-su hi-it-mu-tis ^al-lik-ma ki-ma ti-ib mi-hi-i 
a-zik-ma ki-ma im-ba-ri as-hu-up-su ala ni-i-ti al-mi-ma i-na 
45 bil-ti , u na-pal-ka-ti ala(?) [su-a-tu ak-]sud [sa] nisipz- 
su sihra u. raba-a la l-zib-ma awM'Zwpagripz-su-nu ri-bit ali 
46 u-mal-li. mSti-zu-bu sar Babili/M ga-du kim-ti-su [as- 

30 bat] bal-tu-su-un a-na ki-rib mati-ya u-bil-su. 47 Makkur 
ali su-a-tu a-bu-uk hurasu ahnipi ni-sik-ti busa makkuru 

a. Ill R si. — 6. HI R a-na. — c. Ill R at. 



18 SENNACHERIB. 

a-na kat nisi^z-ya am-ni-i-ma a-na i-di ra-ma-ni-su-nu 
u-tir-ru. 48 Hani P i a-sib lib-bi-su kat nisipz-ya ik-su-su-nu- 
ti-ma u-sab-bi-ru-ma [busa-su-nu] makkur-su-nu il-ku-ni. 
uu Raman iZwSa-la ilani^z 49 sa azwlkallati^z sa m i7wMard.uk- 
5 nadin-ahi.pz sar m atu Akkadin a-na tar-si mTukul-ti-apal-i- 
sar-ra sar m&tu Assur'u il-ku-ma a-na Babilu-z u-bi-lu 50 i-na 
IV C XVIII sanati^z ul-tu Babilito u-si-sa-am-ma a-na 
aZwIkaMtipz a-na as-ri-su-nu u-tir-su-nu-ti. 

Ala u bitati P i 51 ul-tu ussi-su a-di tah-lu-bi-su ab-biil 

10 ak-kur i-na isati ak-mu. Duru u. sal-hu-u bitat^z ilanijpz 
zik-kur-rat libitti u iprati ma-la ba-su-ti 52 as-suh-ma a-na 
«ar« A-ra-ah-ti ad-di. Ina bu-sur ali su-a-tu hi-ra a -a-ti 
ah-ri-i-ma ir-si-is-su i-na mipi as-pu-un. Si-kin 53 us-si-su 
u-hal-lik-ma ili sa a-bu-bu na-pal-ka-ta-su u-sa-tir. As-su. 

15 ah-rat u-mi kak-kar ali su-a-tu u bitatpz ilani^z 54 la mus- 
si i-na ma-a-mi us-ham-mit-su-ma ag-da-mar u-sal-lis. 



VI. ESARHADDON (681-668 B.C.). 

Campaign against Sidon (I R, 45 col. I 9-53). 

9 Ka-sid aiu Si-du-un-ni sa ina kabal tam-tim 10 sa-pi-nu 
gi-mir da-ad-mi-su n dura-su u su-bat-su as-suh-ma 12 ki- 
rib tam-tim ad-di-i-ma 13 a-sar mas-kan-i-su u-hal-lik. 

20 14 ??iAb-di-mil-ku-ut-ti sarra-sii 15 sa la-pa-an iswkakki^z-ya 
16 ina kabal tam-tim in-nab-tu 17 ki-ma nu-u-ni ul-tu ki-rib 
tam-tim 18 a-bar-su-ma ak-ki-sa kak-ka-su. 19 Nak-mu 
makkur-su hurasu kaspu abni>z a-kar-tu 20 masak piri 
sin piri is M usu i ?M urkarina 21 /™lu-bul-ti birmi u kiti mimma 

25 sum-su 22 ni-sir-ti ikalli-su 23 a-na mu-'u-di-i as-lu-la. 
24 Nisipz-su raps&ti^z sa ni-ba la i-sa-a 25 alpi>z u si-i-ni 
imiripz 26 a-bu-ka a-na ki-rib ™<2to Assure 27 u-pa-hir-ma 

a. Ill R su. 



ESARH ADDON. 19 

sarrani^z m^wHat-ti 28 u a-hi tam-tim ka-li-su-nu 29 ina 
[as-ri] sa-nim-ma ala a u-si-pis-ma so a?w[Dur-miZi«Assur]- 
ahi-iddi-na at-ta-bi ni-bit-su. 31 Nisi>z hu-bu-ut mtkasti- 
ya sa sadi-i 32 u tam-tim si-it « M sam-si 33 ina lib-bi u-si-si-ib 
5 34 a?mZMSU-par-sak-ya a» W 7wpihata lli-su-nu as-kun. 

35 tl m Sa-an-du-ar-ri 36 sar aZwRun-di aiuSi-zu-u 
37 amiiu nakru ak-su la pa-lih bi-lu-ti-ya 38 sa ilani^ u-mas- 
sir-u-ma 39 a-na sadi-i mar-su-ti it-ta-kil 40 u mAb-cli-mil- 
ku-ut-ti sar aZwSi-du-ni 41 a-na ri-su-ti-su is-kun-ma 42 sum 

10 ilani^z rabutipz a-na a-ha-mis iz-kur-u-ma 43 a-na i-mu-ki- 
su-un it-tak-lu. 44 A-na-ku a-na Assur bili-ya at-ta-kil- 
ma 45 ki-ma is-su-ri ul-tu. ki-rib sadi-i 46 a-bar-su-ma ak-ki-sa 
kak-ka-su. 47 As-su da-na-an iiu Assur bili-ya 48 nisi^ kul- 
luin 6 -mi-im-ma 49 kakkadi^zmSa-an-du-ar-ri 60 u mAb-di-mi- 

15 il-ku-ut-ti 51 ina ki-sa-di amiiu rabuti^z-su-un a-lul-ma 52 it-ti 
amiiulibpi zikaruc?) u zinnisu 53 ina ri-bit Nina*/ i-ti-it-ti-ik. 



VII. ASSURBANIPAL (668-c. 626 B.C.). 

1. Youth and Accession to the Throne (V R 1, 1-51). 

1 A-na-ku »ii7z*Assur-bani-apli bi-nu-tu uu Assur u iiuBilit 
2 apal-sarruti rabu-u sa bit ri-du-u-ti 3 sa uu Assur u iiuSin 
bil agi ul-tu umipi rukiiti^z 4 ni-bit sum-su iz-ku-ru a-na 

20 sarru-u-ti 5 u ina libbi urami-su ib-nu-u a-na ri'u-ut 
matuiiu Assur u. 6 iZwSamas *7w Raman u izwlstar ina purussi- 
su-nu ki-i-ni 7 ik-bu-u i-pis sarru-ti-ya. 8 m ^Assur-alii- 
iddi-na sar matu iiu Assur ki abu ba-nu-u-a 9 a-mat u u Assur 
u uu~Bilit il&ni P i ti-ik-li-i-su it-ta-'i-id 10 sa ik-bu-u-su i-pis 

25 sarru-ti-ya. n Ina arhu&ru arah iiul-a, bil ti-ni-si-1-ti 12 umu 
XII ham umu magiru si-gar sa ^7^<Gu-la 13 ina i-pis pi-i 
mut-tal-li 14 sa uu Assur uuBilit iZwSin « M Samas iZwRam&u 
15 iiuBil iZwNabu unlst-ar sa Nina** 16 i7«sar-rat kid-mu-ri 

a. I R si. — b. Var. lu. 



20 ASSTJEBANIPAL. 

tZwIstar sa aiu Arba'-ili u 17 «wAdar iZwNirgal i^Nusku ik- 
bu-ii 18 u-pah a -hir nisipz matuiiu Assure sihra u raba 
19 §4 tam-tim i-li-ti u sap-lit 20 a-na na-sir apal-sarru-ti-ya 
u arka-nu 21 sarru-tu m&tu uu Assur m i-pi-is a-di-i sum 
5 ilani^ 22 u-sa-as-kir-su-nu-ti u-dan-ni-na rik-sa-a-ti. 23 Ina 
hidatipz ri-sa-a-ti l-ru-ub ina bit ridu-u-ti 24 pa-ru-nak-ki 6 
raar-kas sarru c -u-ti 25 s4 m uu Sin-ahijpz-irba abi abi a-li-di-ya 
26 apal d -sarru-tu u sarru-tu f-pu-su ina lib-bi-su 27 a-sar 
miZwAssur-ahi-iddina abu b&nu-u-a ki-rib-su 'a-al-du ^ir- 

10 bu-u i-pu-su bi-lut matuiiu Assure 29 gi-mir ma-al-ki ir-du-u 
kiin-tu u-rap-pi-su 30 ik-su-ru ni-su-tu u sa e -la-tti 31 u a-na- 
ku mizw Assur-blini-apli ki-rib-su a-hu-uz ni-mi-ld/ iZwNabii 
32 kul-lat dup-sar-ru-u-ti sa gi-mir um-ma-ni 33 ma-la ba- 
su-u. ah-zi-su-nu a-hi-it 34 al-ma-ad sa-li-i iswkasti ru-kub 

15 imirusisi m«narkabti sa-mid-su a-sa-a-ti 35 ina ki-bit ilanipj 
rabutipz sa az-ku-ra ni-b it-sun 36 a-da-bu-ba ta-nit-ta-su-un 
ik-bu-u i-pis sarru-ti-ya 37 za-nin is-ri-i-ti-su-un ti-sad-gi-lu 
pa-nu-u-a 38 ki^-mu-u-a l-tap-pa-lu fn-ni-ti-ya i-na fe -ru ga- 
ri-ya 39 zi-ka-ru kar-du na-ram iVwAssur u uulst&v 40 * li-ib- 

20 li-pi* sarru-u-ti a-na-ku. 41 Ul-tu «wAssur «wSin z7«Samas 
uu Raman iZwBil « M Nabu ^awls-tar sa Nin&/w ««§ar-rat 
kid-mu-ri 43 iz M Is-tar sa Arba'-ilita iZwAdar tZwNirgal 
««Nusku 44 ta-bis u-si-si-bu-in-ni ina wwkussi abi bani-ya 
45 uu Raman zunnipz-su u-mas-si-ra «wl-a ti-pat-ti-ra nakbi^z- 

25 su 46 Vana-> ammati si-am is-ku ina ab-nam-ni-su 47 i-ri-ik 
su-btil-tu parab ana-?' ammati 48 isar(?) disuc?) na-pa-as 
awiiirba 49 ka-a-a-an u-sah-na-pu gi-pa-ru 50 sip-pa-a-ti su- 
um-mu-ha in-bu bulu su-ti-sur ina ta-lit-ti 51 ina pali^-ya 
suku(?) duh-du ina sanati_pz-ya ku-um-inu-ru higal-lum. 

a. Var. pa. — b. VElu. — c. V R in. — d. V R muk. — e. Var. sal. 
/. Var. ki. — g. Var. adds i. — h. Var. ni. — i-i. Var. li-id-da-tti. — 
j. Var. omits. 



ASSUKBANIPAL. 21 

2. Campaign against Tyre; Submission of Gyges of Lydia 
(V R 2, 49-125). 

49 Ina sal-si gir-ri-ya ili MBa-'a-li" 5 sar w^fwSur-ri 50 a-sib 
kabal tam-tim lu-u al-lik & 51 s4 c a-mat sarru-ti-ya la is- 
su-ru la is-mu-u zi-kir d sap-ti d -ya. 52 «Z2«Hal-su e .pz i-li-su 
u-rak-kis 53 ina tam-tim u na-ba-li gir-ri-i-ti-su ti-sab-bit 
5 54 nap-sat-su-nu ti-si-ik u-kar-ri 55 a-na m«mri-ya ti-sak-ni- 
is^-su-nu-ti. 56 Bintu si-it lib-bi-su u binat^z alii^z-su 
57 a-na i-pis /ittu-u-ti ti-bi-la a-di mah-ri-ya. 58 mYa-hi- 
mil-ki apal-su sa ma-ti-ma ti-amat la i-bi-ra 59 is-ti-nis 
ti-si-bi-la a-na i-pis ardu-ti-ya 60 binat-su u binal^z aljipz-su 

10 61 it-ti tir-ha-ti ma-'a-as-si am-hur-su 62 ri-i-mu ar-si-su-ma 
apla si-it lib-bi-su u-tir-ma a^-din-su. 63 mYa-ki-in-lu-u sar 
matu A-ru-ad-da a-sib kabal tam-tim 64 sa a-na sarrani^z 
abipz-ya la kan-su ik-nu-sa a-na is«niri-ya 65 binat-su it-ti 
nu-dun-ni-i ma-'a-di 66 a-na i-pis /ittu-u-ti a-na Mna/tz 

15 67 ti-bil-am-ma ri-na-as-si-ka sipi-ya. 

68 mMu-gal-lu sar w^wTab-ali sa it-ti sarr&nipz abi>z-ya 
69 id-bu-bu da-za-a-ti 70 bi-in-tu si-it lib-bi-su it-ti tir-ha-ti 
71 ma-'a-as-si a-na i-pis /ittu-u-ti a-na Nina/tz 72 u-bil-am-ma 
u-na-as-sik sipi-ya. 73 Ili A mMu-gal-li imirusisipi rabuti^z 

20 74 man-da-at-tu. sat-ti-sam-ma u-kin sir-us-su. 75 mSa-an- 
da-sar-mi matu Hi-lak-ka-a-a 76 sa a-na sarr&nipz abipz-ya la 
ik-nu-su 77 la i-su-tu ab-sa-an-su-un 78 bintu si-it lib-bi-su 
it-ti nu-dun-ni-i ma-'a-di 79 a-na i-pis /ittu-u-ti a-na Nina m 
80 ti-bil-am-ma u-na-as-sik sipi-ya.* 

25 81 Ul-tu mYa-ki-in-lu-u sar matu A-ru-ad-da i-mi-du mata- 
su 82 m A-zi-ba-V-al mA-bi-ba-'a-^-al mA-du-ni-ba-V-al 
83 mSa-pa-ti-ba-al mPu-di-ba-al mBa-'a-^-al-ya-su-bu 84 mBa-'a- 
al-ha-nu-nu mBa-V-al-ma-lu-ku mA-bi-mil-ki mAhi A -mil-ki 
85 aphV mYa-ki-in-lu-u a-sib kabal tam-tim 86 ul-tu kabal 

a. Var. al. — b. V R lak. — c. Var. a§-§u. — d-d. Yar. Sapti — 
e. Not nin (V R). — /. Var. omits. — g. Var. ad. — h. Var. i-li. — 
i. V R has one wedge too many. — /. Var. omits. — k. Var. A-hi. 



22 ASSTJRBANIPAL. 

tam-tim l-lu-nim-ma it-ti ta-mar-ti-su-nu ka-bit-ti 87 il-li- 
ku-u-nim-ma ti-na-as-si-ku sipi-ya. 88 ™A-zi-ba-'a-al lja-dis 
ap-pa-lis-raa 89 a-na sarru-u-ti »^toA-ru-acl-da as-kun-su. 
90 mA-bi-ba-'a w -al m A-du-ni-ba-al mSa-pa-ti-ba-al 91 ™Pu-di- 
5 ba-al mBa-'a-al-ya-su-bu mBa-'a-al-ha-nu-nu 92 mBa-'a a -al- 
ma-lu-ku mA-bi-mil-ki mA-lji-mil-ki 93 lu-bu.l-ti bir-mi u-lab- 
bis simir^z hurasi u-rak-ki-sa 94 rit-ti-i-su-un ina mah-ri-ya 
ul-ziz-su-nu-ti. 

95 ™Gu-ug a -gu sar maZwLu-ud-di na-gu-u sa ni-bir-ti t&mti 

10 98 as-ru ru-u-ku sa sarrani^z abi^z-ya la is-mu-u. 6 zi-kir & 
sum-su 9 ~ ni-bit c sumi-ya c ina sutti u-sab-ri-su-ma a-zwAssur 
ilu ba-nu-u-a 98 um-ma sipi }H,«wAssur.-baMii-apli sar 
mdtuiiu Assuru sa-bat-ma "ina zi-kir sum-su ku-su-ud 
amiiu nakrutipz-ka. 100 t)"-mu sutta an-ni-tti l-mu-ru 

15 awiZw^rak-bu^-su is-pu-ru e 101 a-na sa-'a-al sul-mi-ya sutta 
an-ni-tu sa i-mu-ru 102 ina kati amiiu allaki-su is-pur-am-ma 
ti-sa-an-na-a ya-a-ti. 103 Ul-tu lib-bi u-mi sa is-ba-tu. sipi 
sarru-ti-ya 104 a»M'ZiiGi-mir-ra-a-a mu-daK-li-pu nis£>z myiti- 
s' u 105 sa la ip-tal-la-hu abipz-ya u. at-tu-u-a la is-ba-tu. 

20 106 sipi sarru-ti-ya ik-sti-ud. 107 Ina tukul-ti «w Assur u 
i-zwlstar ilarri^z bilipz-ya ultu^ lib-bi amiiu kipanipz 108 sa 
amiiu Gi-mir-ra-a-a sa ik-sti-du II aww'Zw kipani^z 109 ina isusi- 
is-si is-ka-ti parzilli bi-ri-ti parzilli u-tam-mi-ih-ma no it-ti 
ta-mar-ti-su ka-bit-tu.^ u-si-bi-la a-cli malj-ri-ya. 

25 ni amiiu Rak-bu-su sa a-na sa-'a-al sul-mi-ya ka-a-a-an 
is-ta-nap-pa-ra 112 u-sar-sa-a ba-ti-il-tu. *as-su* sa a-mat 
iiu Assur ili bani-ya 113 la is-su-ru a-na f-muk ra-man-i-su 
it-ta-kil-ma ig-bu-us lib-bu. 114 I-mu-ki^'-i-su a-na kit- 
ri mTu^-sa-mi-il-ki sar wzaiwMu-sur 115 s4 is-lu-u is M nir 

30 bilu-ti-ya is-pur-ma. A-na-ku as-mi-i-ma 116 u-sal-li 
nu Assur u izwlstar um-ma pa-an «?»«•« nakri-su pa-gar-su 



a. Var. omits. — b-b. Var. zik-ri. — c-c. Var. §arrfl-ti-ya kab-ti. 
— d-d. Var. ra-kab-ti (III R 19, 12).— e. Ill R 19, 12 ra. — /. Var. 
cla-al. — g. Yar. ul-tu. — h. Var. ti. — i-i. Var. omits. — /. Var. ki. — 
fc. Var. Tti. 



ASSUBBANIPAL. 23 

li°-na-di-ma 117 lis-su-u-ni nir-pad-du b pi-su. Ki-i sa a-na 
iZwAssur am-hu-ru c is-lim^-ma 118 pa-an «»*«!« nakri-su pa- 
gar-su in-na-di-ma is-su-u-ni nir-pad-du 6 pz-su 119 o»»«wGi- 
mir-a-a sa ina ni-bit sumi-ya sa-pal-su ik-bu-su 120 it-bu- 
5 nim-ma is-pu-nu gi-mir mati-su. 

Arki-su apal-su u-sib ina fcukussi-su 121 ip-sit /limut- 
tim sa ina ni-is kati-ya ilsinipi tik-li-ya 122 ina pa-an abi 
bani-su ti-sab-ri-ku ina k&ti om«Mallaki-su is-pur-am-ma 
123 is-ba-ta e sipi sarru-ti-ya um-ma sarru sa ilu i-du-u-su 
10 at-ta 124 abu-u-a ta-ru-ur-ma /limuttu is-sa-kin ina pa-ni- 
su 125 ya-a-ti ardu pa-lih-ka kur-ban-ni-i-ma la-su-ta ab- 
sa-an-ka. 

3. Account of Temple Restorations (V R, 62). 

1 miZwAssnr-bani-apli sarru rabu sarru dan-nu sar kissati 
sar matuAssuv sar kib-rat irbit-ti 2 sar sarraiii^z rubu la sa- 

15 na-an sa ina a-mat ilani^z ti-ik-li-su ul-tu tam-tim i-lit 3 a-di 
tam-tim sap-lit i-bi-lu-raa gi-mir ma-lik n-sak-nis si-pu-us-su 
4 apal TKiZwAssur-alii-iddi-na sarru rabu sarru dan-nu sar 
kissati sar m atu As^ux sakkanakku Tin-tir^ 5 sar j«<M«Sumiri 
u Akkadi/K mu-si-sib Tin-tir&- i-pis I-sag-ili 6 mu-ud-dis 

20 is-ri-f-ti kul-lat ma-ha-zi sa ina ki-rib-si-na is-tak-kan 
si-nia-ti 7 u sat-tuk-ki-si-na, bat-lu-tu u-ki-nu bin-bini 
mi7wSin-alii_pz-irba sarru rabu 8 sarru dan-nu sar kissati 
sar matu Assur a-na-ku-ma. 

Ina pali-i-a bflu rabu «7wMarduk ina ri-sa-a-ti. 9 a-na 

25 Tin-tir/ti i-ru-um-ma ina I-sag-ili sa da-ra-ti su-bat-su 
ir-mi. 10 Sat-tuk-ki I-sag-ili u ilani^z Tin-tir** u-kin. 
Ki-tin-nu-tu Tin-tirn n ak-sur as-su dan-nu a-na insi la 
ha-ba-li m»7wSamas : sum-ukin ahu ta-li-mi 12 a-na sarru-u-ut 
Tin-tirftt ap-kicl ii si-pir I-sag-ili la ka-ta-a 13 u-sak-lil. 

30 Ina kaspi hurasi ni-sik-ti abnipi I-sag-ili az-nun-ma 
14 ki-ma si-tir bu-ru-mu u-nam-mir I-ku-a u sa is- 

a. Var. adds in. — h Tar. da. — c. Var. ra. — d. Var. Ii. — e. Var. 
tu. 



24 ASSURBANIPAL. 

ri-i-ti ka-li-si-na 15 hi-bil-ta-si-na u-sal-lim i-li kul-lat ma- 
ha-zi u-sat-ri-si salu(?)-lum. 

16 Ina u-mi-su-ma I-babbar-ra sa ki-rib Sipparw bit 
i7wSamas bilu rabii bili-ya sa la-ba-ris 17 il-lik-u-ma i-ku-pu 
5 in-nab-tu as-ra-ti-su as-ti-'i ina si-pir t7tt[Ia(?)] 18 is-sis 
u-si-pis-ma ki-ma sadi-i ri-f-si-i-su ul-li a-na sat(?)-ti 
[ ] 19 d&nu rabu ilani^ bilu rabu bili-ya 

ip-si-ti-ya dam-ka-a-ti ha-dis lip-[pa-lis-ma] 20 a-na ya-a-si 
m uu Assur-barii-apli sar matu Assur rubu pa-lih-su balat 
10 u-mi rukuti^z si-bi-i [lit-tu-ti] 21 tu-ub siri u hu-ud lib-bi 
li-sim si-ma-ti u sa m i7!«Samas-sum-ukin 22 sar Tin-tiri-s 
ahi ta-lim-ya u-mi-su li-ri-ku lis-bi bu-'a-a-ri-ma 

{ ]■ 

23 Ina ah-rat u-mi rubu ar-ku-u sa ina u-mi pali-su si- 
15 pir su-a-ti in-na-hu-ma ^ an-hu-us-su lu-ud-dis su-mi it-ti 
sum-su lis-tur mu-sar-u-a li-mur-[ma] 25 kisalla lip-su-us 
Mrruiiika, lik-ki it-ti mu-sar-i-su lis-kun ik-ri-bi[-su] 
^wSamas i-sim-mi. Sa su-mi sat-ru u sum ta-lim-ya 
ina si-pir ni-kil-ti 27 i-pa-as-si-tu su-mi it-ti sum-su la 
20 i-sat-ta-ru mu-sar-u-a 28 i-ab-ba-tu-ma it-ti mu-sar-i-su la 
i-sak-ka-nu z7wSamas bil i-la-ti u sap-la-ti 29 ag-gi-is lik- 
rim-mi-su-ma sum-su zir-su ina mat&ti li-hal-lik. 

4. War against SamaSsumukin of Babylon (V R 3, 128-4, 109). 

128 Ina sis-si gir-ri-ya ad-ki ummski&ti-ya. 129 Su- 
ra i&tSamas-sum-ukm. us-ti-is-si-ra bar-ra-nu. 13 ° Ki-rib 

25 Sippar/fc* Babilito Bar-sip u KutiM 131 sa-a-su ga-du mun- 
dah-si-i-su i-si-ir-ma 132 u-sab- a bi-ta a mu-us-sa-su-un. 

133 Ki-rib ali u siri ina la mi-ni as-tak-ka-na abikta-su. 

134 Si-it-tu-u-ti ina lipi-it »7«Dibba-ra 135 su-un-ku bu-bu-ti 
is-ku-nu na-pis-tu. 136 mUm-man-i-gas sar n*wwIlamtijK 

30 si-kin k&ti-ya 137 sa da-'a-a-tu im-hu-ru-su-ma 138 it-ba-a 
a-na kit-ri-su 4 > 1 m Tam-ma-ri-tu sir-us-su ip-pal-kit-ma 

a-a. Var. bit. 



ASSUIIBAN1PAL. 25 

2 sa-a-su ga-du kim-ti-su u-ras a -sip ina tsuls.alsk.ipt. 3 Arka 
m Tam-ma-ri-tu sa arki mUm-man-i-gas 4 u-si-bu ina 
iswkussi maiull&mti m 5 la is- 6 a-lu 6 su-lum §arru-ti-ya 6 a-na 
ri-su-tu. m iZwSamas-sum-ukin ahi c nak-ri c 7 il-lik-am-ma 
5 a-na mit-hu-si ummanati-ya 8 ur-ri-ha iswkakkipz-su. 

9 Ina su-up-pi-i sa iZwAssur u «wlstar ti-sap-pu-u 10 un rf - 
nin-ni-ya il-ku-u is-mu-u zi-kir saptf-ya. n mln-da-bi-gas 
arad-su sir-us-su ip-pal-kit e -ma 12 ina tahazi sfri is-ku-na 
abikta-su. m Tam-ma-ri-tu 13 §ar niafollamtiK sa fli ni-kis 
10 kakkadi mTi-um-man 14 mi-ri/-ih-tu ik-bu-u 15 s& ik-ki-su 
a-hu-ur^-ru-u umm&nati-ya 16 um-ma i-nak-ki-su-u kakkadi 
sar matull^mtiu 17 ki-rib m&ti-su ina puhur unnnfki&ti-su 
18 sa-ni-ya A -a-nu ik-bi u m Um-man-i-gas 19 ki-i* ti-na-as-sik 
kak-ka-ru 20 ina pa-an ow^wallaki^ sa bi^zm Assur-baiii-apli 

15 Sar matu ilu AsSUr hi. 

21 Ili a-ma-a-ti an-na-a-tf §a il-zi-nu 22 j7wAssur u c»I§tar 
f*-ri-liu-su-ma 23 m Tam-ma-ri-tu ahi^-su kin-nu-su zir bit 
abi-su 24 it-ti LXXXV rubuti^z a-li-kut i-di-i-su 25 la-pa-an 
m In-da-bi-gas in-nab-tu-nim-ma 26 mi-ra-nu-us-su-un ina 

20 ili libbipz-su-nu 27 ib-si-lu-nim-ma il-lik-u-ni a-di Nina hi. 
28 m Tam-ma-ri-tu sipi sarru-ti-ya u-na-as-sik-ma 29 kak-ka-ru 
u-si-sir ina zik-ni-su. 30 Man-?-za-az *s M ma*-sa-ri-ya is- 
bat-ma 31 a-na i-pi§ ardu-ti-ya ra-man-su im-nu-ma 32 as-su 
l-pis di-ni-su a-lak ri-su-ti-su 33 ina ki-bit ««Assur u 

25 *7«Istar u-sal-la-a bilu-u-ti. ^Ina malj-ri-ya i-zi-zu-u-ma 
35 i-dal-la-lu kur-di il&ni^z-ya dan-nu-ti 36 s& il-li-ku ri-su- 
ti-ti. 37 A-na-ku m« M Assur-bani-apli lib-bu rap-su ^la 
ka-sir ik-ki-mu pa-si-su hi-ta-a-ti 39 a-na m Tam-ma-ri-tu. 
ri-i-mu ar-si-su-ma 40 sa-a-§u ga-du zir bit abi-su ki-rib 

30 lkalli-ya 41 ul-ziz-su-nu-ti. 

Ina u-mi-su nisipz Akkadi^i 42 s& it-ti m«woamas-sum- 
ukin is-sak-nu 43 ik-pu-du limut-tu ni-ip-ri-i-tu is-bat-su- 

a. Var. ra. — b~b. Var. al. — c-c. Var. la ki-i-nu. — d. Not dan 
(V R). — e. V. ki-tu.— /. Not ik (V R). — g. Var. omits, —h. Var. 'a. 
— i. Var. i. — j. Var. ma. — k. Var. man. 



26 ASSUEBANIPAL. 

nu-ti. 44 A-na bu-ri-su-nu siripz aplipz a -su-nu binati^z-su- 
nu 45 i-ku-lu ik-su-su ku-ru-us-su. 46 t7 M Assur iZwSamas 
fluRaman uuBil i7wNabu 47 z7wlstar sa Nina&i iZwsar-rat 
kid-mu-ri 48 i7?«Istar sa «z M Arba'-ili uuAd&r ««Nirgal 
5 z7?<Nusku 49 sa ina mah-ri-ya il-li-ku i-na-ru ga-ri-ya 
50 mt7 M Samas-sum-ukin ahu nak-ri sa i-gi-ra-an-ni 51 ina 
mi-kit isati a-ri-ri id-du-su-ma 52 u-lial-li-ku nap-sat-su. 

53 tT nisipi sa a-na miZwSamas-sum-ukin 54 ahi nak-ri 

ti-sak-pi-du 55 ip-si-i-tti an-ni-tu limut-tti i-pu-su 56 sa mi- 

10 tu-tu ip-la-hu nap-sat-su-un pa-nu-us-su-un 57 ti-kir(?)-u-ma 

it-ti mt7?tSamas-sum-ukin 58 bili-su-nu la im-ku-tu. ina isati 

59 s4 la-pa-an ni-kis patar parzilli su-un-ki 6 bu-bu-ti c 

60 is&ti a-ri-ri i-si-tu-u-ni f-hu-zu mar-ki^-i-tti 61 sa-par 
ilanipz rabuti^z bilipz-ya sa la na-par-su-di 62 is-hu-up- 

15 su-nu-ti 1-du ul ip-par-sid 63 mul-tah-tu ul ti-si ina kati-ya 
im-nu-u katu e -u-a 64 iswnarkabatipz iswsa-sa-da-di ^wsa-sil-li 
/zik-ri-i-ti-su 65 makkur ikalli-su u-bil-u-ni a-cli mah-ri-ya. 
m amiiuSahipi sa-a-tu-nu sil-la-tu • pi-i-su-nu 67 sa ina ili 
iZwAssur ili-ya sil-la-tu ik-bu-u 68 ii ya-a-ti rubu pa-lih-su 

20 ik-pu-du-u-ni limut-tu 69 /pi-i/-su-nu as-lu-uk abikta-su-nu 
as-kun. 70 Si-it-ti nisijsz bal-tu-sun ina izwsidi ««lamassi 
71 sa miiu Sin-ahi^z-irba abi abi bani-ya ina lib-bi is-pu-nu 
72 i-nin-na a-na-ku ina ki-is-pi-su 73 nisij?z sa-a-tu-nu ina 
lib-bi as-pu-un. 74 Siripz-su-nu nu-uk-ku-su-u-ti 75 u-sa-kil 

25 kalbanipz sahi>z zi-i-hitssuru 76 nasri ismrupi issun^z sami-i 
nuni^z ap-si-i^. 

77 Ul-tti ip-si-i-ti an-na-a-ti i^-ti-ip-pu-su 78 u-ni-ih-hu 
lib-bi ilanipz rabuti^z bilipz-ya 79 amiiu pagri^z nisi^z sa 
iZwDibba-ra u-sam-ki-tu 80 u sa ina su-un-kf ft bu-bu-ti is- 

30 ku-nu na-pis-tu 81 ri-hi-it u-kul-ti kalb&nii?z sahipz 82 sa 
sukipz pur-ru-ku ma-lu-u ri-ba-a-ti 83 nir-pad-dupz-su-nu-ti 
ul-tu ki-rib Babilijw 84 Kuti7« Sippaiu-i u-si-si-ma 85 at-ta- 
ad*-di a-na na-ka-ma-a-ti. 86 Ina si-pir i-sib-bu-ti parakki^z- 

a. V E, omits pi. — b. Var. ku. — c. Var. tu. — d. Not ku (VR). 
e. Var. ka-tu. — f-f. Var. li§an. — g. Var. i. — h. Var. ki. — i. Var. omits. 



ASSURBANIPAL. 27 

su-nu ub-bi-ib 87 ul-li-la su-ul-li-i-su-nu lu-'u-u-ti. 88 Eiinipz- 
su-nu zi-nu-u-ti ^istarati^-su-nn sab-sa-a-ti 89 u-ni-ih 
ina tak-rib-ti u sigu libbi ku-mal. " Sat-tuk-ki-su-un sa 
i-mi-su ki-ma sa u-mi ul-lu-u-ti 91 ina sal-mi u-tir-ma u-kin. 
5 Si-it-ti aplipi Babilita Kutiki Sipparw 93 sa ina sib-ti 
sak-bi-ti ii ni-ip-ri-i-ti 94 i-si-tu-u-ni ri-i-mu ar-si-su-nu-ti 
95 ba-lat na-pis-ti-su-nu ak-bi 96 ki-rib Babiliw u-si-sib-su- 
nu-ti. 97 Nisipz matu Akkadi m ga-du matuKal-d\i a matuA- 
ra'-mu mat tara-tim 98 sa m«wSamas-sum-ukin ik-tir-u-ma 

10 "a-na ist-in pi-i u-tir-ru 100 a-ria pa- c ra-as c ra-ma-ni-su-nu 
ik-ki-ru it-ti-ya 101 ina ki^-bit t 7wAssur u iiuBilit u il^ni^z 
rabutip? tik-li-ya 102 a-na pad gim-ri-su-nu ak-bu-us 
103 mUiir iZwAssur sa is-lu-u f-mid-su-nu-ti. 1(M amiiusaknutipi 
amiiubi-gid-dapi si-kin kati-ya 105 as-tak-ka-na i-li-su-un. 

15 106 di-ka^z gi- e ni-i e visiWpi uuAssut u flwBilit 107 u il&nipz 
matuUuAssuTM u-kin sir-us-su-un. 10S Bil-tu man-da-at-tu 
bilu-ti-ya 109 sat-ti-sam-ma la na-par-ka-a l-mid-su-nu-ti. 

5. Arabian Campaign (V R 7, 82-10, 39). 

Cause of the War. — 82 Ina IX-i gir-ri-ya ad-ki ummanEiti- 
ya. 83 Sir mtJ-a-a-ti-'i sar matu A-ri-hi 84 us-ti-is-si-ra har- 

20 ra-nu 85 sa ina a-di-ya ib-tu-u 86 taibtu l-pu-su-us la is-sur- 
ti-ma 87 is-la-a imnir bilu-u-ti-ya 88 sa t 7wAssur i-mi-du-us^ 
i-sti-tu ab-sa-a-ni. 89 A-na sa-'a-al sul-mi-ya sipi-su ip-ru- 
us-ma 90 ik-la-a ta-mar-ti man-da-at-ta-su ka-bit-tti. 91 Ki-i 
mdtulla.mtiM-ma, cla-bab sur-ra-a-ti 92 m atu Akkudiu is-mi-i-ma 

25 93 la is-su-ra a-di-ya. 94 Ya-a-ti m*7MAssur-bani-apli sarru 
sangu fllu 95 ri-i-su mut-nin-nu-u. 96 bi-nu-ut kati iZwAssur 
u-mas-sir-an-ni-ma 97 a-na m A-bi-ya-ti-'i mA-a-mu apli 
mTi-i^-ri 98 i-mu-ki id-din-sti-nu-ti "a-nari-su-tu ^ZMSamas- 
sum-ukin 100 ahi nak-ri is-pur-am-ma 101 is-ta-kan pi-i-su. 

30 102 Nisip« matu A-vi-hi it-ti-su u-sam-kir-ma 103 ili-ta-nab-ba-ta 

a. Var. di. — b. Var. ru. — e-c. Var. ras d. Not ku (V E). — 

e-e. Var. nu-u. — /. Var. su. — g. Var. 'i. 



28 ASSUPJBANIPAL. 

hu-bu-ut nisipi 104 s& tfwAssur « M Istar u ilani^z rabutip? 
105 icl-din-u-ni ri'u-si-na i-pi-si a 106 u u-mal-lu-ti katu 6 -u-a. 

Flight of Uctti, son of Bir-Dadda, to the JSfabatheans. — 
107 Ina ki-bit z7«Assur u i&Jstar ummanati-ya 108 ina gi-ra-a 
5 aiu A-sa-ar-an 109 «z w Hi-ra-ta-a-ka-za-a-a ina aZwtT-du-mi 110 ina 
ni-rib aiu Ya-ab-ru-du ina az«Bit-?wAm-ina-ni ni ina na-gi-i 
sa az«Ha-u-ri-i-na 112 ina az« Mu-'a-a-ba ina aZwSa-'a-ar-ri 
113 ina aZwHa-ar-gi-i ina na-gi-i 114 s& «zwSu-bi-ti di-ik-ta-su 
115 ma-'a-at-tu a-duk. 116 Ina la mi-ni as-kun abikta-su. 

10 117 Nisi jP z mateA-ri-bi ma-la it-ti-su it-bu-u-ni 118 ii-ra-as-sip 
ina isutsikkipi. 119 tX sii-u la-pa-an iswkakki^z iZwAssur dan- 
nu-ti 120 ip-par-sid-ma in-na-bit a-na ru-ki-i-ti. 121 Bit-sir i 
zir-ta-ra-a-ti mu-sa-bi-su-nu 122 isati u-sa-hi-iz-zu ik-rau-u 
ina isati. 12S m TJ-a-a-ti-'i ma-ru-us-tu im-hur-su-u-ma 

15 124 i-dis-si-su in-na-bit a-na matu Na-ba-a-a-ti. 

Capture of Udti, son of Hazael. — 8 > ^TJ-a-a-ti-'i apal 
mHa-za-ilu 2 apal ahi abi sa OT TJ-a-a-ti-'i apal m Bir-«« Dadda 
3 sa ra-man-su is-ku-nu 4 a-na sarru-u-ti ma^A-ri-bi 5 iZwAssur 
sar il&nijpz sadu-ti rabu-u 6 ti-in-su u-sa-an-ni-ma 7 il-li-ka 

20 a-di mah-ri-ya. 8 A-na kul-lum ta-nit-ti t7wAssur 9 u ilani^z 

rabuti^r bilipz-ya 10 an-nu kab-tu i-mid-su-ma n Mwsi-ga-r'u 

as-kun-sti-ma 12 it-ti a-si kalbi ar-ku-us-su-ma 13 u-sa-an- 

sir-su abulli kabal aiuN'mkid 14 ni-rib mas-nak-ti ad-na-a-ti. 

Capture of Ammuladi, the Kedarene. — 15 tJ su-u mAm- 

25 mu-la-di sar matu Ki-id-ri 16 it-ba-am-ma a-na mit-hu-us-si 
sarranipz matu Ahavvi m 17 s& iZwAssur izwlstar u il&ni^z 
rabuti^z 18 u-sad-gi-lu pa-nu-u-a. 19 Ina tukul-ti 4 7i«Assur 
z7wSin iz?«Sama§ iiu Raman 20 iz M Bil iZwNabu z7wlstar sa 
Nina /« 21 iz M sarrat c kid-mu-ri i7wlstar s& «z M Arba'-ili 

30 22 iz M Adar iz M Nirgal izwNusku 23 abikta-su as-kun. 24 Sa-a-su 
bal-tu-us-su it-ti /A-di-ya-a 25 assat m TJ-a-a-ti-'i sar matu A-vi- 
bi 26 is-ba-tu-nim-ma n-bil-u-ni a-di mah-ri-ya. 27 Ina ki-bit 
ilsLni P i rabuti^z bilipz-ya 28 ul-li kalbi as-kun-su-ma 29 ii-sa- 
an-sir-su i ?M si-ga-ru. 

a. Var. su. — d. Var. ka-tu. — c. Var. Sar-rat. 



ASSUEBANIPAL. 29 

Submission of Arabian generals, Abiyati and Amu. — 
30 Ina ki-bit *«Assur « M Istar u ilanipz rabutipz bilipz-ya 
31 sa mA-bi-ya-ti-"i mA-a-mu apli mTi-'i-ri 32 sa a-na ri-su-u- 
tu m uu Samas-sum-ukin alji nak-ri 33 a-na i-rib Babili*» 
5 il-li-ku 34 ri-si-i-su a-duk abikta-su as-kun. 35 Si-it-tu-ti sa 
ki-rib Babili/a i-ru-bu 36 ina su-un-ki hu-sah-hi 37 i-ku-lu 
sir a-ha-mis. 38 A-na sti-zu-ub napis-tim-su-nu 39 ul-tii ki- 
rib Babili/M u-su-nim-nia 40 amiiu i-mu-ki-ya sa ina lli 
miiu Samas-sum-ukin sak-nu 4l sa-ni-ya-a-nu abikta-su is- 

10 ku-nu-ma 42 sii-u i-dis ip-par-sid-ma 43 a-na su-zu-ub napis- 
tim-su is-ba-tu. sfpi-ya. 

Abiyati appointed king of Arabia. — 44 Ri-i-mu ar-si-sti- 
u-ma 45 a-cli-i ni-is ilani^z rabutipz u-sa-as-kir-su-ma 46 ku- 
um mtJ-a-a-ti-'i apal mHa-za-ilu 47 a-na sarru-u-ti m<MwA-ri-bi 

15 as-kun-su. 

Abiyati s conspiracy with the Nabatheans. — 48 tf su-u 
it-ti maiwNa-ba-a-a-ta-a-a 49 pi-i-su is-kun-ma 50 ni-is ilam>z 
rabuti^z la ip-lah-ma 51 ih-tab a -ba-ta hu-bu-ut mi-sir 
m&ti-ya. 

20 Submission of Nathan the Nabathean. — 52 Ina tukul-ti 
i7wAssur ? 7m Sin «7«Sama§ 4 7wRam&n 53 iz M Bil « M Nabu ««I§tar 
sa Nina /a 54 t7«sar-rat kid-mu-ri i 7wlstar sa aZwArba'-ili 
55 iz w Adar iZwNirgal i7wNusku 56 mNa-at-nu sar m^wNa-ba- 
a-a-ti 57 sa a-sar-su ru-u-ku 58 sa mTJ-a-a-ti-'i ina mah-ri-su 

25 in-nab-tu 59 is-mi-i-ma da-na-an i7wAssur sa u-tak-kil-an & -ni 
60 sa ma-ti-i-ma a-na §arrani^z abi>z-ya 61 «»»«Mallak-su la 
is-pu-ra 62 la is-'a-a-lu su-lum sarru-ti-su-un 63 ina pu-luh-ti 
imkakki^z izwAssur ka-si-du-u-ti 64 is-sa-an-ka-am-ma- i§-'a- 
a-la su-lum sarru-ti-ya. 

30 Revolt of Abiyati and Nathan. — 65 tT m A-bi-ya-ti-'i apal 
mTi-'i-i-ri 66 la ha-sis ta-ab-ti 67 la na-sir ma-mit ilani^z 
rabutipz 68 cla-bab sur-ra-a-tf it-ti-ya id-bu-ub-ma 69 pi-i-su 
it-ti mNa-at-ni 70 sar wa^Na-ba-a-a-ti is-kun-ma n amUui-mn- 
ki-su-nu id-ku-u-ni 72 a-na ti-ib limut-tim a-na mi-sir-ya. 
a. Var. ta-nab. — b. Var. a. 



30 ASSUKBANIPAL. 

Marcli of Assyrian army from Nineveh. — 73 Ina ki-bit 
i/wAssur iiuSin izwSamas uuR&m&n. li uuBil uuNahvL Uulstav sa 
NinsU* 75 i7 M sar-rat kid-mu-ri uulst&r sa Arba'-ili/« 76 « M Adar 
iiuNirgal « M Nusku 77 ummanati-ya ad-ki. Sir ™A-bi-ya-ti-'i 
5 78 us-ti-is-si-ra har-ra-nu. 79 rca™Diklat u warwPuratta 80 iua 
mili-si-na gab-si sal-mis lu-u i-bi-ru. 81 Ir-du-u ur-hi ru- 
ku-u-ti 82 l-til-lu-u hur-sa-a-ni sa-ku-u-ti 83 ih-tal-lu-bu 
iswkisatipz sa su-lul-si-na rap-su 84 bi-rit isi^z rabutii?z gi- 
is-si 85 is«gi§tin-gir(?)pz har-ra-an j ?M id-di-i-ti 86 i-ti-it-ti-ku 

10 sal-mi-is. 87 m&Mas a-sar su-um-mi kal-kal-ti 88 s4 issur 
sami-i la i-sa-'a-u ki-rib-su 89 imi™ purimiVz sabiti^z 90 la 
ir-fci-'i-nl ina lib-bi 91 IC kas-bu kak-ka-ru ultu Nin^ 
92 ali na-ram iz M Is-tar hi-rat uuBil 93 arki a mtf-a-a-ti-'i sar 
matu A-vi-bi 94 u m A-bi-ya-ti-'i sa it-ti a ?m7M i-mu-ki 95 ma^Na- 

15 ba-a-a-ta-a-a il-li-ka ^ir-du-u il-li-ku. 

Ina arhu simani arah *7«Sin 97 apli ris- 6 tu-u 6 a-sa-ri-du 
sa *7mBi1 98 umu XXVta sa da-hu sa ««Bi-lit Babiliw 
"ka-bit-ti ilanipz rabuti^z 100 ul-tu aZwHa-cla-at-ta-a at-tu- 
mus. 101 Ina a z« La-ri-ib-da bit-dim s4 atmusitpi 102 ina ili 

20 gu-ub-ba-a-ni sa mipi 103 at-ta-ad-di us-man-ni. 104 Umman£iti- 
ya mipi a-na mas-ti-ti-su-nu ih-pu-ma 105 ir-du-u il-li-ku 
106 kak-kar su-um-mi a-sar kal-kal-ti 107 a-di «zwHu-ra-ri-na 
bi-rit aZwYa-ar-ki 108 u aiu A-za-al-la ina matuM&s as-ru ru- 
u-ku 109 a-sar u-ma-am siri la ib-ba-as-su-u 110 u issur 

25 sami-i la i-sak-ka-nu kin-nu. m Abikti dmiiu I-sa-am-mi-'i 
112 amiiuiz-da. sa i7wA-tar-sa-ma-a-a-in 113 u mazwNa-ba-a-a-ta-a-a 
as-kun. 114 Nisipz imiripz M»*rKgammali>z u sini 115 hu-bu- 
us-su-nu ina la mi-ni ah-bu-ta. 

116 VIII kas-bu kak-ka-ru 117 ummanati-ya lu-u it-tal-la- 

30 ku sal-tis 118 sal-mi-is lu i-tu-ru-nim-ma 119 ina a&tA-za-al-li 
lu is-tu-u mi.pz nis-bi-i. 120 Ultu lib-bi aiu A-za-al-la ^a-di 
«z«Ku-ra-si-ti ^VI kas-bu kak-ka-ru a-sar su-um-mi 
123 kal-kal-ti ir-du-u il-li-ku. m amiiu A-lu sa »7wA-tar-sa- 

a. Yar. sir. — b-b. Var. ti-i. 



ASSUEBANIPAL. 31 

ma-a-a-in 9>1 u amiiu Kid-ra-a-a sa m tJ-a-a-ti-'i 2 apal mBir- 
i7wDadda a sar mdtu A-vi-bi al-mi. 3 Ilani^-su umma-su 
bilta-su assat-su 4 kin-nu-su nisi^-su ma«w Ki-id-ri ka-la-mu 
5 imiripi imirugammalipi u si-i-ni 6 ma-la "ina tukul-ti 
5 i? M Assur u ««Istar 7 hili P i-y& ik-su-da kata-a-a 8 har-ra-an 
matu b Di-mas-ka u-sa-as-ki-na si-pu-us-su-un. 

9 Ina arhu abi arah kakkab kasti 10 ma-rat « M Sin ka-rit-tu 
n umu Wlkam nu-bat-tu. sa sar ilani^z iZwMarduk 12 ul-tu 
aiu Di-mas-ka at-tu-mus. 13 VI kas-bu kak-ka-ru mu-si-tu 

10 ka-la-sa 14 ar-di-i-ma al-lik a-di az«Hul-hu-li-ti. 15 Ina 
sa^aHu-uk-ku-i'i-na sadu-u. mar-su 16 amiiu 'a-lu sa mA-bi-ya- 
ti-'i apal mTi-'i-ri 17 mdtu Kid-ra-a-a ak-su-ud 18 abikta-su 
as-kun as-lu-la sal-lat-su. 

Capture of Abiyati and Amu. — 19 mA-bi-ya-ti-'i w A-a- 

15 am-mu 20 apli mTi-'i-ri ina ki-bit «wAssur u « M Istar hilipi- 
ya 21 ina kabal tam-ha-ri bal-tu-us-su-un ti-sab-bit kati c . 
^K&ti u sipi bi-ri-tii parzilli ad-di-su-nu-ti. 23 It-ti sal-lat 
mati-su-un ^al-ka-as-su-nu-ti a-na motuiiu Assure. 

Flight of the Rebels. — 25 Mun-nab-ti sa la-pa-an 

20 isukakki pi-ya, in-nab-tu 26 ip-la-hu-rna is-ba-tti jadwHu-uk- 
ku-ru-na sadu-u mar-su. 27 Ina aiu Ma-an-lja-ab-bi a z«Ap- 
pa-ru 28 az M Ti-nu-ku-ri «zwSa-a-a-u-ra-an 29 az M Mar-ka-na-a 
aZw Sa-da-ti-in 30 az« In-zi-kar-mi aZwTa-'a-na-a azwlr-ra-a-na 
81 a-sar kup-pi nam-ba-'i sa mipi ma-la ba-su-u 32 masarati.pz 

25 ina muh-lii u-sa-an-sir-ma ss mi P i balat napis-tim-su-nu 
ak-sti(?) 34 mas-ti-tu u-sa-kir a-na pi-i-su-un 35 ina su-um-mi 
kal-kal-ti is-ku-nu na-pis-ti. 

36 Si-it-tu-u-ti imirug&mmalipi ru-ku-si-su-nu u-sal-li-ku 
37 a-na su-um-mi-su-nu is-ta-at-tu-u damipz u mipi par(?)-su. 

30 38 S4 ki-rib sadi-i f-lu-u 39 i-ru-bu l-lju-zu mar-ki-tu 40 i-du 
ul ip-par-sid mul-tah-tu ul ti-si ina kati-ya 41 a-sar mar-ki- 
ti-su-nu kati ik-su-us-su-nu-ti. ^Nisi^z zikaru u zinnisu 
imivipi imirug&mmalipi alpipz u si-i-ni 43 ina la mi-ni as-lu-la 
a-na m&tuiiu Assure. 

a. Var. Da-ad-da. — b. Var. aiu. — c. Var. ina ka-ti. 



32 ASSTJEBAXIPAL. 

Sale of booty and slaves in Assyria. — ^jSTap-ljar^mati- 
ya sa «t*Assur id-di-na ka-la-mu ^a-na si-hir-ti-sa um-dal- 
lu-u a-na pad gim-ri-sa. 46 i»MVwGammalipz ki-nia si-i-ni 
ti-par-ri-is 47 u-za-'i-iz a-na nisi^z matuiiu Assure. 48 Ina 
5 ka-bal-ti m&ti-ya imirugammalipi ana Jtu Jtu kas-pi 49 i-sam- 
mu ina bab ma-bi-ri. 50 Su-ut(?)-mu ina ni-id-ni amiiux a 
in a ba-pi-i 61 amiiuzikar-isu'kixi ina ki-si-su sa u-kin 52 im- 
da-na-ba-ru imirug&mmalipi u a-mi-lu-ti. 

Flight of Udti, son of Bir-Dadda, and his army. — 

10 58 wiTf-a-a-ti-'i a-di ama7wummanati-su M s4 a-di-ya la is-su-ru 
55 sa la-pa-an imkakki iZwAssur bili-ya ^ip-par-si-du-ma 
in-nab-tu-ni ma-bar-su-nu 57 u-sam-kit-su-nu-ti *7wDibba-ra 
kar-du. 58 Su-un-ku ina bi-ri-su-nu is-sa-kin-ma 59 a-na 
bu-ri-su-nu i-ku-lu sir aplipz-su-nu. 60 Ina ar-ra-a-ti ma-la 

15 ina a-di-i-su-nu sat-ra 61 ina bit-ti i-si-mu-su-nu-ti awAssur 
Uu Sin z7wSamas 62 z7w Raman auBil ««Nabii awlstar sa 
Nina^ 63 iz M sar-rat kid-mu-ri iiulst&r sa Arba'-ili&i 64 «wAdar 
iZwNirgal i7wNusku. 65 Ba-ak-ru su-bi-ru gu-sur lu-num 
66 ina ili VII ta-a-an mu-si-ni-ka-a-ti i-ni-ku-u-ma 67 si-is-pu 

20 la ti-sab-bu-u ka-ra-si-su-nu. 

Lament of the Arabian fugitives. — 68 Nisi^ m<^«A-ri-bi 
ist-in a-na ist-in 69 is-ta-na-'a-a-lum a-ba-mis 70 um-ma ina 
ili ini-ni-i ki-i ip-si-i-tti an-ni-tti limut-tu 71 im-bu-ru 
mdtu A- h ru-hu. b 72 um-ma as-su a-di-i rabuti^z sa i7«As§ur 

25 la ni-is-su-ru 73 ni-ib-tu-u ina tabti mt7MAssur-b&ni-apli 
74 sarri na-ram lib-bi fZwBil. 

Assyrian army aided by the gods. — 75 t7wBilit ri-im-tti 
««Bil mi-i-tu c 76 ka-clir(?)-ti i-la-a-ti 77 sa it-ti « M A-nim u 
uuBil sit-lu-ta-at man-za-zu 78 u-na-kib amiiuUSkkrutipi-jSL 

30 ina karnatipz-sa gas-ra-a-ti 79 iZw Istar a-si-bat az M Arba'-ili 
80 is^ti lit-bu-sat mi-lam-mi na-sa- d a-ta^ 81 ili ma<«A-ri-bi 
i-za-an-nun nab-li 82 «wDibba-ra kar-du a-nun-tu ku-us-sur- 
ma 83 ti-ra-as-si-pa ga-ri-ya 8 ^zwAdar kut-ta-bu kar-ra-du 

a. An unknown ideogram. — b-b. Var. ri-bi. — c. Var. ti. — 
d-d. Var. at. 



ASSURBANIPAL. 33 

rabu-u apal uu~Bil ^ina us-si-su zak-ti ti-par-ri-'i napis-tini 
amiiunakrvLtipi-ja, 86 i7wNusku sukkallti na-'i-du mu-sa-pu-u 
bflu-u-ti 87 sa ina ki-bit «wAs§ur uuBilit ka-rit-tu uubi-lit 
[tahazi] 88 idi-a-a il-lik-ma is-su-ra sarru-u-ti 89 mi-ih-rit 
5 ummanati-ya is-bat-ma u-sam-ki-ta ga-ri-ya. 

Revolt of the Arabians against Udti, son of Bir-Dadda. 
— 90 Ti-bu-ut iswkakkipz ^wAss'iir u awIStar 91 ilani P z 
rabutipz bili^z-ya 92 sa ina f-pis tahazi il-li-ku ri-su-ti 
93 ummanatipz sa mU-a-a-ti-'i ^is-mu-u-ma fli-su ip-pal-ki- 
10 tu. 95 Sti-u ip-lah-ma ^ul-tu biti in-nab-tu u-sa-am-ma. 
Capture of Udti. — 97 Ina tukul-ti « M Assur uuSin « M §amas 
&Raraflii 98 uuBil iZwNabu izwlstar sa NinaH "« M sar-rat 
kid-mu-ri izwlstar sa aZwArba'-ili 100 iz«Adar izwNirgal 
iZwNusku 101 Mtu ik-su-us-su-ma 102 u>ra-as"-su a-na 

15 matuilu Assure. 

103 In a ni-is Mti-ya sa a-na ka-sad amZMnakriitipz-ya 
104 am-da-ah-ha-ru ina ki-bit iz M Assur u « M Bilit 105 ina 
iswhn-ut-ni-i ma-si-ri si-bit k&ti-ya 106 sira(?) mi-si-su ap- 
lu-ns 107 ina la-ah ini-su at-ta-di sir-ri-tii. 108 Ul-li kalbi 

20 ad-di-su-ma 109 ina abulli si-it iz«sam-si sa kabal az?«Nina^ 
110 M ni-rib mas-nak-ti ad-na-a-ti na-bn-u zi-kir-sa m u-sa- 
an-sir-su imsi-ga-rn. 112 A-na da-lal ta-nit-ti iz^Assur 
awlstar 113 u ilani^z rabutipz bili^z-ya 114 ri-i-inu ar-si-su-ma 
u-bal-lit nap-sat-su. 

25 Return march to Nineveh. — 115 Ina ta-a-a-ar-ti-ya a iu~\J- 
su-u 116 sa ina a-hi tam-tim na-da-ta su-bat-su ak-su-ud. 
117 Nisipz aZMtJ-su-u sa a-na amjz«pih£iti.pz-su-nu la sa-an-ku 
118 la i-nam-di-nu man-da-at-tu 119 na-dan ma-ti-su-un a-duk. 
120 Ina lib-bi nisipz la kan-sii-u-ti sib-tu as-kun. m I\&ni pi- 

30 su-nu nisi^z-su-nu as-lu-la a-na matuiiuA&hivki. 122 Nisipz 
aZwAk-ku-u la kan-su-ti a-nir. a?»iZwPagripz-su-nu ina 
iswga-si-si a-lul 124 si-hir-ti ali ti-sal-mi. 125 Si-it-tu-ti-su-nu 
al-ka-a a-na matuuuAM^Li u. ^A-na ki 6 -sir ak-sur-ma 

a. Var. a. — 6. Not ku (VE). 



34 ASSUBJBANIPAL. 

127 ili umman&ti-ya ma-'a-da-a-ti ^sa ««Assur i-ki-sa 
ti-rad-di. 

Flaying of Amu, brother of Abiyati. — ^^A-a-mu 

apal mTi-i-vi 2 it-ti mA-bi-ya-ti-'i ahi-su 3 i-zi-zu-ma it-ti 

5 ummanati-ya f-pu-su tahazu a 4 ina kabal tam-lia-ri bal- 

tu-us-su ina kati as-bat 5 ina Nina&i ali bilu-ti-ti-ya masak 6 - 

su as-hu-ut. 

Grand demonstration in the temples of Nineveh. — 6 mUm- 
man-al-das sar matu Ilamti&i 7 sa ul-tu ul-la iZwAssur u 

10 »7wlstar bili^z-ya 8 ik-bu-u a-na i-pis ardu-u-ti-ya 9 ina ki-bit 
ilu-ti-su-nu sir-tu c sa la in-nin-nu-u 10 arka-nu mat-su ili- 
su ip-pal-kit-ma n la-pa-an kit(?)-bar-tiardanipz-su sail-sab- 
s' u-u ili-su ^i-dis-si-su ip-par-sid-ma is-ba-ta sadu-u. ^Ul- 
tu sadi-i bit mar-ki-ti-su 14 a-sar it-ta-nap-ras-si-du 15 ki-ma 

15 surdufosMT-M a-bar-su-ma 16 bal-tu-us-su al-ka-as-su a-na 
matuiiu AM>\xv m. 17 mTam-ma-ri-tu mPa-'a-i mUm-man-al-das 
18 sa arki a-ha-niis l-pu-su bi-lut matallamtita 19 sa ina l-mu- 
ki t-zwAssur u -izwlstar bili^z-ya 20 u-sak-ni-sa a-na is M niri-ya 
21 wtJ-a-a-ti-'i sar matu A-ri-bi ^sa ina ki-bit iZuAssur u 

20 izwlstar abikta-su as-ku-nu 23 ul-tu mati-su al-ka-sti a-na 
maiwAssur/ji ^ul-tu a-na na-dan(?) d idrrumk&nipi i-M-u 
25 ina I-bar-bar su-bat bilu-ti-su-un 26 ma-har i7wBilit urami 
ilani^z rabuti.pz 27 hi-ir-tu na-ram-ti « M Assur 28 i-pu-su. a-di 
ilani^z I-id-ki-id w isumv iswsa-sa e -da^-di ti-sa-as-bit-su-nu-ti 

25 30 a-di bab i-kur is-du-du ina sapliti-ya 31 al-bi-in ap-pi at- 
ta-'i-id ilu-us-su-un 32 u-sa-pa-a dan-nu-us-su-un ina puhur 
ummanati-ya ^sa i7«Assur i7i«Sin iZwSamas &Ramain 
34 «7mBi1 « M Nabu « M Istar Sa Nina^ ^izwsar-rat kid-mu-ri 
i7«Istar sa Arba'-ilu-j 36 4 7wAdar « M Nirgal i 7«Nusku sa la 

30 kan-su-ti-ya ^u-sak-ni-s'u a-na is M niri-ya ^ina li-i-ti u da- 
na-a-ni 39 u-sa-zi-zu-in-ni sir amiiu nakruti^z-ya. 

a. Var. ta-ha-zu. — b. Var. ma-Sak. — c. Var. ti. — d. VK sah. — 
e. Var. gad. — /. Not sa (V R). 



NABONIDUS. 35 

VIII. NABONIDUS (555-538 B.C.). 

Temple Restorations in Haran and Sippar (V R 64). 

Coi. i. 1 i\.-na-ku uv, Na-bi-um-na-'i-id sarru ra-bu-u sarru 
dan-nu 2 sar kis-sa-ti sar Tin-tirn sar kib-ra-a-ti ir-bit-ti 
3 za-ni-in I-sag-ili u I-zi-da 4 s4 i7wSin u i7«Nin-gal i-na libbi 
um-mirsu 5 a-na si-ma-at sarru-u-tu i-si-mu si-ma-at-su 
5 6 apal miZwNabu-balat-su-ik-bi rubu i-im-ku pa-li-ih ilani 
rabuti 7 a-na-ku. 

8 I-hul-hul bit »7wSin s& ki-rib a^Har-ra-nu 9 s& ul-tu 
u-mu sa-a-ti «wSin bilu ra-bu-u 10 sti-ba-at tu-ub lib-bi-su 
ra-mu-u ki-ri-ib-su 11 i-li ali u. biti sa-a-su lib-bu-us i-zu- 
10 uz-ma 12 «mi7w Sab-man-da u-sat-ba-am-ma bita su-a-tim 
ub-bi-it-ma 13 u-s&-lik-su kar-mu-tu. I-na pa-li-i-a ki-i-nim 
14 «mBi1 bilu rabu-u i-na na-ra-am sarru-u-ti-ya 15 a-na ali 
u. biti sa-a-su is-li-mu ir-sti-u ta-a-a-ri. 

16 I-na ri-is sarru-ti-ti-ya d&rli-ti u-sab-ru-'-in-ni 17 su-ut-ti. 

15 18 ««Marduk bilu rabu ii «wSin na-an-na-ri sami-i u irsi- 

tim 19 iz-zi-zu ki-lal-la-an. «wMarduk i-ta-ma-a it-ti-ya: 

20 «wNabu-n&'id sar TiD-tirw i-na imirusisi ru-ku-bi-ka 

21 i-si libnati_pz I-liul-liul i-pu-us-ma uuSin bilu rabu-u 

22 i-na ki-ir-bi-su su-ur-ma-a sti-ba-at-su. 23 Pa-al-hi-is 
20 a-ta-ma-a a-na iiubil ilanipz izwMarduk: 24 Bita su-a-tim 

sa t&k-bu-u. i-pi-su 25 a»wZtt.Sab-man-da sa-hi-ir-sum-ma pu- 
ug-gu-lu i-mu-ga-a-su. 26 j7wMarduk-ma i-ta-ma-a it-ti-ya: 
amiiu Sab-man-da sa tak-bu-ti 27 sa-a-su niEitu-su ii sarrani^z 
a-lik i-di-su ul i-ba-as-si. 

25 28 I-na sa-lu-ul-ti satti i-na ka-sa-du 29 u-sat-bu-nis-sum- 
ma mKu-ra-as sar mata An-za-an arad-su sa-ah-ri 30 i-na 
um-ma-ni-su. i-su-tu amiiu Sab-man-da rap-sa-a-ti 31 u-sap-pi- 
ih. ^mls-tu-mi-gn sar amiiu Sab-man-da is-bat-roa ka-mu- 
ut-su a-na m&ti-su 83 il-ki. 

30 ^A-mat iiubilu rabu-u t 7«Marduk u uuSin na-an-na-ri 
sami-i u irsi-tim ^sa ki-bi-it-su-nu la in-nin-nu-u a-na 



36 NABONIDUS. 

ki-bi-ti-su-nu sir-ti 36 ap-la-ah ak-ku-ud na-kut-ti ar-si-i-ma 
tul-lu-hu 37 pa-nu-u-a. 88 La i-gi la a-si-it a-hi la acl-da 
u-sat-ba-am-ma 39 um-ma-ni-ya rap-sa-a-ti ul-tu ma*« Ha-az- 
za-ti 40 pa-ad matu Mi-sir 41 tam-tim i-li-ti a-bar-ti warMPuratti 
5 a-di tam-tim 42 sap-li-ti 43 sarranipz rubuti^z sakkanakki^z 
u um-ma-ni-ya rap-sa-a-ti 44 s& ««Sin iZwSamas u izwls-tar 
bilipz-i-a ya-ti 45 i-ki-pu-nu ^a-na i-pi-sti I-hul-hul bit 
iz«Sin bili-ya a-lik i-di-ya 47 sa ki-rib «z M Har-ra-nu sa 
miZwAssur-ba-an-apli sar matuAMxrcid 48 apal »iiz?«Assur- 

10 ahi-iddina sar matuAs&uvki rubu a-lik mah-ri-ya 49 i-pii-su. 

50 I-na arhi sa-al-mu i-na u-mi n&di sa i-na bi-ri 51 u-ad-du- 

ni iz M Samas ii iZwRamaii 52 i-na ni-mi-ku uuf-a. u iz«Marduk 

ina pi illi ik-u-tu 53 i-na si-ip-ri iZwLibittu bil us-sti u 

libnati^z coi. ii. ii-na kaspi hurasi abni ni-sik-ti su-ku-ru-tu 

15 hi-bis-ti iswkisti 2 rikki>z isuirini i-na hi-da-a-ti u ri-sa-a-ti 
8 i-li ti-mi-fn-na sa m uu Assur-ba-an-apli sar ma^Assurn 
4 sa ti-mi-in-na m Sul-man-asarid apal wi 4 7wAssur-na-sir-apli 
i-mu-ru 5 us-su-su ad-di-raa u-kin lib-na-at-su. I-na kurunni 
karani samni dispi 6 sal-la-ar-sti am-ha-as-ma ab-lu-ul ta- 

20 ra-ah-hu-us. 7 I-li sa sarrani^z ab-bi-i-a ip-si-ti-sti u-dan- 
nin-ma 8 u-nak-ki-lu si-bi-ir-su. I-kur sii-a-tim ul-tu ti- 
mi-in-su 9 a-di tah-lu-bi-su l-is-si-is ab-ni-ma ti-sa-ak-li-il 
si-bi-ir-su. 10 is«Gusur isuinhi si-ru-tu ta-ar-bi-it sada'Ra,- 
ma-na a n u-sa-at-ri-is si-ru-us-su. isuDal&tipi isuirini 12 s& 

25 i-ri-is-si-na ta-a-bi u-ra-at-ta-a i-na babi^z-su. 13 Kaspu 
hurasu igar&ti^z-su ti-sal-bis-ma u-sa-an-bi-it sa-as-sa-ni-is. 
14 Ri-i-mu za-ha-li-i ib-bi mu-nak-kib ga-ri-ya 15 ka-at-ri-is 
us-zi-iz i-na ad-ma-ni-sti. 16 II izwlah-mu ls-ma-ru-u sa-pi- 
iri a-a-bi-ya 17 i-na b&b si-it izwsam-si imittu ii sumilu 

30 u-sar-si-id. 

18 Ga-tim iZwSin izuNin^gal *7wNusku u i7«Sa-dar-nun- 

na 19 bili-^z-i-a ul-tu Su-an-nan ali sarru-u-ti-ya 20 as-ba- 

at-ma i-na hi-da-a-ti ii ri-sa-a-ti 21 su-ba-at tu-ub lib-bi 

ki-ir-ba-su u-si-si-ib. ^MrruNik&m tas-ri-ih-ti ib-bi ma-har- 

a. V E tii. 



NABONIDUS. 37 

su-nu ak-ki-ma ^u-sam-lji-ir kad-ra-a-a. I-hul-hul ri-is- 
tum ti-mal-li-ma ^oZwHar-ra-an a-iia pa-ad gi-im-ri-su 
25 ki-ma si-it arbi u-nam-mi-ir sa-ru-ru-su. 

26 iz M Sin sar il&nipi sa sami-i u irsi-tim sa ul-la-nu-us-su 
5 27 alu u m&tu la in-nam-du-ti la i-tur-ru as-ru-us-sii 28 a-na 
I-hul-bul bit sii-bat la-li-i-ka i-na i-ri-bi-ka 29 clamik-tim 
ali u. biti sa-a-sti lis-sa-ki-in sap-tu-uk-ka. m I\km P i a-si- 
bu-tu sa sami-i u irsi-tim 31 li-ik-ta-ra-bu bit UuSin a-bi 
ba-ni-su-un. 32 Ya-ti iZwNabu-n&'id sar Tin-tir^ mu-sak-lil 

10 biti sti-a-tim 33 t 7wSin sar ilanipz sa sami-i u irsi-tim i-na 
ni-is i-ni-su damk&tipz 34 ha-di-is lip-pal-sa-an-ni-ma ar-bi- 
sam-ma i-na ni-ip-bi u. ri-ba 35 li-dam-mi-ik it-ta-tu-ti-a 
umipz-ya li-sa-ri-ik 36 san&ti^z-ya li-sa-an-ti-il lu-ki-in pa-lu- 
u-a 37 am^M na-ak-ru-ti-ya lik-su-ud amiiu za-ma-ni-ya li-sa-am- 

15 kit 38 li-is-pu-un ga-ri-ya. izwNin-gal ummi il&ni rabuti 
39 i-na ma-bar iZwSin na-ra-mi-su li-ik-ba-a ba-ni-ti. 40 i7 M Samas 
u. ««Is-tar si-it libbi-su na-am-ra 41 a-na ^«Sin a-bi ba-ni- 
su-nu li-ik-bu-u damik-tim. 42 ««Nusku sukkallu si-i-ri 
su-pi-i-a li-is-mi-i-ma 43 li-is-ba-at a-bu-tu. 

20 Mu-sa-ru-ii si-ti-ir sii-um 44 sa m iiu Assur-ba-an-apli sar 
matu Assutm a-mu-ur-ma 45 la ti-nak-ki-ir kisalla a ap-sti-us 
nrruniksLni ak-ki 46 it-ti mu-sa-ri-i-a as-kun-ma u-ti-ir as- 
ru-us-sii. 

47 A-na a«Samas da-a-a-nu s4 sami-i ii irsi-tim 48 I-babbar- 

25 ra bit-su sa ki-rib Sipparjw 49 sa ™Nabii-kudurri-usur sarru 
malj-ri i-pu-sti-ma 50 ti-mi-in-sti la-ba-ri ti-ba-'i-ti la i-mu-ru 
51 bita sti-a-tim i-pu-us-ma i-na XLV san&ti^z 52 sa biti 
su-a-tim i-ku-pu i-ga-ru-su ak-ku-ud as-bu-ut 53 na-kut-ti 
ar-si-i-ma tul-lu-bu pa-nu-u-a. ^A-di «wSamas ul-tu ki- 

30 ir-bi-sti li-si-su-u. 55 ti-si-si-bu i-na biti sa-nim-ma bita 
sti-a-tim ad-ki-i-ma 56 ti-mi-in-su la-bi-ri ii-ba-'i-ma XVIII 
ammat ga-ga-ri 57 ti-sap-pi-il-ma ti-mi-in-na mNa-ram- 
iiu Sin apal m Sarru-kinu 58 sa III M II C sanati j>z ma-na-ma 
sarru a-lik mab-ri-ya la i-mu-ru 59 iz M Samas bilu rabu-ti 
a. Or samni. 



38 NABONIDUS. 

I-babbar-ra bit su-bat tu-ub libbi-su 60 u-kal-lim-an-ni 
ya-a-si i-na arhutisriti i-na arhi sal-mu i-na umi magiri 
61 M i-na bi-ri ti-ad-du-ni tfwSamas u &Eaman 62 i-na kaspi 
hurasi abni ni-sik-ti sti-ku-ru-tu bi-bis-ti «zJdsti 63 rikki i? z 
5 isuivini ina hi-da-a-ti ii ri-sa-a-ti 64 i-li ti-mi-in-na »iNa- 
xa-am-iiu Sin apal mSarru-kinu 65 ubanu la a-si-i ubanu la 
i-ri-bi a u-kin lib-na-at-su. 

coi. in. 1 V M iswirini dan-nu-tu a-na su-lu-li-su u-sat- 
ri-is 2 isudal&tipi iswirini si-ra-a-ti as-kup-pu u nu-ku-si-i 

10 3 i-na blibi^z-su ti-ra-at-ti. 4 I-babbar-ra a-di I-i-lu-an- 
azag-ga zik-kur-ra-ti-su 5 i-is-si-is i-pu-us-ma ti-sak-lil si- 
bi-ir-su. 6 Ga-tim i 7wSamas bili-ya as-bat-ma i-na bi-da-a-ti 
u ri-sa-a-ti 7 su-ba-at tu-ub lib-bi ki-ir-ba-su u-si-si-ib. 
8 Si-ti-ir su-um sa jraNa-ra-anwzwSin 6 apal ^Sarru-kinu 

15 a-mu-ur-ma 9 la u-nak-ki-ir kisalla ap-sti-us Mrrunikam 
ak-ki 10 it-ti mu-sar-ri-i-a as-ku-un-ma u-ti-ir as-ru-us-su. 

11 i 7«Samas bilu rabu-u sa sami-i u irsi-tira nu-tir ilanipz 
ab-bi-i-sli c 12 si-it lib-bi sa uuSin u iz M Nin-gal 13 a-na I- 
babbar-ra bit na-ra-mi-ka i-na i-ri-bi-ka 14 parakku-ka 

20 da-ru-u i-na ra-mi-i-ka 15 ya-ti izwNabu-n&'id sar Tin-tir** 
rubu za-ni-in-ka 16 mu-ti-ib lib-bi-ka i-bi-is ku-um-mi-ka 
si-i-ri 17 ip-si-tu-ti-a damkati^z ha-di-is na-ap-li-is d -ma 18 u- 
mi-sam-ma i-na ni-ip-bi u. ri-ba i-na sa-ma-mi u. ga-ga-ri 
19 du-um-mi-ik it-ta-tu-u-a un-nin-ni-ya li-ki-i-ma 20 mu-gu-ur 

25 ta-as-li-ti iswhatti ii si-bir-ri ki-i-nim 21 sa tu-sat-mi-bu ka- 
tu-ti-a lu-bi-il a-na du-u-ri da-a-ri. 

22 A-na «MA-nu-ni-tum bilit tahazi na-sa-ta mtkasti ii 
is-pa-ti 23 mu-sal-li-ma-at ki-bi-it uuBil e a-bi-su 24 sa-pi-na- 
at am«zwna-ak-ru mu-hal-li-ka-at ra-ag-gu 25 a-li-ka-at mah-ri 

30 sa ilani 26 sa i-na sit samsi ii irib samsi u-dam-ma-ku 
it-ta-tu-u-a 27 I-ul-bar bit-su sa i-na Sipparn «7w A-nu-ni- 
tum sa VIII C^ sanati^z 28 ul-tu pa-ni m Sa-ga-sal-ti-bur- 

a. Var. bu. — b. Sign for Sin omitted in YE. — c. Scribal error for 
ka? — d. V R ma, scribal error. — e. Scribal error for Sia? — /. In 
PSBA. 1882, p. 9, Pinches seems to have read VC. 



NABONIDUS. 39 

ya-as sar Tin-tir m 29 apal mKudurri-awBil sarru ma-na-ma 
la i-pu-sii 30 ti-mi-in-su la-bi-ri ah-tu-ut-ma a-hi-it ab-ri-i-ma 
31 i-li ti-mi-in-na m Sa-ga-sal-ti-bur-ya-as apal mKudurri- 
*7 M Bil 32 us-sti-su ad-di a -ma ti-ki-in lib-na-at-su 33 bita sa- 
5 a-sti is-sis f-pu-us u-sak-lil si-bi-ir-su. 

34 «wA-nu-ni-tum bilit tahazi mu-sal-li-mat ki-bit u u Bil b 
a-bi-sti ^ sa-pi-na-at amiiuna-ak-TU mu-hal-li-ka-at rag-gu 36 a- 
li-ka-at mah-ri sa ilanipz u-sar-ma-a su-ba-at-su 37 sat-tuk-ku 
u nin-da-bi-i i-li sa mah-ri u-sa-ti-ir-ma ^u-kin ma-har-su. 

10 At-ta izwA-nu-ni-tum bilti rabi-ti 39 a-na biti sti-a-tim 
ha-di-is i-na i-ri-bi-ka 40 ip-si-tu-u-a damk&ti^ ha-di-is na- 
ap-li-si-ma 41 &r-hi-sam-ma i-na sit samsi u irib samsi 
^a-na iiuSin a-bi a-li-cli-ka su-uk-ri-ba damik-tim. 

43 Man-nu at-ta sa iZwSin u « M Samas a-na sarru-ti-tu 

15 i-nam-bu-su-ma 44 i-na pa-li-i-su bitu sli-a-tim in-na-hu-ma 
is-sis ib-bu-su 45 mu-sa-ru-u si-tir sti-mi-ya li-mur-ma la 
u-nak-ka-ar 46 kisalla lip-su-us foVmiiikani li-ik-ki 47 it-ti 
mu-sa-ru-'u si-tir su-mi-su lis-kun-ma lu-tir as-ru-us-sti 
48 i7wSamas ii iZwA-rm-ni-tum su-pu-ii-su li-is-mu-u 49 li-im- 

20 gu-ra ki-bit-su i-da-a-su lil-li-ku 60 li-sa-am-ki-ta ga c -ri-su 
u-mi-sam-ma a-na «wSin 51 a-bi ba-ni-sii-un da-mi-ik-ta-su 
li-ik-bu-ti. 

IX. CYRUS (KING OF BABYLON, 538 B.C.). 

Capture of Babylon, Restoration of Gods to their Temples (VR 35). d 

7 Sat-tuk-ku u-sab-ti-li u-la- e [is]-tak-ka-an ki-rib 

ma-ha-zi pa-la-ha ««Marduk sar \\kn\pi . . -si-a k&tu-us-su. 
25 8 li-mu-ut-ti ali-su .. -nu(?) ip-pu-us u-mi-sa-am ....pi-su 
i-na ab-sa-a-ni la ta-ab-su-tu sal-hu-tim u-hal-li-ik kul-lat- 
si-in 9 a-na ta-zi-ira-ti-si-na uuhil il&nipi iz-zi-is i-gu-ug- 
ma(?) ki-su-ur-su-un. Ilanip* a-si-ib lib-bi-sti-nu i-zi-bu 

a. V E ki. — b. Scribal error for Sin? — c. V E, ta. — d. From a 
barrel-cylinder found at Babylon. The first six lines and the last ten 
(36-45), as published in V K, are so fragmentary as to be unintelligible. 
— e. The dots mark lacunse in the text. 



40 CYRUS. 

ad-ma-an-su-un 10 i-na ug-ga-ti sa u-si-ri-bi a-na ki-rib Su- 
an-na/rf uuM&v&uk .... Ii sa-ah-ra a-na nap-har da-dd-mi 
s& in-na-du-u su-bat-su-un. 11 tl nisipz mata Su-mi-ri u. 
Akkadi/a sa i-rau-u sa-lam-ta-as u-sa-hi-ir ka- . . . -pi ir-ta- 
5 si ta-a-a-ra kul-lat ma-ta-a-ta ka-li-si-na i-hi-it ib-ri-i-su- 
[ma] 12 is-ti-'i-i-ma ma-al-ki i-sa-ru bi-bil lib-bi s& it-ta- 
rn a-ah. ka-tu-us-su mKu-ra-as sar aiu An-sa-an it-ta-bi ni-bi- 
it-su a-na ma-li-ku-tim kul-la-ta nap-har iz-zak-ra kat-su(?) 
13 matuKu-ti-i gi-mir um-inan man-da u-ka-an-ni-s& a-na si-' 

10 pi-sii. Nisi^z sal-mat kakkadi s& u-sa-ak-si-du ka-ta-a-su 
14 i-na ki-it-tim u mi-sa-ru is-ti-ni-'i-i-si-na-a-tim. « M Marduk 
bilu rabu ta-ru-u nisi^z-su ip-si-i-ti sa-nin-su ka-a-ta u 
lib-ba-su i-sa-ra ha-di-is ip-pa-li-is. 

15 A-na ali-su BabilipZiti a-la-ak-su ik-bi ii-sa-as-bi-it-su-ma 

15 har-ra-nu Tin-tirn. Ki-ma ib-ri ii tap-pi-i it-tal-la-ka i-da- 
a-su. 16 Um-ma-ni-su rap-sa-a-tim s& ki-ma mi-i n&ri la 
ti-ta-ad-du-u ni-ba-su-un iswkakkipz-su-nu sa-an-du-ma i-sa- 
at-ti-ha i-da-a-su. 17 Ba-lu kab-li u ta-ha-zi u-si-ri-ba-as 
ki-rib Su-an-na^ ala-su. BabilipiM i-ti-ir i-na Sap-sa/jj 

20 m uu Nabu-n&'id sarru la pa-li-hi-su. ti-ma-al-la-a ka-tu-us- 
su. 18 Nis£pz Tin-tirn ka-li-sii-nu nap-har matu Su-mi-ri u 
Akkadin ru-bi-i u sak-kan-nak-ka sa-pal-su ik-mi-sa, 
u-na-as-si-ku si-pu-tis-su ih-du-u a-na sarru-u-ti-su im-mi-ru 
pa-nu-us-su-un. 19 Bi-lu s4 i-na tu-kul-ti sa u-bal-li-tu 

25 mi-tu-ta-an i-na pu-us a -ku u pa-ki-i ig-mi-lu kul-la-ta-an 
ta-bi-is ik-ta-ar-ra-bu-su is-tam-ma-ru zi-ki-ir-sti. 

20 A-na-ku mKu-ra-as sar Ids-sat sarru rabu sarru dan- 
nu sar Tin-tirn sar matu Su-mi-ri ii Ak-ka-di-i sar kib-ra-a-ti 
ir-bi-it-tim 21 apal m Ka-am-bu-zi-ya sarru rabu sar «z«An- 

30 sa-an bin-bini mKu-ra-as sarru rabu sar aZw An-sa-an lib- 
bal-bal mSi-is-pi-is sarru rabu sar az M An-sa-an ^ziru da- 
ru-ti sa sarru-u-tu s4 uu Bil u iz«Nabu ir-a-mu pa-la-a- 
su a-na tu-ub lib-bi-su-nu ih-si-ha [ri'u]-ut-su. 

I-nu-ma a-[na ki-]rib 6 Tin-tir/^ i-ru-bu sa-li-mi-is 23 i-na 
a. VRta.-i. VEi. 



CYRUS. 41 

ul-si a u ri-sa-a-tim i-na ikal ma-al-ki ar-ma-a su-bat bi-lu- 
tim i7i<Marduk bilu rabu lib-bi ri-it-pa-sti sa apli[^z sa] 
Tin-tir/a u. ... -an-ni-ma u-mi-sam a-si-'i-a pa-la-ah(?)-su 
24 nm-ma-ni-ya rap-sa-a-tim i-na ki-rib Tin-tirn i-sa-at-ti-ha 
5 su-ul-ma-nis nap-liar [ma^Sumiri u] Akkadin dim(?)-gal 
.... -tim ul li-sar-si 25 ki-rib Babili/a u kul-lat ma-ha-zi-su. 
i-na sa-li-im-tim as-ti-'i-i apli^z Tin-tir[jw] . ..m ma-la 
lib ... -ma ab-sa-a-ni la si-ma-ti-su-nu su-bat-suc?) 26 an- 
hu-ut-su-un u-pa-as-si-ha u-sa-ap-ti-ir sa-ar-ma-su-nu. 

10 A-na ip-si-i-ti [an-na-ti] iZwMarduk bilu rabu-u. ih.-d.i-i- 
ma 27 a-na ya-a-ti mKu-ra-as sarri pa-li-ih-sti u mKa-am-bu- 
zi-ya apli si-it lib-bi [-ya ii] anac?) nap-[har(?)] um-ma-ni-ya 
28 da-am-ki-is ik-ru-ub-ma i-na sa-lim-tim ma-har-su & (?) ta- 
bi-is ni-it-ta [-at-ti-ik. I-na kibiti-su] sir-ti nap-har sarrani 

15 a-si-ib parakki^ 29 s& ka-li-is kib-ra-a-ta is-tu tam-tim l-li- 
tim a-di tam-tim sap-li-tim a-si-ib kul[-lat m&tati] sarr&nipz 
matu A-har-ri-i a-si-ib su-ta-ri ka-li-su-un 30 bi-lat-su-nu ka- 
bi-it-tim ii-bi-lu-nim-ma ki-ir-ba Su-an-na^ ti-na-as-si-ku 
si-pu-u-a. 

20 Is-tu . . . .-a m aiu Assure u. Istar-x%-i 31 A-ga-di/M 
wiafeAb-nu-nak az M Za-am-ba-an aiu Mi-tiir-n'u Dur-iluH a-di 
pa-ad matulyu-ti-i ma-ha[-zi sa i-bir-]ti narwDiklat s& is-tu 
ab-na-ma na-du-ti su-bat-su-un 32 ilanipz a-si-ib lib-bi-su-nu 
a-na as-ri-su-nu u-tir-ma u-sar-ma-a su-bat dara-a-ta. Kul- 

25 lat nisi^z-su-nu u-pa-ab-hi-ra-am-ma u-ti-ir da-ad-mi-su-un. 
33 tT ilknipi matuSu-mi-ri u Akkadi&i sa m^wNabu-na'id 
a-na ug-ga-tim bil ilanipz u-si-ri-bi a-na ki-rib Su-an-nan 
i-na ki-bi-ti #wMarduk bilu rabu i-na sa-li-im-tim 34 i-na 
mas-ta-ki-sii-nu ti-si-si-ib su-ba-at tu-ub lib-bi. Kul-la-ta 

30 ilani^z s4 u-si-ri-bi a-na ki-ir-bi ma-ba-zi-su-un ^u-mi-sa-am 
ma-bar uuBil u « M Nabu sa a-ra-ku umi^z-ya li-ta-mu-u 
lit-taz-ka-ru a-ma-a-ta du-un-ki-ya u a-na i7«Marduk bili-ya 
li-ik-bu-u sa mKu-ra-as sarru pa-li-hi-ka u mKa-am-bu-zi-ya 
aplu-su. 

a. V R ad. — b. V 11 §a. — c. An unknown ideogram. 



42 ASSTTRBANIPAL. 

X. ASSURBANIPAL. 

1. First Egyptian Campaign (V R 1, 52-2, 27). 

52 I-na mah-ri-i gir-ri-ya a-na mateMa-kan u maft<Mi-luh- 
ha lu-u al-lik. 53 m Tar-ku-u sar matuMu-sur u matuKu-u-si 
54 sa mt7«Assur-ahi-iddina sar matu uu Assure abu ba-im-u-a 
55 abikta-su is-ku-nu-ma i-bi-lu mat-su u su-u m Tar-ku-u 
5 56 da-na-an ««A88ur ««Istar u ilani^z rabuti^z bili^z-ya 
im-si-ma 57 it-ta-kil a-na i-muk ra-man-i-su. I-li sarranipz 
68 amiiu ki-i-pa-a-ni sa ki-rib maZwMu-sur u-pa-ki-du abu 
banu-u-a 59 a-na da-a-ki ha-ba-a-ti u i-kim a wiaZwMu-sur 
il-li-ka. 60 Sir-us-su-un i-ru-um-ma ti-sib ki-rib «zwMi-im-pi 
10 61 ali sa abu banu-u-a ik-su-du-ma a-na mi-sir matuiiu Assure 
u-tir-ru 5 . 62 Al-la-ku ha-an-tu ina ki-rib Nina^ il-lik-am- 
ma 63 u-sa-an-na-a ya-a-ti. 



Ili ip-si-i-ti an-na-a-ti 64 lib-bi i-gug-ma is-sa-ru-uli ka- 

bit-ti. 65 As-si kati-ya u-sal-li iZwAssur u izwlstar assur- 

15 i-tu. 66 Ad-ki-i am«zi«i-mu-ki-ya si-ra-a-ti c sa iZwAssuT u 

izwlstar 67 u-mal-lu-u katu d -u-a. A-na »^»Mu-sur u 

maiwKu-u-si 68 us-ti-is-sf-ra har-ra-nu. 

Ina mi-ti-ik gir-ri-ya 69 XXa.<mII sarranii>z sa a-lii tam- 
tim kabal tam-tim u na-ba-li 70 ard&nipz da-gil pa-ni-ya 

20 ta-mar-ta-su-nu ka-bit-tu 71 ina malj-ri-ya is-su-nim-ma 
ti-na-as-si-ku sipi-ya. 72 Sarrani^z sa-a-tti-nu a-di i-niu-ki- 
su-nu iswilippipz-su-nu 73 ina tam-tim u na-ba-li it-ti 
umm&nati-ya 74 ur-hu pa-da-nu u-sa-as-bit-su-nu-ti. 75 A-na 
na-ra-ru-u-ti e ha-mat e (?) sa sarr&ni^z awiMwki-pa-a-ni 76 sa 

25 ki-rib matoMu-sur ard&pz-oi da-gil pa-ni-ya 77 ur-ru-hi-is 
ar-di-i-ma al-lik a-di aZwKarnZwB&ni^-ti. 

a. Var. ki-mu. — b. Var. ra. — c. Var. ti. — d. Var. ka-tu. — e-e. Var. 
omits. — /. Var. Ba-ni. 



ASSUEBANIPAL. 43 

X. ASSURBANIPAL. 

1. First Egyptian Campaign (V E 1, 52-2, 27). 

52 In my first expedition (lit. the first mj expedition) 
to Makan and Miluhha I went. 53 Tarku king of Egypt 
and of Cush ^who Esarhaddon, king of Assyria, my 
father (lit. the father my begetter) 55 his overthrow 
5 accomplished and took possession of his country, and he 
Tarku ^the might of Assur, of Istar and of the gods 
great my lords forgot and 57 trusted to the power of 
himself. Against the kings, ^governors, whom within 
Egypt appointed my father (lit. the father my begetter), 

10 59 to kill, to plunder and to seize Egypt he came. 
60 Against them he entered and dwelt in Memphis, 61 a 
city which my father had captured and to the territory 
of Assyria had added. 62 A courier swift into the midst 
of Nineveh came and 63 informed me. 

15 At (lit. upon) deeds these 64 my heart was enraged 
and was angry my liver. 65 I lifted my hands, I be- 
sought Assur and Istar of Assyria (lit. the Assyrian). 
66 1 mustered my forces noble [with] which Assur and 
Istar 67 hacl filled my hand. To Egypt and Cush 6S I 

20 directed (lit. made straight) the way. 

In the progress of my expedition 69 twenty two kings 
of the side of the sea, the midst of the sea and the 
land, 70 servants subject to me (lit. beholding my face) 
their present heavy 71 into my presence brought (lit. 

25 bore) and kissed my feet. 72 Kings these together 
with their forces, their ships, 73 by sea and by land 
with my troops 74 the road, the way, I caused them to 
take (i.e. to march). 75 For the help, the aid of the 
kings, the governors, 76 who [were] in Egypt, servants 

30 subject to me (lit. beholding my face) 77 quickly I set 
out and came to Kar-Banit. 



44 ASSUEBANIPAL. 

78 mTar-lm-u sar matuMu-sur u matuKu-u-si ki a -rib aiuMi- 
ira-pi 79 a-lak gir-ri-ya ii§-mi-i-ma a-na 1-pis kabli fowkakki^ 
80 u tahazi ina 6 mah-ri-ya id-ka-a amiiusabipi tahazi-su. 
81 Ina tukul-ti iZwAssur iiuBil iZwNabu ilanipz rabuti^z 
5 bilipz-ya 82 a-li-kut idi-ya in a tahazi sfri rap-si as-ku-na 
abikti ummanati-su. 83 ™Tar-ku-u ina ki-rib azu Mi-im-pi 
is-ma-a t&h-ti-i ummanati-su. 84 nam-ri-ri iZwAssur u i7«Istar 
is-hu-pu-su-ma il-li-ka c mah- rf hu-ur d 85 mi-lam-mi sarru-u- 
ti-ya ik-tu-mu-su-ma 86 s4 u-sa-'i-i-nu-in-ni ilani^z su-par(?) 
10 sami irsiti. 87 a iu Mi-im-pi u-mas-sir-ma a-na su-zu-ub 
napis-tim-su 88 in-na-bit a-na ki-rib aZwNi-'i. 89 Ala sti-a-tu 
as-bat ummanati-ya u-si-rib u-si-sib i-na lib-bi. 
90 mNi-ku-u sar «z M Mi-im-pi u az« Sa-a-a 

91 mSaiTU-lu-d4-ri sar aZw$i-'i-nu 

15 92 m Pi-sa-an-hu-ru sar «z«Na-at-liu-u 

93 mPa-ak-ru-ru sar aZw Pi-sap-tti 

94 m B u-uk-ku-na-an-ni-'i-pi sar a iu H a-at-hi-ri-bi 
95 mNa-ab-ki-i sar aiu Hi-ni-in-si 

96 mPu-tu-bis-ti sar «zwZa-'a-nu 

20 97 mtJ-na-mu-nu sar aZwNa-at-hu-u 

98 mHar-si-ya-i-su sar «z M Zab e -nu-u-ti 

"mPu-u-a-a-ma sar «zz«Pi/-in-di-di 

100 mSu-si-in-ku sar «zzt Pu-si-ru 

101 mTap-na-ab-ti sar «z M Pu-nu-bu 

25 102 mBu-uk-ku-na-an-ni-'i-pi sar aiu Ah-ni 

103 m Ip-ti-har-di-i-su sar «zwPi-ha-at-ti-hu-ru-un-pi-ki 

104 mNa-ah-ti-hu-ru-an-si-ni sar ^Pi-sap-di^'a-a^ 
105 mBu-kur-ni-ni-ip sar «z« Pa-alj-nu-ti 

106 mSi-ha-a sar aiu Si-ya-a-u-tli 

30 107 mLa-mi-in-tu sar «z M Hi-mu-ni 

108 j«Is-pi-ma-a-tu sar a zw Ta-a-a-ni 

109 TOMa-an-ti-mi-an-bi-i sar «zwNi-'i 

a. Not ku (VR).- b. Var. a-na. — c. Var. ku. — d-d. Var. ri (III R 
17, 87). — e. So IIIR 17, 100. VR has Tarn.—/. Var. BL — g-g. Var. 
nu-ti 



ASSURBANIPAL. 



45 






78 Tarku, king of Egypt and of Cusli, in Memphis 
79 [of] the march of my expedition heard and to make 
fight, arms 80 and battle, in front of me (lit. my front) 
he mustered the men of his battle (i.e. his soldiers). 
5 81 By the help of Assur, Bel, Nabu, the gods great, my 
lords, 82 marching [at] my sides, in a battle of the plain 
wide I accomplished the overthrow of his troops. 83 Tarku 
in the midst of Memphis heard of the defeat of his 
troops, 84 the brilliance of Assur and of Istar cast' him 

10 down and he went forward, 85 the lustre of my royalty 
covered him 86 [with] which had favored me the gods 
rulers (?) of heaven and earth. 8T Memphis he left and to 
save his life ^he fled (lit. vanished) to the midst of 
Thebes. 89 That city I took, my troops I caused to enter, 

15 I caused to remain therein (lit. in the heart). 



20 



30 



90 Necho 

91 Sarru-ludari 

92 Pisanhuru 

93 Pakruru 

94 Bukkunanni'pi 

95 Nahk£ 

96 Putubisti 

97 Unamunu 

98 Harsiyaisu 

99 PMma 
100 Susinku 
101 Tapnahti 
102 Bukkunanni'pi 
103 Iptihardisu 

104 Nahtih u r u an sin i 

105 Bukurninip 

106 Sih& 

107 Lamintu 

108 Ispimatu 

109 Mantimianhi 



king of Memphis and of Sais 

king of Si'nu 

king of Nathu 

king of Pisaptu 

king of Athribis 

king of Hininsi 

king of Za'nu 

king of Nathu 

king of Zabnuti 

king of Mendes 

king of Pusiru 

king of Punubu 

king of Ahni 

king of Pihattihurunpiki 

king of Pisapdi'S, 

king of Pahnuti 

king of Siyautu 

king of Himuni 

king of Tani 

king of Thebes 



46 ASSUEBAN1PAL. 

110 sarrani.pz an-nu-ti amiiuipih&tipi amizw ki-pa-a-ni s4 ki-rib 
matu Mu-sur m ii-pa-ki-du abu ba-nu-u-a sa la-pa-an ti-bu-ut 
mTar-ku-u 112 pi-kit-ta-su-un u-mas-si-ru im-lu-u sira 113 u- 
tir-ma a-sar pi-kit-ti-su-un ina mas-kan-i-su-un ap-kid-su- 
5 nu-ti. i- u matu Mu-sur matuKn-u-su sa abu banu-u-a ik-su- 
du a-na is-su-ti as-bat. 115 Masaratipz l-li sa u-mi pa-ni 
u-dan-nin-ma u-rak-ki-sa 116 rik-sa-a-ti. It-ti hu-ub-ti ma- 
'a-di sal-la-tl 117 ka-bit-ti sal-mis a-tu-ra a-na Nina&i. 



118 Arka a -nu sarranipz an-nu-ti ma-la ap-ki-du ina a-di-j^a 
10 ih-tu-u. 119 la is-su-ru ma-mit ilani^z rabuti^z tabtu i-pu-us- 
su-nu-ti im-su-ma 120 lib-ba-su-nu-ti ik-pu-ud /limut-tu da- 
bab-ti sur-ra-a-ti id-bu-bu-ma 121 mi-lik la ku-sin?) im 6 -li-ku 
ra-man-su-un um-ma: mTar-ku-u 122 ul-tti ki-rib matu Mu- 
sur i-na-sah-u-ma at-tu-ni a-sa-ba-ni mi-i-nu. 123 I-li wTar- 
15 ku-u. sar matu Ku-ti-si a-na sa-kan a-di-i u sa-li-mi 124 u-ma- 
'i-i-ru «7K«'ZMrak-bi-i-su-un um-ma: Su-lum-mu-u 125 ina bi- 
ri-in-ni lis-sa-kin-ma ni-in-dag c -ga-ra a-ha-mis 126 m&t a-lii- 
in-na-a ni-zu-uz-ma a-a ib-ba-si ina bi-ri-in d -ni sa-nu-um- 
ma bi-lum. 127 A-na ummanat matuiiu Assure i-muk bilu- 
20 ti-ya sa a-na kit-ri-su-nu us-zi-zu 128 is-ti-ni-'i-u a-mat 
limut-tim. 



amtoSu-par-sakipz-ya a-ma-a-ti e an-na-a-ti e 129 is-mu-u 
am«ZMrak-bi-i-su-un a-di sip-ra-a-ti-su-nu is-bat-u-nim-ma 
180 i-mu-ru ip-sit sur-ra-a-ti e -su-un. Sarranipz an-nu-ti e 
25 is-bat-u-nim-ma 131 ina bi-ri-ti parzilli is-ka-ti parzilli u-tam- 
mi-bu k&ti u sipi. 132 Ma-mit iz«Assur sar ilanipz ik-su-us- 
su-nu-ti-ma sa ib-tu-u ina a-di-i 133 ilanipz rabutipz t&bti/ 
katus^-su-un u-ba-'i-i-ma sa i-pu-us ft -su-nu-ti 134 du-un-ku. 

a. Var. ar-ka-a. — b. Var. mi. — c. Var. it. — d. Var. omits. — e. Var. 
ti. — /. Var. ta-ab-ti. — g. Var. ka-tuS. — t h. Var. §u. 



ASSURBANIPAL. 47 

110 kings these, prefects, governors, whom in Egypt m had 
appointed my father, who before the approach of Tarku 
112 their appointment left, filled the plain, 113 I brought 
back and [to] the place of their appointment in their 
5 stations I appointed them. 114 Egypt, Cush, which my 
father had conquered, anew (lit. to newness) I seized. 
115 Guards more than before (lit. upon those of the days 
before) I strengthened and I bound 116 bonds. With 
plunder much, booty 117 heavy, peacefully I returned to 

10 Nineveh. 

118 Afterwards kings these, as many as I had appointed, 
against my compact sinned, 119 did not keep the oath of 
the gods great, the good I had done them forgot 
and ia0 their heart made a plan of evil, a device of 

15 seditions they devised and nl a counsel not becomingc?) 
they counseled [with] themselves, saying: "Tarku 122 out 
of the midst of Egypt they drive (lit. wrench) and as for 
us our dwelling is numbered." 123 To Tarku king of Cush 
for the establishment of compacts and alliance 124 they 

20 sent their messengers, saying: "An alliance 125 between 
us let be established and let us favor each other, 126 the 
country of this side we will strengthen and not shall 
there be amongst us another lord." ^Against the troops 
of Assyria, the force of my lordship, which for their 

25 assistance I had stationed, ^they devised a plot (lit. 
word) of evil. 

My generals things these m heard, their messengers 
together with their dispatches they caught and 130 saw 
the work of their seditions. Kings these they seized and 

30 131 in bonds of iron, fetters of iron, bound hands and feet. 
132 The oath of Assur, king of the gods, captured them, 
who had sinned against the compacts 133 of the gods great, 
the good of whose hands I had sought and had done 
them 134 favor. 



48 ASSTJBBANIPAL. 

tf nisi pi aZwSa-a-a az«Pi a -in-di-di aZwSi & -'a-nu 2)1 u si-it-ti 

alani^z ma-la it-ti-su-nu sak-nu ik-pu-du limut-tu 2 sihra 

u raba" ina iswkakkipz u-sam-ki-tu. I-du a-mi-lum c la i-zi- 

bu ina lib-bi. 8 amUu Pagri^z-su-nu i-lu-lu ina iswga-si-si. 

5 4 Masak[-su-nu sa is]-hu-tu u-hal-li-bu dur ali. 



5 Sarr&ni>z an-nu-ti sa limut^-tu is-ti-ni-'i-u 6 a-na 
ummanat mdtuiiu Assure bal-tu-us-su-nu 7 a-na Nina"** a-di 
mah-ri-ya u-bil-u-ni. 8 A-na wiM-ku-u ultu bi-ri-su-nu 
ri-i-mu ar-si-su-ma u-bal-lit nap-sat-su. 9 A-di-i ili sa 

10 mah-ri u-sa-tir-ma it-ti-su as-kun. 10 Lu-btil-tu bir-mi 
u-lab-bi-su-ma al-lu hurasi u si-mat sarru-ti-su as-kun-su 
simirpi hurasi u-rak-ki-sa 12 rit-ti-i-su. Patar parzilli sib- 
bi sa ih-zu-su hurasu 13 ni-bit sumi-ya ina muh-hi as-tur-ma 
ad e -din-su. 14 «swNarkabatipz imirusisipi imirujy&ripi a-na 

15 ru-kub bilu-ti-su a-kis-su. 15 am«zwSu-par-sakipz-ya 
amiiuipih&tipi a-na kit-ri-su it-ti-su as-pur. 16 A-sar abu 
banu-u-a ina «zwSa-a-a a-na sarru-u-ti ip-kid^-du-us^ 17 a-na 
mas-kan-i-su u-tir-su. tT miz«Nabu-si-zib-an 7i '-ni apal-su 
18 a-na «z M Ha-at-ha-ri-ba ap-kicl. Tabtum* damik-tu 19 i-li 

20 sa abi bani-^'-ya u-sa-tir-ma i-pu-us-su. 



20 »iTar-ku-u a-sar in-nab-tu ra-sub-bat iswkakki iz«Assur 
bili-ya 21 is-hu-up-su-ma il-lik simat mu-si-su. 22 Arka-nu 
m Ur-da-ma-ni-i apal mSa-ba-ku-u u-sib ina iswkussi sarru- 
ti-^u. ^aZwNi-'i az«tl-nu a-na clan-nu-ti-su is-kun u-pah- 
25 hi-ra il-lat-su. 24 A-na mit-hu-si ummanati-ya apli^z 
matu uu Assuv ki 25 sa ki-rib az«Mi-im-pi id-ka-a ka-bal-su. 
26 Nisi^z sa-a-tu-nu l-si-ir-ma is-ba-ta mu-us-sa-su-un. 
27 am*ZMAllaku ha-an-tu a-na Nin&/M il-lik-am-ma ik-ba-a 
ya-a-ti. 

a. Var. Bi. — b. Var. Sa. — c. Var. lu.— d. Var. li-mut. — e. Var. a. 
/ Var. ki. — g. Var. su. — h. Var. a. — i. Var. ta-ab-tum. — j. Var. ba-ni 



ASSTJRBANIPAL. 49 

And the people of Sais, of Mendes, of Si'anu 2 > 1 and of 
the rest of the cities, as many as with them were arrayed 
[and] made a plan of evil, 2 small and great with 
weapons they overthrew. One man they did not leave 
5 therein. 3 Their corpses they hung up on stakes. 4 [With 
their] skins [which] they stripped off they covered the 
wall of the city. 

5 Kings these, who evil devised 6 against the troops of 
Assyria, alive (lit. their life) 7 to Nineveh unto my 

10 presence they brought. 8 To Necho out of their midst 
favor I granted him and spared (lit. caused to live) his 
life. 9 Compacts more than before (lit. upon those of 
before) I increased and with him I established. 10 [In] 
clothing birmi I clothed him and a chain of gold, 

15 u insignia of his royalty, I gave him (lit. made for him), 
rings of gold I bound n [on] his hands. An iron girdle- 
dagger (lit. a dagger of iron of the girdle), which its 
hilt [was] of gold, 13 the naming of my name thereon I 
wrote and gave to him. 14 Chariots, horses, assesc?), for 

20 the riding of his lordship I presented him. 15 My generals, 
prefects, for his assistance with him I sent. 16 Where my 
father in Sais to royalty had appointed him 17 to his 
station I restored him. And Nabu-sizibanni, his son, 18 to 
Athribis I appointed. Good, favor, 19 more than that of 

25 my father, I increased and did to him. 

20 Tarku, where he had fled, the might of the weapon 
of Assur my lord 21 cast him down and he went [to] 
the fate of his night. 22 Afterwards Urdamani, son of 
Sabaku, sat on the throne of his royalty. 23 Thebes, On, 

30 his strength (lit. unto his might) he made, he assembled 
his army. 24 To fight my troops, native Assyrians (lit. 
sons of Assyria), 25 who [were] in Memphis, he mustered 
his troops. 26 People those he besieged and he seized 
their exit. 27 A courier swift to Nineveh came and in- 

35 formed me. 



50 ASSURBANIPAL. 

2. Second Egyptian Campaign (YR2, 28-48). 

28 Ina II-i gir-ri-ya a-na m<sf«Mu-sur u matuKu-u-si us-ti- 
is-si-ra har-ra-nu. 29 mUr-da-ma-ni-i a-lak gir-ri-ya is-mi- 
ma 30 sa ak-bu-su mi-sir matuMu-suT. aZwMi-im-pi ti-mas- 
sir-ma 31 a-na su-zu-ub napis-tim-su in-na-bit a-na ki-rib 
5 ozw Ni-'i. 32 Sarr&nipz amiiu~pihktipi am«w ki-pa-a-ni sa ki-rib 
m«toMu-sur as-ku-nu 83 ina irti-ya il-li-ku-u-nim-rna ti-na- 
as-si-ku sipi-ya. 34 Arki m Ur-da-ma-ni-i har-ra-nu as-bat 
35 al-lik a-di az«Ni-'i ali dan-nu-ti-su. 36 Ti-ib tahazi-ya 
dan-ni i-mur-ma aZwNi-'i ti-mas-sir 37 in-na-bit a-na «zwKi-ip- 

10 ki-pi. Ala sti-a-tu a-na si-hir-ti-su 38 ina tukul-ti »7«Assur 
u iz«Istar ik-sti-da k&ta-a-a. 39 Kaspu hurasu ni-sik-ti 
abni>z bussi ikalli-su ma-la ba-su-u 40 lu-btil-ti bir-mi kitu^z 
imirusisipi rabutipz nisipi zik-ru a u zin-nis 41 II is« dim-mi 
sirutipz pi-tik 6 za-ha-li-i ib-bi ^sd IIMVC gun ki-lal-su- 

15 nu man-za-az b&b i-kur 43 ul-tu man-za-al-ti-su-nu as-suh- 
ma al-ka-a a-na matuiiuAssuTM. 44 Sal-la-tri ka-bit-tu ina 
la mi-ni as-lu-la ul-tu. ki-rib aZwNi-'i 45 i-li matuMu-sur u 
matuK.u.-x\.si ^iswkakkipz-ya li-sam-ri-ir-ma as-ta-kan li-i-tu. 
47 It-ti ka-ti ma-li-ti sal-mis a-tu-ra 48 a-na Nin&fo- ali bilu- 

20 ti-ya. 



3. Hunting Inscription (I E 7, No. IX A).c 

iA-na-ku m iz«Assur-bani-apli sar kissati sar matu iiuAMxxiM 

sa uu Assur tZwBilit i-mu-ki si-ra-a-ti 2 u-sat-li-mu-us. Nisi>z 

sa ad-du-ku £,?«mid-pa-a-iiu iz-zi-tu sa « M Istar bi-lit tahazi 

3 ili-su-un az-ku-up muh-hu-ru i-li-su-nu ti-ma-bir karana 

25 ak-ka-a i-li-su-un. 

a. Var. ra. — b. Var. ti-ik. — c. Accompanying a bas-relief in "which 
the king is pouring out wine over slain lions. 



ASSUEBANIPAL. 51 

2. Second Egyptian Campaign (V R 2, 28-48). 

28 In my second expedition to 'Egypt and Cush I 
directed the way. 29 Urdainani the march of my expedi- 
tion heard and 80 that I had trodden the territory of 
Egypt. Memphis he left and 81 to save his life he fled 
5 to Thebes. ^The kings, prefects, governors, whom in 
Egypt I had established, ^to meet me (lit. into my front) 
came and kissed my feet. u After Urdamani the road I 
took, ^I went to Thebes, the city of his might. ^The 
approach of my mighty battle he saw and Thebes he 

10 left, 37 he fled to Kipkipi. That city to its whole extent 
(lit. to its circumference) ^ by the help of Assur and of 
Istar captured my hands. 39 Silver, gold, nisikti, stones, 
possession of his palace, as much as there was, ^clothing 
birmi, kitu, horses great, people male and female, 41 two 

15 columnsc?) lofty, a work of zahali metal bright, ^which 
two thousand five hundred gun [was] their weight, 
stationed at (lit. seat of) the gate of a temple, 43 from 
their position I wrenched and took to Assyria. H Booty 
heavy without measure I carried off from the midst of 

20 Thebes. 45 0ver Egypt and Cush ^my weapons I caused 
to march and I established authority (lit. might). 47 With 
a hand full peacefully I returned 48 to Nineveh the city 
of my lordship. 

3. Hunting Inscription (I E 7, No. IX A). 

1 I [am] Assurbanipal, king of hosts, king of Assyria, 
25 who Assur, Beltis powers exalted 2 gave to him. The 
lions which I killed the bow strong of Istar, queen of 
battle, 3 over them I erected, a prayer over them I pre- 
sented, wine I poured out over them. 



D2 assukbanipal. 

Istar's Descent to Hades. 

(Delitzsch Assyr. Lesest. 3 p. 110; IV R 31.) 

A-na mati la t&rat kak-ka-ri i-ti-[i] 

uulst&r binat #wSin u-zu-uh-sa [is-kun] 

is-kun-ma binat ««Sin ti-zu-un-[sa 

a-na bit a i-ti-i a 6 sti-bat 6 izwlr-kal-la 
5 a-na biti s4 f-ri-bu-su la a-su-u 

a-na c har-ra-ni c sa a-lak-ta-sa d la ta-a-a-rat 

a-na biti sa e i-ri-bu e -su zu-um-mu-u nu-ti-ra 

a-sar ipr&ti/ bu-bu-us-^su-nu^ a-kal- A su-nu ft ti-it-tu* 

iiu-u-ru? ul* im-ma-ru-?' ina l-tu-ti as-ba 
10 lab-su*-ma kiraa m is-su-ri OT su-bat kap w -pi 

ili iswdalti u is«sikkuri sa-pu-uh ip-ru. 

uulstav a-na bab m&ti la tarat ina ka-sa-di-sa 

a-na amihild.fi ba-a-bi a-ma-tum iz-zak-kar 

amiiu\xpi mi-i pi-ta-a ba-ab-ka 
15 pi-ta-a ba-ab-ka-ma Iu-ru-ba a-na-ku 

sum-ma la ta-pat-ta-a ba-a-bu la ir-ru-ba a-na-ku 

a-mah-ha-as dal-tum sik-ku-ru a-sab-bir 

a-mah-ha-as si-ip-pu-ma ti-sa-pal-kat imdal&tipi 

u-si-il-la-a mi-tu-ti aldluti^z bal-tu-ti 
20 ili bal-tu-ti i-ma-'a-du mi-tu-ti. 

am/zwKipu pa-a-su. i-pu-us-ma i-kab-bi 

iz-zak-ka-ra a-na rabi-ti « M Is-tar 

i-zi-zi bi-il-ti la ta-na-sa-as-si 

lu-ul-lik sum-ki lu-sa-an-ni a-na sar-ra-ti « M Nin-ki-g:al. 



a-a. Var. ik-li-ti. — b-b. Var. mu-sab. — c-c. Var. harrani. — d. Var. 
su. — e-e. Var. a-si-bu. — /. Var. ip-ru. — g-g. Var. si-na-ma. — h-h. Var. 
si-na. — i. Var. ti. — j. Var. ra. — L Var. la. — I. Var. sa. — m-m. Var. 
issuri. — n. Var. kap. 



04 / u4vUa/ri -is^vrn^ioyua^ri^ . $3 









5"^ (bqstj.'fTAksfrri -Wcbvriliascqoz . 



IS 



10 



US 



r N7TT FMF ITsfff *fT Bf ^ 



tocvn S^ynj 



56 






is- 



3.0 



25- 



f^^f^^- 






*rr ^- *- ^ 






20 



£6 (a a,c< .Uttovn. Sam. U (vt~<*n . 

^ffM$fmm$-&^im or? jar^^ * 

nffn^ %^^ ^x# ff-# WW &W 4 <W H 

^p-^r— #-«pff f-*w ^ff f tf^*ff>#M 



55" 



■>F F^ 



JlOCWtt <r/ tfuL 'fr-dU^crj-,. SI 





w*w <##&*- +&& fw^r ^ r 




f^F^^^WK^I^fKM^^^IIf^ M 




mM^^h-^m^y~Mmm^^it w. 




w^m4?^^MM^<^wmw *r 


s 


M c f¥^r#^*xfflfr-t^t/-f^ *i 




jf^j ^f^m^^w^ ^m * ■ ff*3 




jf^rf ^^f^f mv*m% ^^-^ ^r 




f^^^tf^^s^s^SBv* rfH 7 *%k jj;-i?fli 




■r^ffjfNiff #w *-#^i 


10 


^^rww^ff#rM^ffK«^ff^*f i 




Hjrwf ^r#^M#^^i«r*ff «f ftAEirfliTMi 




ff^^^pfeHT 4fcff*SF-HPF»- tf'Hyrfl 




^if^-^ih^f 1 *- ar^i? 4^ i 




^Kfiw^w^ M^^^ffffi * 


IS 


?mmw^WM^w^M&%^^ m^^ 



Account d mil oDi 






.zo 



*ff ^TM# ^ 






IS 



10 



iS 



•fjfflif^iff ^rr^^ <ff * Kir it ^ 



Acc/ot<mt of rfni. "2)-eXu^ajL 



St 



10 






is 






"W 



as 



4^M JHf [f#V-^ M 

>4X 



20 fjgM* tf £r^H?H^^WCT M 4WT* 






^f^r^T^ ffCTff ^ 






(oO AtC&wrU ir/ tfii 3^-t/u^- 





fofffifffNf ^ir^ffff ■ ^&w 




it^t^^ ^*r^ « 




** * » *# *rw tf ^r m^f <w £ 




mm^ rrif^ *^ s *# *at 


s 


pt# $fitfir : f# ^* %f m m 




wi wr *^ 5* ## « 




ffW ^^rf ^HTff « 




#^rr ^iffif^^^r* s^^w^^^ ^ 




«# ^Mt^t-t^^ sr.tnr ct 


10 


^^^Tr#fl 7 ^f*im[F , # i fl^ > fi'^ H 




*f .H?rr<8**s^ff ff^r^iT 




#*£frff Ff-nx^ #f « 




^tjh FflXn *M#r ct 7 ifk * jf r 




#^^T4Hf^^^tr <? rf rfrr wr 


IS 


^y^Rf^yAffK^wrfiriff ^ ^r if 




f«fM^ <-<|f^wr#- ^^ 




f4f #fFPf>W * & 




^^^pwx^ ^*jx#^jw«^^ 




«fp- ^ ^^^^lYHh-^^^-^^lf ^fffi 


5.0 


^^■^ ; .ff H^-^ri#^*K^W*JK ^ 15 




^if^^gfFTsr 4-^-*^# I 




tfT4-<£fKfr K 7^.ff<t^>-I4ff* JWMI 




H^^^ET #$#?****$ IT f? «* 4- 




CKHV^HFF^^^rW<* f IT ^ f- 


•U 


-FK^ WJKer ff^T -7 HI ^ 



10 



m $FKN3? iff ¥■ ^ T HfT BJT <f 

<tp-H#<$ >#v <flf^ «flwrr -^rv # I 

H» ff ^^«£»Wf F«Mfe] 



tf 



#w gr * «&= rf <« « h* - ^ # ^ 



(o3j 3%CLQ07B7u: <rf & $AJUtZutrH. JodrUA, 



m m*zr$ rf ^<ih w^^w$"fh-^ ^ 


m^^f-^j^^-w^w ^^-^ 


Wh 


W^^^^^fT1f-*MF^«- 


T~ ^-W 



10 



IS 






«#CT CW^f KIT PS fF ^^m- 







Js£aA/s 2>-t,s<L,&npfc 



63 



J%6?rv ofsZaA^s <£)■£<$& &n£ 



}(Ufl 31 art. I ) 









rw»#fiwe« mm^^-M^mm v. 



fit^fp- y 






so 



4Mjrg^**r &r hki 






cfr 












(aH cfs^OAy'3 £)-eSC£sui7t . 








>*f-$% m^-^if v ^^-^ s *r# « 




w ^i ^ * ^ m t ■ w.wM^ m m 




w m >*>W*>k r*-^L ifflFHK* xT 


IQ 


a ^ik fr 4«f fe :*?r w as &r— 




^-fr^r-^rw^f w^^r^? « jth 




wfr^ ^w^^Pf-ff^r^i^H^rr^i*^ 




mm ^^^m-w^ m^ nw^r 




a^IK #F4-f ^^T BT«^ >- 


K . 


*f FW^ffi 7 ^ ^fF^I^F«^#h 




^f^ff^r f?KM^ tfsP^ErS^ ft 4- 




W «ff * # ^IfWffffflffw^^ WOHKT 




iriFw-^^^ff^.^^^Hr^^ <^rf 




R7^'#^*rf W^^f'^^fW^lf 


,0 


ft **?## #f IfC^t^*^ *fT "** f 




ri^#^ ^f-'fff^r^f t#& k- 7 *& T 




ffX;# #^^Fgf^^^^.f *tf<7 *T* 7 




fi ^ # > $f^|f f ,tf »*■ f^< Klf^fff 7 m.Rf T 



NOTES. 



1, 1. surru, st. saru, inf. II 1, whence the final u although cstr., 

like sukkun. Muskdya and Sarrdni are subjects of itkalu, urduni 

(=uriduni §§ 8. 1 ; 30) and isbatu; sa 1. 2 is subj. of isbatuni; Alzi and 
Purukuzzi are objects of isbatuni; nds is part. I 1 referring to A. and P. 
The clause beginning with sarru 1. 4 is parallel to the one beginning 
with sa 1. 2 ; translate : whose breast no king had overcome in battle. 

7. ummdndtiya. The suff. belongs also to narkabdti. When the 

same suff. belongs to several words it is generally expressed only .with 

the last word, cf. 2 5 . luplihir = lu + uptahMr § 24. 3. 8. ukl § 25. 

9. muktabll part. I 1 st. kabdlu § 8. 2 b. 10. altanan st. sandnu 

§ 8. 2 o. 12. rdhisi part. 1 1, the destroyer, from ralidsu to overflow, 

either Raman as storm-god, or the storm itself. lukimir— lu + ukammir 

st. kamdru to cast down. ddml is the direct obj. and hurri and bamdti 

are indirect obj. of lusardi. The sign for ddmu represents also pagru 
a corpse Heb. 1J3 and so Lotz renders here, but that makes unnecessary 
tautology in this passage, and does not give so good a meaning in other 

places in this inscription where the id. occurs. 15. sallasunu § 8. 2 a, b. 

16. lusisd §§ 29 ; 30. 17. ipparsidu § 33. 20. umisuma that 

day, time, umi + demon, su + ma § 18. 21. mdddta = mandanta, 

st. naddnu. 

2, 1. sitit, etc., render : the rest of K., who . . . had fled, crossed over 

to S., etc. 3. padani pi. of padanu cf. on 42 23 . ammati fem. pi., 

opposite of anndti these ; padani ammati those regions, the other side. 

4. dannuti strength, stronghold, abstr. noun. 5. kurddiya; cf. on 

l 7 . 7. ahst 1st pers. sing, second impf . I 1 of a verb with weak 3rd 

radical. hula bad, supply sadd. 8. lutlb — lu + utawwib. 10. amisi, 

form like ukimir l 1 ' 2 . 12. suzub § 27. 14. usna'il § 28. pagar 

cstr. of pagru, used collectively. 15. ana gurundti lukirin (= lu + 

ukarrin). The syllables gu and hi have also the values ku and ki, and 
the stem in both these words may be pp to heap up ; gurundti from 



6G NOTES ON 2 15 -5. 

guruntu is like tukmdti from tukuntu battle, or libndti from Ziftiftw brick. 

18. kibrdt § 16. 2. £a 1. 20, 21, 22 (before z7am) is in each case 

gen. sign § 11, sa before ina 1. 22 refers to Tiglathpileser rather than 

to the gods. 23. muniha (part. II 1 st. nij), sdnina are objects of 

isu. 25. ilinitu fern, of ilinu ripper, formation like surkinu 60 16 

libation, the same as the formation in an § 15. 3 c. Translate 

I. 22-25 : (me) who . . . ruled righteously . . . Assur the lord sent me 
and I went. 28. usitik III 1 § 27. 

3, 4. marsa, supply ikla. 5. urumi, either a part of a tree or a 

species of tree. 18. sagalti, rihilti §§ 8. 2 a; 16. 4. 21. halapta 

fern, ace, in appos. with narkabdti, may also be read halabta, st. halabu 

to be covered. 28. kirbiti the interior (of the cities), fern. pi. 

29. utirra — utira = utawwira. 30. ka-ti = kdti § 9. 2. 34. ardutti 

= arduti. 

4, 2. lituti, abstr. noun from litu hostage. 24. raSbu perm. I 1. 

26. azru I scattered (stones over the devastated cities), cf. 2 Kings 

3, 19. birik. The double id. here is so rendered IV R 3, 3. 4; birik 

siparri may be an emblem of victory, composed of copper plates, engraved 
with symbols of lightning. The Sdtunu 1. 29 treats the birik siparri as 
a plural. After destroying the city the king makes a birik siparri, 
whereon he writes a decree never to build the city nor to construct its 
wall again (cf. Jos. 6, 26), and places the birik siparri in a house made 
for the purpose on the old ruins. 

5, 1. sangi priest. For the reading cf. S b 243. Cf. 7 15 where 
the son of our king applies the title to his father, and V R 6, 40 

where we find the pi. written sa-an-gi-i = Sangi. 2. kaSu§ favorite 

title of this king, I R 17, 21 bil bill kasusu sar sarrdni ; cf. also 

I R 26, 127. 5. itlu ; the titles here return to Assurnazirpal. 

6. ittallaku § 27. 7. ri'i tabrdti shepherd (= king) of t. A word 

written the same way occurs in accounts of building operations, as 
Sargon St. 79 ana tabrdti usalik I caused it to advance to t. 

II. multarhi = muUarilu § 8. 2 a, name for the enemies of the king. 

14. sdbit llti receiver of hostages. 16. inuma = mu time (masc.) 

+ ma, st. jK,,, whence Heb. n# = ruy. 17. itmuh he caused to hold, 

he presented. The verb tamdhu means generally simply to hold, seize. 
22. ilisunu, construction according to real gender, though the gram- 
matical gender of ummandt is fern. as gum; cf. Isa. 5, 29, where the 

Assyrians are represented as a lion roaring over its prey; cf.'also 15 27 . 

sarru refers to Assurnazirpal. 27. ibirtdn, formation in an from 

ibirtu. 



NOTES ON 6-7 9 . 67 

6, 3. urduti obeisance, or urduti obeisance unto me. The usual form 

for obeisance is ardutu, as 21 9 ; cf. urhu 42' 23 and arhu 2 28 way. upusu, 

an unusual form for ipusu § 27 ; on the expression cf . 21 9 ipiS arduti. 

4. usumgallu, composed of usu or usum -f gallu the large usu, apparently 
a loan word S b 125, like ikallu (i.e. { + gallu) the large house, palace. 
From such passages as II R 19, 62 the u. appears to be some wild beast : 
kakku sa kima u. salamta ikkalu weapon which devours a corpse like 

an u.; cf. also IV R 20 No. 3, 15. 6. dpir part. I 1 cstr., may be 

intrans. like Idbis, hdlib, the one clothed with §. ursanu syn. of kasusu 

Lotz Tiglathpileser p. 89, 21. 7. tandddti pi. of tanittu st. "IKJ. 

salulu for salul cstr. shadow, protection. 8. ia Mbit, etc., the command 

of whose mouth causes mountains and countries to tremble. 10. pa 

istin suSkunu to establish one word, to bring into agreement, pa sakdnu 

to enter into an agreement, as 29 17 ' 32 . Cf . Sargontexte p. 78. 12. On 

Sulmdnu-asdrid = Sulman is leader, Heb. IDNJO^ti', cf. Schrader in ZKF. 

II 197. 13. ipus without the usual final u in rel. sentence § 11 ; 

so also 1. 11 usaskin. 18. usasbit I caused to work. 20. ikal ; the 

repetition of this word is peculiar, for there seems to have been but 
one palace built, 1. 25. 25. usiziz III 1, st. nazdzu. 26. I sur- 
rounded it with a sikat karri of copper. Cf. sikkat kaspi ibbi a sikkat of 
bright silver I R 47 col. VI 8. 

7, 2. igigi the spirits of heaven. Ml matdti is a title applied to 

various deities, as II R 57, 21 to Adar. Here it belongs to Bil and so 

also I R 9, 4. 3. abu Hani is likewise applied to various gods. 

kdlama, supplied from I R 27, 9. 4. Sin, supplied from I R 27, 4, 

where the Moon-god is called irsu Ml agi the wise, the lord of the 
crown, cf. also I R 9, 5. — Raman, supplied from IR 27, 6, where R. 
is called gisru kaskasSi Hani the mighty, the all-powerful one of the gods 

(kaskassu like dandannu § 15. 2). 5. Ml liigalli, title of R. as god 

of the weather ; liigalli a loan-word. 6. Marduk, supplied from I R 

27, 5 Marduk ab-ak-lu Ml tiriti. abkal cstr. of abkallu; so one may 

read from the similarity of id. here and in V R 13, 35 ; abaklu I R 27, 5 

would then be only orthographically different from abkallu. Ml tiriti 

lord of laws(?), syn. of mudu wise, hassu wise, etc., V R 13, 38-42. 

7. sar igigi; Adar is called kardu in I R 27, 6 but not sar igigi. The 
reading igigi for the id. nun-gal comes from a comparison of 1. 2 above, 
where Ami is called sar i-gi-gi, with III R 7, 1, where the same god is 

called sar nun-gal. 8. gitmalu, so I R 27, 8. On the formation cf. 

§ 15. 3 b. 9. multalu for mustalu. The latter form occurs I R 59, 7 a ; 

65, 4 a as a title of Nebuchadnezzar, IV R 26, 31 as title of a deity, 



68 NOTES ON 7 9 -9 25 . 

and the feminine mustaltu is applied to a goddess IV R 7, 13. In the 
last two cases the word renders a double id., whose signs may mean 
heart + strength. Instead of multalu the parallel passage I R 27, 7 
reads mutallu (= mutalu), as does also I R 17, 5. muStalu, multalu, mutallu 
seem to come from the same stem, perhaps from a stem n^K to be 
strong (?) ; mutalu (?) = m«S talin w, would be part. 12 and muStalu (multalu) 
= mustanlinu part. Ill 2 from this stem. Another possibility is to 
regard mutallu as coming from a different st. and to derive mustalu, mul- 
talu from ^Kittf, as I have done in the glossary. 11. Hani, supplied from 

I R 27, 11. musimu pi. in u, part. II 1. 14. samsu the sun of all 

peoples, title of Shalmaneser. 22. dannuti-Su sa Ninni his stronghold, 

namely of N., the suff. su anticipating the name ~N., a usage so familiar 

in Aramaic. 24. tdmdi sa Sulmi Samsi = the Mediterranean sea. 

25. ulil, 27 1 ullil = uncdlil,'I made bright, caused to shine. 27. ill 

§ 27. 28. usiziz cf. on 6 25 . 

8. 2. iduku. In the fuller record III R 8, 79 we read : ina kakki 
ramdnisunu Giammu bilasunu i-du-ku with their own weapons they killed 
G. their lord. Lines 1-4 are only brief notes of the campaign, and G. 

was murdered by his own subjects. 6. Amatd § 15. 3c. 9. amdalihis 

— amtahis. 21. ill §27. 22. isirSu §27. 26. Surra the Tyrian. 

9. 4. sa . . . uttusu whom they appointed; uttu — u$.attiT\u. zikir 

•Sumi = fame. 6. sa . . . Sutbu kakkusu whose weapon was caused to 

advance ; sutbu perm III 1. 7. um biluti = day of accession to the 

throne. ibSu, subj. is malku. 8. isu, subj. is sa 1. 7. 9. mu'aru, 

noun of the form kuradu, perhaps from st. "ia 2 D. 10. sa . . . la 

isrukus to whom la gave. 11. adorned (?) his hand with an irresistible 

weapon, ustibbu= usta# 2 bibu III 2 with loss of short i. 13. innamru 

IV 1 he was seen = he contended st. IDHi. 16. mutakin part. II 1. 

20. ali-Su, the suff. refers to Pisiri. zikar-su, the suff. refers to 

Sa 1. 19. For zikar, cstr. of zikaru, the original has the sign us, well 
known as an id. for man, male. Perhaps the sign had also the value 

Saknu or piliatu, one of which we should expect here. 22. ubla— ubila 

§§ 8. 1 ; 30. imid'du = imidu § 27 has two ace, Muski the indirect 

and absdn the direct ace. 23. mutir gimilli, cf. I R 17, 21 mutir gimilli 

abisu, III R 3, 19 mutir gimil ASSur, I R 22, 118 ana turi gimilli (var. 
gimilirn) sa Ammiba'la alik. The verb gamedu means to finish, to reward, 
to give^and the noun gimillu completion, recompense, gift; gimillu turru 

(II 1 from Tin) means to return recompense, to avenge. 25. HamSi, 

doubtful reading owing to damaged condition of the slab. Perhaps we 
should read mdtu An-di-a, a country elsewhere mentioned by Sargon, 



NOTES ON 9 25 -ll 20 . 69 

cf. Delitzsch Paradies p. 100. 27. ipusu, cf. 6 12 ' 30 . 28. dunnunu 

perm. II 1 they were made strong. 29. sursuda perm. III. 1 they 

were established. 

10, 1. It went to decay (and) ruin. 2. aSarSu, etc., cf. I R 15, 76 

kakkdrsu umisi libnasu aksud; libnasu or libndsu may stand for libnatsu, 
libnatsu its bricks ; libnasu aksud I reached its libnatu, (the old founda- 
tion (?)). 5. bob ziki a gate of ziki, private entrance (?). 6. The 

booty of the cities to which my weapons went forth (?). usuni is written 

by the id. which is explained S b 84 as asu to go out, inf. I 1. 8. iri 

might also be read bitri, which might be gen. from a noun bitru fulness, 
completion, made with formative t, like gitmalu, Sitmuru, etc. An 
adjective bitru large, fatted, from the same stern we meet in the pi. 
form bitruti I II 65, 27 b; Khors. 168-, in both cases applied to animals 

offered in sacrifice. lull pearls (?), jewels (?), Arab, lu'lu'. lull or 

lull 37 6 is often mentioned in accounts of embellishing palaces and tem- 
ples. Nirgal, god of war and of the chase. The name is frequently 

written with the same ids. as here; as I R 20, 25. 27; 24, 52; III R 7 

col. I 44 ;• 8, 70. 96. 9. ana libbi akri I invoked therein. We should 

expect ina libbi. The meaning is I went in and invoked. gumaJjhi 

oxen ; composed of gu = alpu ox S b 96 and malihu syn. of rabu. 

10. arddni. The meaning tame sheep for the double id. here, composed 
of the sign for sheep kirru + the sign for servant ardu, is clear. But 
how to read the name is uncertain. In the very similar passage Khors. 
16S Sargon offers in sacrifice gumalihi bitruti su-'-i maruti kurgi ustur 
fatted oxen, fatted su'i, etc. It will thus be seen that su'i corresponds 
to the signs for tame sheep, and perhaps we should read in our passage 
su'i, i.e. Heb. nrv. 

11, 1. sa. We expect in 1.7 tamarta amhur ,of (= f rorn) Minfymmu, 
etc., I received tribute, a sentence like that on p. 8 26 " 28 , or III R 7, 41. 
This is perhaps the form which the sentence had in the writer's mind 
when he began it and his change to the expression tamarta iSSuni was 

the more easy because of the many intervening names. 5. Malik- 

rammu. The reading Malik for the name of the deity represented by 
the signs a-a is very doubtful. This deity occurs frequently associated 
with Samas. 6. sidi sadluti, in appos. with sarrani or with A ham. 

11. urassu §§ 25; 30; 32; 9.2. 14. katri. The dental might also 

be read d. With Schrader KAT. 2 295 I regard the t as formative and 
the st. as ;?-a to bow, bend, the katru thus being a token of submission. 

19. Sakkanakki, cf. Sargontexte p. 79. 20. adi, cf. on 46 15 . 

mamit sa. The gen. relation is doubly indicated, by the cstr. form and 



70 NOTES ON ll 20 -]^ 22 . 

by sa. 22. nakris . . . isirSu, a parenthetical clause, he (i.e. Hezekiah) 

in a hostile manner confined him (i.e. Padi) in a dungeon. ana silli, 

literally : into a dungeon. sillu — shadow, darkness ; and an may be 
cstr. of anu receptacle, vessel, so that an silli = vessel of darkness = 

dungeon, cf. Delitzsch Lesest. 3 XVI. 23. libbasun, nom. § 16. 3, the 

suff. referring to the names in 1. 19. 25. iktiruni I 2 they invited. 

The subj. is the people of Ekron, and the obj. the kings of Egypt. 

risussun — ana risutiSun § 20. ' 29. Sarri musurd the Egyptian king, 

not the king of Egypt. 

12, 1. sihirti ali around the city. 3. Sa, etc., whose sin had no 

existence, i.e. who had not sinned. 9-11. Difficult military terms 

describing the means by which the cities were taken ; labbandti might 

be read kalbandti. 11. alnii. Obj. is aldni, etc., 1. 8. 16. asi the 

one coming out, part I 1. 24. Urbi, etc. It is not certain whether 

Urbi is subj. of irsu 1. 26 (so apparently Delitzsch Lesest. 3 XV) or obj. 
of usibila 1. 31. In the latter case, which seems to me more probable, 
we must construe : The Arabians . . . whom ... he brought into Jeru- 
salem and (to whom) he gave wages (?), he sent behind me to Nineveh 
1. 31, along with gold, etc. 1. 26, and his daughters, etc. 1. 30. 

13, 4. Ilamu the Elamite, subj. of ikimu. 5. suluti has perhaps 

the same meaning as Salutu which in V R 11, 11 is the reading for the 

signs meaning royalty. 7. kdtu = ina kdti. 25. imkutsu ; su = su 

is indirect obj. of imkut; subject of the verb is hattum. 28. I com- 
manded the march, a month of rain, a mighty hurricane (?) took place, 
the heavens rained greatly, rains upon rains and snow, I avoided the 
streams, the outflow (?) of the mountains. 

14, 6. After Suzub had revolted, the Babylonians, wicked demons, 
bolted the city gates, etc. issihu = istahu I 2, the ma not connective. 
— 8-11. Suzubu . . . strusSu iphuru = sir S. iphuru they assembled about 
S. The epithets between Suzubu 1. 8 and sirussu 1. 11 -are all descriptive 
of Suzub. — 13. nitum. For this reading, not saltum, I am indebted to 
a note by Prof. Haupt in the Andover Review V 545, who renders 
"cordon (of warriors)." In 17 26 we have ala nid almi I surrounded 
the city with niti, and in V R 19, 21 nitum Sa lami, i.e. nttum used of 
surrounding, besieging. I know neither the etymology nor the meaning 
of nitu. It may be a feminine word from a stem whose 2nd and 3rd 
radicals are weak (like litu 50 18 , mitu 32 28 ), perhaps from the same st. 
as the verb forms a-ni-'-i 15 81 , mu-ni-'i 9 15 , so that nitu would mean 

destruction (?), destructive warfare (?). 14. When slander . . . arose, 

he hastened from Elam, etc. 22. da'dtu bribe. , Cf. Khors. 39 : 



NOTES ON 14 2 2-16 3 . 71 

twenty two fortresses ki da'tuti iddinsu as a bribe (abstr.) lie gave 
Mm. 

15, 7. gibsusun — gibsuthin their mass = they united. 9. To S. the 

Chaldean, king of B., they came together and their masses were arranged. 

innindu, IV 1 st. 13X 4 , is pi. because puhru is a collective noun. 

10. Like the advance of numerous locusts over the face of the land. 

12. imbari heavy wind, storm ; i. sa dunni iriydti a wind storm of 

powerful heavy clouds (?). dunni cstr. before iriydti, or the latter an adj. 
agreeing with the former. "With the use of dunni for clouds we might 

compare the use of Heb. T>T\"\D. 13. The face of the broad heavens 

was covered with the dust from their feet, etc. 14. sitkunu, perm. I 2. 

The subj. is sa; translate : which was situated on the bank of the Tigris. 
Cf. Sargon St. 29 : sa . . . sitkunat Subatsun whose abode was situated. 

15. They had taken position in battle array (immediately) in front 

of me. maski skin, then self, analogous to Heb. D^j, D¥j£. 20. labbis, 

etc. ; cf. Khors. 40 : ina uggat libbiya ummanat ASsur gaMati adHma 

lab-biS an-na-dir-ma ana kaSdd mdtdti satina astakan paniya* 21. si- 

ri-ya-am hu-li-ya-am. The meaning of both words is clear from the 
connection and that of si-ri-ya-am- from the Heb. p" ,, ip- The ya seems 
to be in each case the pronom. suff. The am might be an id., but its 
well-known value rimu wild ox seems well nigh impossible here. The 
most plausible explanation seems to me to be that m (shortened from 
ma) is the mimmation. We meet both forms ma and m after nouns, 
as AsSur-ma 5 5 , tdmtim 42 19 , and ma is not rare after verbal pronom. 
suffixes, as uSabriSuma ASsur 22 n Assur showed to him. In such petri- 
fied forms as SattiSam 10" 27 we have the mimmation attached to a nominal 
suffix, and the words under examination seem to be of the same class. 
If this conjecture be correct, the words for coat of mail and helmet 

would be siru and hulu respectively. 25. kuttahu or tartahu; meaning 

uncertain, most probably spear, javelin. 26. rittu'a = ina rittiya. 

28. ana siddi u pud "on flank and front" (Haupt). 32. usakir ; 

form II 1 defectively written from sakdru or III 1 from a st. initial 
weak, like usakil I fed, usasib I caused to dwell. Possibly we should 

read usakir, III 1 from st. npl. 33. tamzizis. The syllable tarn may 

also be read par, bar, etc. 34. nagiru guide, leader. Cf. Zeitschr. f. 

Aegypt. Spr. 1878 p. 59. 

16, 2. tukultasu rabu his chief support, reliance. sa patru, etc., 

whose golden girdle-daggers were put in place. 3. aspi seems to be a 

pi. adj. belonging to simiri. It may come from f)^N 4 meaning to be 
double, to join, though we should expect ispu instead of aspu on account 



72 NOTES OX 16 3 -19 13 . 

of the guttural. 4. Sa, etc., which were placed in bonds. 8. munni 

utensils, weapons, pi. of munnu, probably for mu^nu, like puhru, Aram. 
jNO. Translate: their banners and weapons I caused to flow over the 

broad land. 9. Id asmuti. The sibilant may be s, z or ,s. Render: 

my horses swam without asmuti (I), etc. asmuti is most probably an 

abstract noun. 10. NdriS like ,the river god, adv. from a proper 

name. 10-12. sa . . . masarus = ina maSari Sa narkabat on the m. of 

the chariot clave (lit. were poured out) blood and filth. The var. 

manSaru 25 22 indicates that the st. is naSdru. 14. simdni, etc., as 

trophies I cut off their hands. 23. sa . . . rdkibuSin whose riders ; 

the suff. here, in biluSina and in ramanussin refers to narkabdti. 

25. As far as two kasbu I commanded to kill them. A kasbu was as 
measure of time two hours and also as measure of distance the space 
travelled in two hours. 31. ki Sa, etc., just like a young dove cap- 
tured, cf. 17 21 . 

17, 1. munnaribsunu their fugitives, those of them who were con- 
cealing themselves. The st. may be 3"lKi, whence Heb. 3^'iK ambush. 

In form m. is part. IV 1, like munnabtu a fugitive. 3. In the same 

year with the digging, etc. 6. astakan sidirta I placed the battle 

array = I fought. 15. niSd ; mistake (?) for nisd, cf. 16 33 . 

mdtuSSun § 20. 16. man-di-ma. It is not clear whether these signs 

are to be taken as syllables or as ids. But the connection seems to 
demand a meaning like: it was reported (i.e. in Elam). The report 
follows: S. king of A. has mightily prevailed and they will return to 

Elam. 27. bilti is perhaps a scribal error for bilsi 12 11 . napalkati 

may be divided napal kati. With these obscure terms we must compare 
I R 24, 53: ina bil-si na-pi-li sa-a-bi-ti ala aktasad and I R 26, 111: ina 
bil-Si isu sa-jii-ti u ni-pi-Si ala akSud. 

18, 1. They turned into their own hands = they took for themselves. 

5. ana tarsi in the time of. 12. busur, cstr. of busru interior, 

secret place. Cf . Ill R 4, 57 : she bore me ina busri in secret ; Khors. 
41 : He fled from his city and dwelt ina busrdt sadi marsi in the secret 

places of the steep mountain. 15. mussi, inf. II 1. Cf. 4 27 - 30 . 

16. agdamar = agtamar, a change similar to that of t to t after k. 

usallis completely (?), or like an usallu. 17. kdsid agrees with Esar- 

haddon, whose name occurs in an earlier line. 27. upahinna I collected 

also. The obj. follows. 

19, 13. In order to show the peoples the might of Assur my lord, 
I bound the heads of S. and A. about the necks of their chiefs, and 
with male and female musicians I marched through the streets of 



NOTES ON 19 13 -23 6 . 73 

Nineveh. Cf. 28 £0 . 17. binutu. The usual form in such a connection 

would be binut. 18. sa . . . SumSu whose name A., etc. named for 

royalty. 26. ina ipis pi muttalli in executing the exalted command. 

20, 3. for my confirmation as prince regent and afterwards as king over 

Assyria. 6. parunakki and markets sarruti are in appos. to bit riduti. 

7. sa . . . ina libbisu wherein. 9. 'aldu he was born, perm. I 1, 

st. "ibl. Cf. Khors. 156, where the same form of the word is used of 

the gods. 10. gimir, etc., begat all the princes, enlarged the family. 

13. dup-Sarruti tablet of writing, tablet-writing, science. ummdni 

means both people and art. 14. ahzi contents. Initial vowel may 

be a, i, or u. 15-20. By the command of the great gods whose name 

I mentioned, whose majesty I meditate on, etc., I am the manly, the 

bold, etc. 25. Five ells the grain grew in its stalk (?), the length of 

the ear (was) five sixths of an ell, with abundant grass (?) and thriv- 
ing (?) corn the fields (?) flourished (?) continually, the sippat-veeds thrived, 
there was fruit, the cattle prospered in bearing, during my reign there 
was plenty, excess, in my years abundance was spread abroad. 

21, 7. ittutic>) concubinage. The meaning of the sign rendered here 
by ittu is established, and the sign frequently has the value ittu, as V E, 
50, 63. 65, but it is uncertain how the word for concubine was pro- 
nounced. 10. tirhati ma-'a-as-si means apparently the same as nudunni 

ma'di a large dowry; cf. 1. 14, 17, 23. ma-'a-as-si may stand for ma'dsi 

from a st. DKD. tirhati has the form of a feminine noun. 14. nudunni, 

gen. of nudunnu, also written nudunu. 25. After I had subdued the 

land of Y., etc. 

22, 8. ulziz, st. nazdzu § 8. 2 a. 11. usabrisuma ; ma not con- 
nective ; subj. is Assur. 13. sabat § 24. 7. 14. umu = ina umi §a 

on the day when. 15. ispuru is in the rel. sentence. Sutta is obj. 

of usannd. 17. From the very day when. 19. attu st. j"UK(?). 

22. sissi seems to be a general term for bond ; cf . also V R 3, 59 ; Khors. 

112. 25. Sa'dl Sulmi to ask after the peace = to salute. 26. usarSd 

he granted. The indirect obj. is rakbu, and the direct batiltu cessation, 

leisure. The sense is, he did not send his messenger. assu Sa 

because. 

23, 1. linadi var. linnadi = li + innadi IV 1. lissuni, st. nasu. 

nirpaddu. The pronunciation is uncertain but the meaning bones, 
skeleton, is assured; cf. 26 31 ; V E, 3, 64. According to V B, 6, 70-74 
Assurbanipal destroys the graves of the kings of Elam and carries the 

skeletons to Assyria. 2. islim it was accomplished, it happened. 

6. ipsit limuttim = (the account of) the evil work, obj. of ispura. 



74 NOTES ON 23 7 -24 16 . 

7. ina pan in the face of = on the person of(?). 8. usabriku III 1. 

The stem may have initial b or p, final k or k. From baraku we should 
have the meaning : they caused to lighten. Perhaps we should read 

usaprikii and compare Heb. p"]D to break, to act violently. 10. My father 

thou didst curse. 11. kurbanriima = kurub-anni-ma §§ 9- 2; 18. 

11. lasuta absdnka let me bear thy yoke, cf. II 14 27 22 . lasuta = lit or R 
+ asuta st. jaity. The contraction to Id is unusual. Cf. lullik 52 24 = 

lu + a#t£. 13. This passage has a good translation in Hebraica for 

Jan., 1886. 18. Tin-tir. These two signs, meaning life S b 153 and 

forest V B 26, 11, form a double id. for Babylon. 19. musisib one 

who caused to be inhabited. Esarhaddon is so called because he rebuilt 

Babylon I B 50 after its destruction by his predecessor IS 9-16 . 

25. irumma § 8. 2 c. 27. kitinnutu law(?) st. nu, formative t. Cf. 

Sargon Cyl. 5 : kdsir kitinnutu Assur batiltu. The clause beginning 
with aSSu may close the sentence or may begin the new sentence. 
Translate: in order that the strong might not do injury to the weak. 
Cf. Sargon Cyl. 50 : ana nasdr kitti li misari Sutisur Id li'% Id habdl insi 
to preserve justice and right, to lead the powerless, not to injure the 

weak. 31. like sitir burumu I made (it) bright. The comparison of 

the adornments in the shrines with the brilliancy of the heavenly bodies 
is very common, as 37 3 ; I B 15, 93. 100; 54 col. Ill 12-14. In 36 15 
sassdnis is used, which may mean like marble or like suns (for sam- 
SaniHl), cf. sassis I B 52 'No. 3 col. I 29). We hence look for some 
name for the heavens or stars in sitir burumu = the variegated writing (?), 

figures (?). Delitzsch Lesest. 3 glossary renders sitru by Zodiac. 

I-ku-a might be taken as obj. of unammir, though it more probably goes 
with what follows. Bender : I restored the damages of Ikua and of all 
the shrines. 

24, 1. Over all the cities I cast my protection (?). Cf. Sargon Cyl. 6: 

sa Hi Harrana salulasu itrusu. 3. I-babbarra . . . asrdtisu = asrdt 1. 

6. ulli II 1 §§ 27; 32. ana Satd; cf. II B 66, 17: ana sat-ti (var. 

sa-at-tt) Bilit. This citation confirms the correctness of the reading 
Sat-ti in our passage. In the brackets the name of the Sun-god is to 

be supplied. 7. ddnu rabu one of the most frequent titles of Samas, 

whose name has here been lost. It is rare that an adj. comes im- 
mediately after a noun in the cstr. Perhaps the scribe by mistake 

omitted Sa before Hani. 9. baldt, sibi, tub and hud are all objects of 

lisiml. 11. 11. lisim simati may he appoint as my portion, fate. 

12. May his days be long, may he be satisfied with joys. 16. kisalla. 

For this reading of the id. cf. S 1 5. col. IV 15; II B 66, 16. 17: kisal 



NOTES ON 24 16 -25 19 . 75 

(var. ki-sal) bit iStar . . . urabbi. Cf . also III R 2, 56 ; IR 44, 82. From 
these passages the k. is evidently some part or appurtenance of a temple 
or palace. It has been variously rendered, floor, platform, altar. The 
sign corresponding to the word k. occurs in the passages transliterated 
in this book five times, four times with pasasu and one time 36 19 as an 
id. for oil Samnu. With pasasu it frequently occurs elsewhere in the 
same connection as here, in directions to future princes who should find 
inscribed documents during temple and palace restorations, as Lay. 64, 
64 ; I R 42, 69 ; 47, 68 (pusuS impv.). Instead of the sign under exam- 
ination we find in similar connection with pasasu in I R 16, 48. 57 the 
sign ni, which is an id. for samnu oil, e.g. IV R 26, 47. 48. The 
Assyrian translation of this last passage is : with oil (saman) of the 
kurki bird . . . anoint (pusus) for seven times the body of that man. A 
comparison of all these passages makes it probable that one should read 
this id. as Samnu whenever it occurs with paSasu and that we should 

always render samnu pasasu to anoint with oil. 18. sa Sumi satru 

whoever my name (which is) written. 22. liliallik = li + uhallik. 

25. mundahsi § 8. 2 b, c. 29. iskunu napistu they accomplished (their) 

life = they perished. 

25, 10. mirihtu, obj. of ikbu, seems to be from the same st. as irihu 

1. 17. 11. aliuru; unknown to me except here. It may be a prep. 

or the subj. of ikkisu. If the st. be "iriX, the aliuru might be the rear, 
the stragglers, the camp-followers. The sense seems to be as follows : 
Tarn., . . . who concerning the decapitation of T. had spoken in blame (?) 
(which the aliuru of my armies had cut off) saying : They cut off the 
head of T. . . ., within his country in the midst of his troops; a second 
time said : And U. surely kissed the ground, etc. For the understand- 
ing of this obscure passage, it must be observed that Ummanigas and 
Tammaritu were brothers, sons of a former king of Elam, and that 
they fled before Tiumman to Assyria. On the subjection of Elam and 
decapitation of Ti., Assurbanipal appointed Urn. as king of the land 
and made Tarn, ruler over another district V R 3, 36-49. Urn. was 
induced, however, by Assurbanipal's brother, who was governor at 
Babylon 23 28 , to join in a general insurrection against Assyria 24 29 ; V R 
3, 97-105. Tam. rebelled against his brother Dm., killed him, succeeded 
to the throne of Elam 25 1,2 and then likewise joined in the great 
coalition against Assurbanipal 25 4 . His subject, Indabigas, defeated 
him in battle 25 8 , whereupon he fled again with all his family to 

Nineveh 25 16 " 20 . 16. ilzinu st. Sazdnu (?). 19. mirdnussun = ina 

mirdnisun in their fear (?). mirdnu from KV would be made like misaru 



76 NOTES ON" 25 19 -28 4 . 

40 11 righteousness from Vtf\ with addition of the formative termination 
an. Cf. YK5, 112 : Ummanaldas king of Elam mi-ra-nu-us-su innabitma 
isbata Sadu. In Lay. 63, 14 the miranu is some kind of an animal : sa 
kima mi-ra-a-ni sahri kirib ikalliya irbu, but this must be a different word. 
Perhaps m. should be construed in our passage with innabtunimma as in 
V R 5, 112, quoted above, the ma being taken here not as a connective, - 
ina . . . ibsiluni being then regarded as parenthetical, describing the 

state of the fugitives' mind. 23. ass u, etc., to espouse his cause (lit. 

to do his judgment), to come to his aid, etc. 25. izizu st. nazdzu, 

subj. is Tarn., his brothers, etc. 27. Id kdsir (or kasir) ikkimu; either 

Id kdsir is one title and ikkimu another, or ik. is obj. of kdsir. If the lat- 
ter, the expression may mean not binding the captive, st. ikimu to seize. 

26, 2. iksusu kurussu. ik(g, k)susu, 3rd pers. pi. of the second impf. 
kurussu, occurs V R 32, 56. 57 as part of a canal (nartabi) and of a door 
(dalti). 8. The people whom I had entrusted to S. . . ., (who) com- 
mitted these evil deeds, who feared death (their lives being precious in 
their sight) and (who) . . . did not fall into the fire, who before the 

dagger . . . fled (and) took refuge, the net . . . cast them down. 

10. tikiru or tikiru st. TDK?), whose lives were precious in their sight (?). 

16. imnu kdtu'a they delivered into my hand ; subj. seems to be 

the gods mentioned in 1. 2-5. Sa-sa-da-di and Sa-sil-li are two kinds 
of vehicles or chariots, but the reading of the signs is uncertain. With 
this passage cf. I R 8 No. 1, where a similar list of objects of booty 

taken from Samassumukin is given. 18. Sillatu, cf . Heb. "|S*7. 

22. Cf. IS 2 " 16 . 

27, 3. We have here two terms from the Assyrian cultus, names of 
two acts of devotion or two kinds of hymn or of prayer. The two occur 
together in V R 22, 42-49 along with words for sighing, weeping, 
wailing, etc. The id. which I have rendered by sign is composed of 
the sign for water + the sign for eye. The signs following sign are 

a part of the description of the sign; cf. Zimmern Busspsalmen p. 1. 

10. for the separation of themselves (= for their independence from 

my yoke(?)). 14. bi-gid-da, id. for some official- Reading of the 

name unknown, perhaps pihdtu satrap. Delitzsch suggests nasiku prince 

Lesest. 3 p. 8. 23. Like Elam, he heard of the seditious device of 

Akkad. 26. mutninnu, frequent title applied by the kings to them- 
selves, meaning unknown. Cf . Lay. 63, 2 : I R 59 col. I 18. 

30. usamkir § 8. 2 d. 

28, 1. sa . . . ri'usina ipiSi = the exercise of whose dominion, obj. 
of iddinitni. ri'usina = ri'ut-sina § 8. 2 a, b. 4. ummdndti. This 



NOTES ON 28 4 -31 3 . 77 

word is without government as the sentence stands. The scribe perhaps 
intended to say the soldiers killed, but he changed his construction and 

wrote aduk 1. 9. 13. zirtarati might also be read kultardti, and is 

written with the other sign kul in Botta Monument de Ninive IV 89, 10. 
The verbs in 1. 13 are perhaps impersonal, they kindled a fire, etc., i.e., 

the Assyrian troops. 19. sar Hani cf. 31 8 . tinSu usannihe (Assur) 

changed his (Uati's) timu. The word timu st. D#ft means counsel, 
wisdom, understanding 14 4 ' 21 , and also information, news. The mean- 
ing here seems to be that the deity defeated the counsel, design of U. 
So also in the account of the war between Marduk and the dragon : 
Ti-amat annita ina SimiSa . . . usanni tinsa Ti'amat when she heard this 
. . . changed her plan, Delitzsch Lesest. 3 98, 4. 5. It is not impossible that 
the verb Sanu in our passage is to be taken in the same sense as in 42 12 . 
Cf.. also Khors. 152 : Mita who had not submitted to the kings, my 
predecessors, and Id usannu tinsu had not reported news of himself. The 
expression in our passage may mean that Assur made known U.'s design. 

illika he came, perhaps as a captive. 20. ana kullum, etc., in order 

to manifest the majesty of A., etc., cf. 19 13 . 21. annu st. px, made 

like dannu. 22. a-si is most likely an id. for some kind of beast. 

I R 45, 4. 5 & names asi along with dogs and Sahi (another kind of beast). 

uSansirSu I caused to keep him, had him kept. 23. nirib maSnakti 

adndti entrance to m. a., name of one of the gates of Mneveh, cf. 33 21 . 
The reading mas is assured by a fragment of a cylinder in the Wolfe 
Expedition collection. 

29, 3. Sa Ab. ... risiSu of Ab. his helpers = the troops of Ab. The 
singular suif. is used with risi because Abiyati was the chief of the two 

generals. 24. Cf. 28 15 . Translate : into whose presence, etc. 

25. ma not connective. 26. sa refers to Natnu. 

30, 7. itillu they ascended, 2nd impf . I 2, st. ilu. ■ ihtallubu == 

ihtalubu, st. haldbu, they were covered (by the forests). 18. attumuS 

I set out = astadf(?). 19. bit-duri fortress. It was made of some 

kind of stone represented by the sign Sit. 21. ihpti, or ihbu. The 

meaning depends on whether Sunu refers to the Assyrians or to the 
Arabians. If to the former, then ihpu must mean they drew, provided 
themselves with ; if to the latter, then it must mean that the Assyrians 
destroyed the cisterns, so that the Arabians might have no water left, cf. 

31 21-27, — 24. asar = aSru Sa. 33. 'a-lu, an id. or possibly a tribal 

name. 

31, 3. bilta. The id. so rendered has according to V E 39, 64 also 
the value ahattu — ahdtu sister. That meaning would suit very well 



I 8 NOTES ON 31 3 -32 23 . 

here. 7. kakkab kaSti star of the bow, Sagittarius, name for the 

goddess of war or of the planet which represented this goddess. 

9. musitu. The night was chosen for the march, because of the mid- 
summer heat. 12. aksud I reached, encountered. 26. aksu. If 

the reading be correct, the form is like amnu, akmu, and seems to mean 

I cut off. usakir or uSakir I made costly, caused to be scarce (?), st. 

"ipl, like uSaSib from 3£>i. 29. mi parsu, the water in the entrails, 

cf. Heb. Eh 3. 

32, 2. umdallu = umtallu they filled; subj. is the people and animals. 

3. ana, etc., may be connected with what follows rather than with 

what precedes. 5. ana, etc., by half shekels. The id. tu, = siklu, is 

repeated to express the distributive idea. iSammu = isayamu they 

appointed, priced ; impersonal use of the verb. 6. bob mahiri gate 

of sale, market-place. The difficult lines 6-8 record the sale of camels 

and slaves. The same account is given from two other inscriptions in 
Smith Asb. 275 and 2S6. Both of these passages omit -su sa u-kin and 
the second has before liabl (written ha-bi-i) the sign for vessel, pot 
karpatu. We seem thus to have here three classes of purchasers, the 
sutmu, x and the gardener, who pay for camels and men in different 
ways, one with a nidnu, one with a liapu and the gardener with his kiSu. 
For the id. for gardener or forester, lit. servant of the forest, cf. also 

III R 48, 49 b; IV R 48, 20 b. Sa ukin=as I appointed. 15. bitti 

= bitic>.) house. With one perpendicular wedge less the word would be 

kitti righteousness, ina kitti righteously. In favor of bit-ti is 33 10 . 

isimusunuti they put upon them (their fate). The subj. is the gods 

following. 18. bakru, perhaps the young camel, Arab. bukr. gu-sur is 

a double id., gu being used as det. = alpu ox S b 96, while sar is id. for 
puru S b 157; V R 51, 53 b, according to Delitzsch a young buffalo, 

Lesest. 3 29. lu-num is likewise a double id., lu representing kirru 

lamb II R 6, 1, while lu+num also = kirru II R 6, 3; cf. II R 44, 12, 
lu being used as determ. The meaning seems to be that these young- 
animals sucked (iniku) their dams (muSinikati) more than seven times 
without finding milk enough to satisfy themselves. So Haupt. This is 
intended to give a picture of the extremity in which the Arabians found 
themselves, an extremity so great that the starving animals gave no 
milk. If this be the correct view of the passage, karasi 1. 20 must be 
taken as meaning stomach, as in Delitzsch Lesest. 3 98, 16, Heb. fena, 
Arab. kirs. The young animals could not satisfy their stomachs with 

milk. 23. Wherefore have the Arabians received such a hard fate? 

So the fugitives ask one another. With umma the response is introduced, 



NOTES ON 32 24 -35. 79 

aSSu because, etc. Cf. Jer. 22, 8. 9. 28. mitu = ma'tu ; cf . the masc. 

form via' Sargon Cyl. 30. kadirti ildti, k. of the goddesses. A similar 

title is cjaritti (= karidii) ildti warrior of the goddesses, applied to Istar 
V R 33, col. 19; cf. S3 3 . Is dir in our passage not a scribal error for 

the similar sign rid, rit? 29. sitlutat manzazu she rules enthroned, 

subj. is sa; sitlutat perm. I 2, manzazu seat, adverbial ace. Cf. in the 
account of creation manzaz Bil u la ukln ittisu Delitzsch Lesest. 3 94, 8. 

31. (who) is clothed in fire and raised aloft in brilliance. 

32. anuntu kussur who destroys (?) opposition, kussur or kussur perm. 
II 1 from kasaru to collect, bind, then to remove, destroy, a usage like 
Heb. epx to collect, and also to take away. 33. kuttahu, cf. on 15 25 . 

33, 9. iSmu. Subj. is ummandti and obj. is tibut. 10. biti, cf. 32 15 . 

After bid the relative sa is to be understood. 1G. sa . . . amdahharu 

when I prayed. A variant omits ina kibit 1. 17. With this omission 

Assur and Bilit are the direct obj. of amdahharu. IS. The obscure 

lines 18, 19 seem to record the mutilation of Uati's body. The means 
used is a hutnu, which is described by the adj. or part. maSiri; sibit 
kdtii/a the holding of my hands = held by my hands = with my own 
hands. The verb is aplus, the obj. being the two words before it. The 
sign rendered sira is a common id. for flesh, Heb. "IKE?, misu seems to 
be some part of the body. The sign before misi may be in the cstr. 

relation, the flesh of his misu, or it may be a det. and misi may be pi. 

19. ina lah, etc., into the lah of his eye I cast sirritu, apparently putting 
out of the eyes; lah ini eye-ball (?). Instead of lah inisu we might read 

lahSisu. 22. ana, etc., to manifest the majesty of A., etc. 28. inamdinu 

§ 8. 2 c. 29. Among the unsubmissive inhabitants (of Usu) sibtu 

askun I made a slaughter. 32. I caused (the corpses) to encircle the 

whole city. 

34, 1. iktsa st. BO. 4. Before itti supply sa, which is subj. of 

izizu and ipusu. G. asbat. This capture is recorded 31 14-16 . 

8-16. The capture of Ummanaldas took place at an earlier time. 

16. Tam., Pa'ai and Um. here and IT. 1. 19 are objects of usasbit 1. 24. 
After offering sacrifices 21, and performing the ordinances 23, Assur- 
banipal harnesses these captive kings to his triumphal car 24, is drawn 
by them to the temple door 25, there prostrates himself 25, exalts the 
divinity and magnifies the might of the gods 26-29, who had subdued 
the unsubmissive to his yoke 30, and had established him in authority 
and power above his enemies 31. 

35, This inscription gives accounts of three restorations of temples, 
as follows : 1) temple of Sin 35-37, 23 ; 2) temple of Samas 37, 24-38, 



80 NOTES ON 35-36 3 . 

26 ; 3) temple of Anunit 38, 27-39, 13. In detail the contents are : 
royal titles 1-6, destruction of temple of Sin 7-13, direction in a vision 
to rebuild it 14-24, capture of Astyages 25-29, collection of ■workmen 
30-36, 10, account of the restoration 11-30, return of the gods 31-37, 3, 
prayer to Sin and other gods 4-19, discovery of a record of Assurbanipal 
20-23 ; restoration of temple of Samas, including the discovery of a very 
ancient document 24-38, 16, prayer to Samas 17-26 ; restoration of 
temple of Anunit 27-39, 5, re-establishment of the sacrifices 6-9, prayer 
to Anunit 10-13 ; appeal to royal successors 16-22. A good translation 
and commentary are given by Johannes Latrille in ZKF. II 231-262, 

335-359, III 25-38. 9. izuz st. middle i, like aduk ll 34 . The word 

zazu means to be in commotion, to be enraged. Latrille makes the st. 

initial guttural. The form would be the same. 10. Sab-manda. One 

may also read Umman-manda which has the same meaning, the nation 
or troops of the Medes. In 40 9 the name occurs written um-man man-da 

without the det. amilu. Sab is cstr. of sabu warrior, soldier. 13. islimu 

irsu. The name of Sin may be omitted by scribal oversight. Or 
more probably the name of Marduk is omitted, and the sign here for 

Bil ought to be Sin. 13. tdri return = forgiveness. 18. isi impv. 1 1, 

§ 26.— —21. saliir perm, or part. I 1, the S. surround it. puggulu 

perm. II 1. 24. ul ibassi he shall be no more. 25. They (Marduk 

and Sin(?), or impersonally, the people, courtiers) caused him (=the 
Median people) to advance (= make an expedition) and Cyrus, king of 
Anzan, his small (= unimportant) servant, etc. This makes Cyrus 
subject to the Medes, which seems to me more likely than to suppose 
arad-su a scribal mistake for arad-sunu and understand that Cyrus was 

a worshipper of Marduk and Sin. 27. isutu, masc. pi. of isu. The 

meaning small, few is assured by V R 11, 50, where the id. for small is 
read i-su. Delitzsch thinks that Y]r\ wall is from the same st. as isu, 

Baer's Liber Ezecliielis xi. 28. Istumigu = Astyages. kamutsu — him 

bound. 

36, 1. akkud. Cf. 37 28 . The inf. nakddu occurs II R 25, 73; VR 
16, 77, part of the sign which it explains being in both cases the id. 
which represents 'the idea of lying down. In V R 7, 31 we read: ikkud 
libbaSu irsa nakuttu, Asb. Sm. 293 : Nadnu iplahma irsa nakuttu and V R 
55, 23 : ma'diS aplah nikitti arsi. A comparison of these passages shows 
that ikkud, ikkud Ubbu and ipkih are expressions of similar import. 
Latrille believes the st. to be makdtu to fall, and reads akkut for amkut 

like attahar for amtahar § 8. 2 c. nakutti arsi seems to mean about the 

same as akkud. 2. tulluliu panu 'a my face was t., perm. II 1. Latrille 



NOTES ON 36 2 -37 12 . 81 

reads dulluhu from st. daldhu to disturb, and this is perhaps to be pre- 
ferred. With 1. 1, 2 cf. Dan. 4, 19 ; 5, 6. igi; cf. Arab, 'aga'a to flee. 

ahi Id addd I did not lay my side (= myself) down; expression of 

great activity. So I R 16, 20 ana ipisi ahi Id addu (rel. sentence). 

5. rubuti. Instead of this reading, with pi. in uti, it is better to read 
rubi; cf. 40 22 ru-bi-i. 11. nddi, gen. of nddu exalted. For this ideo- 
graphic value of the sign i cf. S" 126. umi nddi, a high day, is perhaps 
a festival day; cf. 38 2 umi magiri. — - 13. ina pi illi ikutu by the brilliant 
command (which) they gave; cf. 19 26 ina ipiS pi muttalli. The signs 
here are ha = pu mouth, word, command II E 39, 1, azag = illu brilliant 
S b 110. Latrille combines the signs differently and perhaps better. 
Comparing V E 51, 44. 45 b, where the signs ka azag ik are rendered by 
a-H-pu (or bu), he regards these signs in our passage as forming one id., 
the u-lu being phon. compl. He reads ina asiputu and renders "by the 

aid of priests." 19. amhas. The connection seems to demand for this 

verb the meaning to sprinkle or smear. So also Y E 10, 84. Perhaps it 
is the same st. which we meet in Ps. 68, 24. The verb seems to be the 

same as the very common verb mahdsu to strike, smite. 21. unakkilu I 

constructed skilfully. A final u in the sing., even outside of rel. sent., 

occasionally occurs. 22. issis = idsis st. t5HK 8 . 25. iris-sina = iris- 

§ina. 26. igardti. For the id. igaru cf. V E 25, 38 ; for making the 

pi. in dti cf. I E 15, 99. The two signs mean house + brick, and are the 
common id. for wall, side, also called Idnu V E 11, 50. Cf. 1 Kings 6, 

22. 28. ismaru = Heb. bni^n (?) ; cf. Baer's Liber EzecMelis p. XII. 

34. tasrihti st. Sardhu; nikdni t. large sacrificial lambs, or sacrificial 
lambs in abundance. 

37, 1. ristum; adj. with mimmation, made from the fern, ristu, like 
mahru former from maliru, st. tjwv I-hulhul ristum = I. the former, 

i.e. as it formerly was. 3. sit arhi the beginning of the month, 

the new moon. Possibly arhi is here used figuratively for moon. 

4. ulldnussu — ina ulldnisu (?) , during his separation (?) i.e. during the 

period of Sin's anger. 5. during whose separation (from the city) 

the city and land were not established (and who) had not returned to 
his place, ulldnu is formation in an from ullu; innamdu seems to be 
IV 1 from HDy. Latrille renders Sa, etc., "who since eternity (?) had 
not taken his abode in city and land, nor turned to his place." He 
seems to derive innamdu from nadu, the m being taken as "compensation 

for the sharpening " of the syllable. 7. Saptukka § 20. 12. ittdtu. 

In I E 61, 25 a Sin is called mudammik iddtiya the one who favors my 
hands. Hence it appears that the two expressions dummuku ittdtu and 



82 NOTES ON 37 12 -39 23 . 

dummuku idati have the same meaning. 13. lisantil § 8. 2 c, st. matalu. 

The verb might also be read lUand'd and be derived from saddhi to be 
broad, extensive, whence the adj. sadlu ll 7 16 9 . The form would then 

be II 1 with dissolution of the doubling. 16. baniti. The st. is 

banu to shine; cf. Zimmern's Bab. Busspsalmen 37. baniti means bril- 
liant, gracious words, like damikthn 1. 18. 19. lisbat abutu may he 

accept (my) wish, petition. 25. sarru mahri a former king, final i for 

u, or we may read Mr mahri king of the former times. 27. ipus I 

constructed, here = restored. ina in the space of. sa bili, etc., the 

walls of that house had decayed. 28. akkud, etc.; cf. on 36 1 . 

29. adi while. 31. labiri, ace. in i. 34. M is omitted after rabu as 

in 24 T . 

38, 2. yasi may be regarded as introducing a new sentence or as 

repeating the pronom. suffix for the sake of emphasis. tisriti, name of 

the seventh month. The id. is ku in Babylonian. A calendar in the 
collection of the Wolfe expedition leaves no doubt that we are to read 
tisriti. In that calendar the ku corresponds to the seventh month, the 
other months being indicated by the same ids. as in Delitzsch Lesest. 3 

p. 92. G. ubanu, etc., a finger's (width) not projecting, a finger's 

(width) not being depressed = exactly level. 9. askuppu st. sakapu. 

17-26. Prayer to Samas. O Samas, . . . when thou enterest into L, . . . 
when thou inhabitest thy lasting sanctuary, joyfully favor (1. 22) me 

(1.20), jSTabonidus, etc. 24. liki, impv. I 1. 31. bit-su, masc. suff., 

though referring to a goddess. Such usage is not rare in the later 
literature. 

39, 9. nindaU, cf. Heb. rn"n. 23. The outline of the Cyrus passage 

is as follows: (Nabonidus) neglects the worship of Marduk, which enrages 
this deity 39, 23-28 ; he gathers the gods into Babylon 40, 1 ; Marduk in 
seeking a righteous prince for a ruler, finds Cyrus, to whom he causes 
the nations to submit 5-13; march of Cyrus against Babylon 14-18; 
entry into the city and capture of Nabonidus 18-20; rejoicings in 
Babylon at the overthrow oi N. 21-24; genealogy of Cyrus 27-33; Cyrus 
restores the worship of Marduk (?) 41, 3; Marduk in his joy blesses 
Cyrus 10-13 ; Western kings bring tribute to Babylon and kiss the feet 
of Cyrus 14-19; restoration to their homes of the gods which X. had 
brought to Babylon 20-24 ; restoration of captive peoples 25 ; restoration 
of the gods of Sumer and Akkad 26-29 ; desire that the gods who had 
been restored might daily pray for Cyrus before Bil and Nabu and 
might speak to Marduk in behalf of Cyrus and Cambyses his son 30-34. 
uMbtili § 24, 5. The subject is evideutly Nabonidus, who was 



NOTES ON 39 23 -40 26 . 83 

more favorable to the worship of the sun and the moon than to the 

worship of Marduk, cf. pages 35-39. 24. palaha the reverence (?) of 

Marduk. 25. ippuS, first impf., subj. apparently ISTabonidus. 

26. absani. The usual meaning yoke, as ll 14 , does not seem to suit 

here. tabSutu is perhaps from the same st. uhallik, subj. still Nabo- 

nidus(?). kullatsin all of them. The antecedent of the suffix is lost. 

It seems to have been people or countries. 27. ana at their lamenta- 
tion. bil Hani = Marduk. 

40, 1. in anger that he had brought (them) into Suanna. This was 

a part of Babylon. 4. imu they spoke (?), st. HOK; or perhaps the st. 

is my and the meaning they resembled. This verb HDJ? to resemble 
and to cause to resemble is discussed by Zimmern Busspsalmen, p. 

69, and takes after it regularly an adverb in is or the prep. klma. 

irtasi tara he granted return. 5. ihit ibrl cf. 39 2 . The su after ibri 

seems to me doubtful. If certainly in the original, it refers most likely 

to Cyrus by anticipation. 6. malhi isaru, a title of Cyrus; cf. Isa. 

41, 2. The translation of the Isaiah passage is doubtful. blbil hbbi 

wish of the heart = one who corresponds to the wish of another, one who 

is after another's own heart. sa, etc., whose hand he holds, ittamah 

might be in form first impf. of I 2 or IV 1. Cf. Isa. 45, 1. 7. ittabi 

nibltsu, cf. Isa. 45, 3. 4. 8. ana, etc., cf. Isa. 41, 2. izzakra — 

iztakira he named, appointed. Instead of kat-su perhaps we should read 
su-[um-su], cf. 19 19 . The only sign which is distinct is the first one and 

that has both values kat and su. 9. umman manda, best to be taken 

as a proper name or as a title of the Medes, cf. 35 10 and note. 

ukannisa, subj. is Marduk; suff. in MpiSu refers to Cyrus, cf. Isa. 45, 1. 

11. igtini'i he looked after, provided for. On suff. cf. § 9. 2. 

12. taru. This word seems to be a part, of a st. with final radical weak 

and to be a title of Marduk. nisl-su. The suff. may refer to M. or to 

Cyrus. sd-nin-su. The sign read Sd may be resolved into su + ut (ut, 

ud) and it is possible that we should read ips'iti-sii ut(ut-ud)-nin-su, but 

the connection is obscure to me. 13. The subj. of ippalis is Marduk; 

isara belongs perhaps to kdta as well as to libba. 17. utaddu they know 

(impers.), st. II 2 from idu. sandu, perm. I 1, their weapons were ar- 
ranged. iSattihd, cf. also 41 4 , meaning uncertain, to march (?), to spread 

out (?). 18. Subj. of usiriba is Marduk. 20. N. who did not reverence 

him (= Marduk) he delivered into his hand (i.e. hand of Cyrus). 

22. sapalsu under him, i.e. under Cyrus. 23. immiru st. nam am ; for 

a similar figure cf. Ps. 34, 6. 24-26. This sentence is an ascription 

of praise to Marduk, who is the bilu, lord. After tukulti we expect Su 



84 NOTES ON 40 26 -42 6 . 

not Sa, who by his aid caused the dead to live, (who) helps (?) all(?) in 
difficulty and fear(?), who blesses him greatly and makes his name 
powerful (i.e. the name of Cyrus). 

41, 3. I looked after his worship (?), i.e. the worship of Marduk. 

The narration is made in the first person after 40 34 . 15. Sa kaliS 

l'ibrdta = Sa kcdi Sa kibrdta. 20. iStu from ; the correlative is adi 1. 21. 

22. Sa . . . Subatsun is a parenthetical sentence. 23. abnama seems 

to mean olden time. 25. The restoration of the Jews (Ezra 1) was 

one act in a general policy of Cyrus. 27. Cf . 40 1 . 29. May all 

of the gods whom I caused to enter into their cities, etc. 31. Sa, etc., 

in behalf of long life for me. 33. sa either introduces the oratio recta 

here or is anticipative of a suffix to a noun which is lost. The sentence 
does not stop at apluSu, but what follows in the next line is too muti- 
lated to be read. A few signs and words are preserved at the end of 
ten other lines, but there is too little to be of value. For the sake of 
completeness these signs may here be added. L. 36 (V R 35) : matdtid) 
ka-li-Si-na Su-ub-li ni-ih-tim u-Si-Si-ib ; 1. 37: us C>)-tur issuripi u tu-ta-ripi; 
1. 38: -na-Su du-un-nu-nim aS-ti-'-i-ma ; 1. 39: u Si-pi-ir-Su ; 1.40: -un Su-an-na 
ki; 1.41: -m(?); 1.42: -na; 1.43: -ri-\{l); 1.44: -dm; 1.45: ma (D-a-tim. 
L. 37 in this addition contains perhaps a reference to sacrifices ; cf . 10 10 
and with tutarl Heb. lin turtle-dove. 

42, 1. Malm first, gen. §§ .16. 3 ; 17, st. maharu to be in front of. 
The usual place of the ordinal numeral is before its noun in Assyrian. 
When, however, mahru is a simple adj., meaning the former, it follows 

its noun, as G 12 14 25 . girriya my expedition, gen. (§ 16. 3) + pronom. 

suffix ya § 9. 2, st. gardru to run; in gender both m. and f. 2. lu, 

particle of asseveration, § 18. allik I went = aT\ lik §27, 2nd impf. 

§ 22. 1. Sar, cstr. of Sarru king, § 16. 4, Heb. -ie/. 3. Sa . . . 

abiktaSu whose defeat, § 11. bdnu'a my begetter, part. I 1 (§ 21) of 

banu, = bdnvu §§7. 2; 8. 1 ; 32, + pronom. suffix § 9. 2. 4. abikta- 
Su his overthrow, fem., ace. of abiktu § 16. 1, 3, + pron. suf. § 9. 2, st. 

abdku to turn, cf. Heb. Ijan. iSkunu he accomplished, 2nd impf. § 22 

from Sakdnu, final u in relative sentence § 11. ma, connective of verbs 

and sentences § 18. ibilu he took possession, = ibyalu §§ 7. 2 ; 28, 

relative sentence § 11. mat-su his country § 8. 2 a, obj. of ibilu, = 

mdta-Su § 16. 4. u and, now § 18, Heb. 1 . Su § 9. 1 a, Heb. Xin. 

5. dandn might, cstr. of dandnu § 16. 4, obj. of imSi. ildni pi. of ilu 

§ 16. 2, Heb. Sk. rabuti pi. of rabu § 16. 2. bill pi. of bilu § 16. 2 

='bayalu § 7. 2; on ya cf. § 9. 2. 6. imSi he forgot, 2nd impf., st. 

maSu § 32. itlakil he trusted, st. takdlu. The form is 1st impf. of 






NOTES ON 42 G " 17 . 85 

I 2 or IV 1 (§§ 21; 23), more probably the latter, cf. natkil I R 35 No. 2. 
12, impv. IV 1. The verb takdlu is construed with the prepositions ana, 

Hi or with the simple ace. vnuk power, st. p^X 4 to be deep, profound, 

cstr. of imuku § 16. 3, 4. ramdni-su himself, gen. § 16. 3 of the 

reflexive pronoun § 14, + pron. suff . ; imuk ramdniSu = his own power. 

Sarrdni § 16. 2. 7. kipdni governors, pi. of kipu § 16. 2, st. kdpu 

— kaiapu to entrust, appoint, in appos. with Sarrdni. Sa § 11, obj. of 

upakidu. kirib, cstr. of kirbu midst § 20, Heb. Tip. upakidu he 

appointed, = upakkidu II 1 § 21. 3, st. pakadu, rel. sentence § 11. 

8. ana in order to § 20, used like Heb. S. ddki, gen. of the inf. ddkn 

to kill, st. 3H § 31. liabati, gen. of the inf. liabdtu. ikim, cstr. of the 

inf. ikimu to seize, = 'akdmu st. D3N4 § 27. 9. illika he came, cf . allik 

1. 2; on final a cf. § 24. 5. siruSsun against them = Hi sirisun § 20, 

st. 1X 2 j. — - irumma he entered and = irubma §§ 8. 2 c; 27. ufib he 

dwelt § 30, st. 3tyi, Heb. 3tp\ 10. ali city, Heb. Snk, in appos. with 

Mimpi. misir cstr. of mt'sru territory § 16.4.; 11. utirru he added 

= M^zru, the r doubled to mark the preceding vowel as long, = utaiowiru, 

st. "nn to turn (intrans.), II 1 to turn back, restore, add, § 31. allaku 

courier = 'allaku, § 15. 2, st. aldku to go. liantu swift = liamtu § 8. 2 c, 

st. hamdtu to quiver, be swift. illikamma he came and = illika-ma ; 

when the connective ma or a pronominal suffix beginning with a 
consonant is appended to a word ending in a vowel the m or the 

consonant of the suffix is very often doubled, cf . § 9. 2. 12. uSannd 

he related, informed = usanni^a, st. rujy to be double, II 1 to make 
double, repeat. ydti me § 9. 1 b. 13. ipsiti deeds, pi. of ipistu § 16. 

2, st. ipisu to do, make § 27. annati these § 10. 1. — -libbi my heart 

§ 9. 2. igug it was enraged, st. agdgu § 27. issaruh it was angry 

=iinsaru7i IV 1 st. sarahu. kabitti my liver § 9. 2, st. kabdtu, cf. Heb. 

153 liver. The liver as well as the heart was regarded as a seat of the 

emotions. 14. assi = ansix t §§ 26; 29, Heb. KfrJ. kdti hands, pi. 

of kdtu fern. § 16. 2. Prof. Delitzsch regards the st. as mp Lesest. 3 
p. 145. If this etymology be correct, kdtu may be part. 11 = ka)itu the 
dispenser. Lifting up the hands is frequently mentioned in connection 

with praying. usallt I besought, II 1, st. salu § 32, Aram. x^y. 

assuritu, fern. adj. agreeing with Istar, § 16. 3, may mean of Assyria, or 
of the city Assur, or it may mean the one who brings prosperity, cf. 

Heb. "ik/k, , ~\k/X. 15. adki I mustered § 32. imuki sirati § 16. 2. 

16. umallu= umalli^u II 1, st. malu to be full; to fill one's hands 

= to deliver to one, cf . Heb. T-fiK K-7D. kdtu-a, pi. in u § 16. 2, + 

pron. suff. § 9. 2. 17. ustiUira = u§ta^ Hra, 2nd impf. Ill 2 from "itsr 



86 NOTES ON 42 1T -44 8 . 

to be straight § 30 ; on final vowel cf . § 24. 5. harranu, form in u 

used as ace. § 16. 3. 18. mitik, cstr., formative m § 15. 3, st. pr$\' 4 . 

a-an (= an), determinative after numbers and measures. When there 

are tens and units, an is placed between them, as here. sa, genitive 

sign § 11. alii side, form in i used as cstr. § 16. 4 ; cf. ah 2-\ 

tamtim sea, fem., genitive, with mimmation § 16. 3, st. LH 2 r, Heb. DiJIR 

The forms ti'amat, tdmdu § 8. 2 b also occur, pi. tdmdti. 19. kabal 

tamtim the midst of the sea, i.e. the islands; kabal, cstr. of kablu. 

arddni, pi. of ardu st. Til, Heb. IT. dagil, cstr., part. I 1 st. dagalu to 

see, whence Heb. htt a banner. Participles referring to a preceding- 
pi. noun are often used in the sing. pant, gen. of panu, Heb. D"J3. 

dagalu pand = to be subject to, III 1 to make subject to, to commit to 

a person. 20. tamarta present, obj. of issuni, cf. on the formation 

§ 15. 3, st. ~IH 2 2, II 1 to send. issunimma = insi^uni-ma § 25; cf. 

on illikamma 1. 11. 21. sdtunu § 10. 3. 22. ilippi, pi. of ilippu 

ship, Aram. ND 1 ?**. itti, gen. of ittu side, used as prep., Heb. ntf. 

23. ummdndti, pi. of ummdnu people, army, troops, written um-ma-na-a-ti 

15 26 . The pi. ummdni also occurs; st. jr;X 2 . urhu road, ace. in u, 

secondary obj. of vsasbit, Heb. J"P&. padanu way, road, region, same 

government as urhu, written as an id. 2 3 ; cf . II R 38, 28 c. d. usasbit- 

sunuti, III 1 from sabdtu to take, seize, whence D'/OV bundles Ruth 2, 
16; the meaning to work, as 6 18 , is secondary; on sunuti for sunuti cf. 

§§ 8. 2 a; 9. 2. 24. nararuti help, abstract noun § 15. 3 c, st. nardru. 

ha-mat {">.), may also be read ha-lat, ha-nat, etc., or the two signs may 

be an id. They occur in II R 39, 4 e. f . in a list of apparent synonyms 
which includes hatdnu to help (whence rrin father-in-law), nardru to 

help, risu a helper, and dlik tapputi a helper. 25. urruhis swiftly 

§ 19. 1, st. ardhu to be swift, whence II 1 urriha 25 5 I caused to hasten. 

26. ardl I set out, marched = ardv § 32. 

44, 2. aldk, cstr. of inf. aldku § 27. ismi = isma^ §§ 8. 1 ; 29. 

ipis, cstr. inf. § 27 = $apusu § 8. 1. kabli, kakki, tahazi are genitives after 

ipiS. 3. idled = idki-a. sdbl, pi. of sdbu, cf. Heb. jov. 4. tukulti, 

form in i instead of the vowelless form for the cstr. § 16. 4. 5. alikut, 

cstr. pi. of the part. I 1 of aldku § 16. 2. idi hands, sides, gen. after 

alikut, cf. Heb. t. 7. ismd - isma^a §§ 7. 2 ; 24. 5. tahti, formative 

t § 15. 3 a. namriri st. namdru to shine § 15. 2, subj. of ishupu. If 

the word is pi., as it seems to be, we should read namriri. 8. mahhur. 

Zimmern, Busspsalmen, p. 70, suggests the reading mahhutiS, the sign ur 
having also the value tis. This would give a regular adverbial formation 
§ 19, though the meaning of mahhu or mahhutu is unknown. The var. 



NOTES ON 44 8 -46". 87 

ri III R 17, 87 is not in the way of Zimmern's reading, for the text is 
evidently damaged. In reading mahhur and translating forward, I have 

connected the word with the st. mahdru to be in front of. 9. iktumu, 

second impf. pi. of hatdmu to cover, overwhelm. The subj. milammi is 
treated as pi., as is also often the case with the words for fire isati, joy 

hiddti, and the metals. sa may have as antecedent milammi or sarruti, 

or the first personal pronoun understood. In the latter case the con- 
struction would be the same as 2 22 where sa . . . ultallitu means (me) who 
ruled. Sa + the suflixal inni in our passage would then mean me whom. 

usa'inu, 3rd pi. of second impf. II 1 of jNii* § 28. suparC.) might 

also be read supir, Su-ut, etc. It is of frequent occurrence and seems in 

many places to be a preposition. 10. umassir II 1 is used both in the 

sense of leaving, abandoning, as here, and in the sense of releasing 4 4 

sending away 60 8 . I have not observed any cases of the form I 1. 

suzub to cause to remain, to restore, inf. cstr. Ill 1, st. 3TN 4 to leave, 

form suskunu § 25. 10. napisthn, on mimmation cf. § 16. 3. innabit 

= inhabit §8.2 e. 12. usirib, form usaskin, st. 31X B § 27; usisib, same 

form, st. 2W\ § 30. ina libbi therein. 13. Mimpi. On the list of 

cities following cf. Delitzsch's Paradies, p. 314. 

46, 1. annuti § 10. 1. pihati, pi. of pihdtu, lord of a district (origin- 
ally the district itself, as seen in the expression bil pihati 14 10 ), Heb. 

nn3 cstr. fin;"), st. Nn3 to close, enclose. 2. upakidu = upakkidu §§ 

11; 21. 3. lapan = 'JD^ 1 , the only form in which the preposition la is 

preserved in Assyr. tibut, cstr. of abstr. noun, st. tibu to advance. 

3. pikitta = pikidta § 8. 2 b. imlu like umaSsiru has as subj. sa in 1. 2. 

utir = utawiuir, obj. is sarrani. 4. maskani § 15.3 a. apkidsu- 

nibti = apkidsunuti. 6. issuti = 'idsuti st. tiHXs. masardti, st. nasa.ru. 

umi, pi. of umu, Heb. Di\ 7. ma'di, gen. of adj. ma'du, also written 

madu, cf. Heb. litfp. 8. Salmis § 19. 1. atura = atwura. 9. mala 

as many as, lit. fulness, st. Hi^D, takes verbal form in u like the relative 

§a. adi pi. of adu, noun of the form arhu, ardu, st. perhaps idu to 

know or adu to appoint. In 32 15 the adi are written documents. 

10. issurii § 26. ipussunuti = ipus-sunuti § 8. 2 a. 11. ikpud it 

planned, devised. Note the parallelism between ikpud limutlu and 

dababti surrati idbubu. 12. The reading ku-sir is very doubtful. 

14. inasahu, 3rd pi. of first impf. 1 1, they drive or were driving, cf. 44 1 - 12 . 
nasahu is the regular woi'd for violently removing a people and trans- 
porting them to another country. attuni is composed of the stem attu 

and the pronom. suffix ni. asabdni our dwelling, our continuance, 

inf. 11 + pronom. suff. ni. minu. In translating numbered, I have 



88 NOTES ON 46 14 -48 4 . 

connected this word with the stem njO to count, number. 15. uma'iru 

§ 28. 16. rakbi, pi. in i § 16. 2. birinni = biri-ni between us st. 

m3 to bind, whence biritu pi. biriti 46 25 bond, Heb. JV13, and birtu 

midst, as prep, birit 30 8 between. 17. lissakin = UnSakin = 11 + inSakin 

§§ 18; 22. 2. nindaggara = nimtagara st. magdru §§ 8. 2 6, c; 21. 3; 

24. 5. ahamis, a frequent word denoting the reciprocal relation, as 8 7 

imukdni ahamiS each other's forces, arca ahamis 15 9 unto each other § 19. 

aliinna — dhi side + anna § 10. 1. 18. nizuz § 27. a, Heb. , x, 

§ 19. 1. ibbaSi, only orthographically different from ibassi 35 24 he shall 

be, first impf. I 1 from baSu. Sanumma — Sanu + ma § 18. 20. kitri. 

The first syllable might also be read kit, sih, etc. Some such meaning 
as aid or alliance is demanded by the connection in which the word 
often occurs, cf. 22 18 24 31 . If we should read kitru we might compare 

the Aram. *1DP to bind. uszizu — uSanzizu, with assimilation and loss 

of n and the vowel before it, cf. §§ 8. 2 d; 8. 1 ; 11. i§tini'u = 

istanayi)u like iStanakinu, § 21. 1, tin for tan under the influence of the 

guttural p. amat, cstr. of amdtu st. HCN, used like Heb. "i;^ for thing, 

as 46 22 . 21. limuttim, gen. with mimmation of limuttu = limuntu. 

22. Supar-Saki : the explanation of the word is doubtful, but the mean- 
ing generals is assured ; cf. Khors. 120 : VII supar-saki-ya adl ummana- 
tisunu . . . aspur seven of my generals with their armies I sent. The 
Supar-saku is also often appointed as governor of a conquered province, 

as 19 5 . 23. rakblsun their riders, messengers, i.e. the messengers of 

the conspiring vassals. SiprdtlSunu their missives, i.e. either of the 

vassals or of the couriers. 24. surrM, cf. Heb. *HD to be obstinate. 

25. iSkati, pi. of a sing, iskatu like Sarratu, or isiktu like nipistu, st. 

pS5W 3 to bind, cf. Heb. T>l f JY\- 26. mamitu = maHma' 1 tu word, oath, 

ban, malediction. ikSus for ikSud § 8. 2 b. The verb kaUidu means 

first to reach, overtake, and then to capture. We might render here the 
ban of Assur . . . overtook them. The construction of lines 27 and 2S 
is obscure, ma in 1. 27 is emphatic and §a refers back to sunuti. "We 
may also render, into whose hands I had brought good and unto whom 
I had done favor, katussun would then stand for ina kali-Sun, sa would 
be understood before tdbti, uba'i would be II 1 for uba))ia. The trans- 
lation: I had sought, connects uba'i with the verb n^ 4 3. 28. dunku 

§ 8. 2 c. 

48, 2. ittisunu : the suffix refers either to the vassals or to the cities 

Sais, etc. saknu, perm. I 1. 3. uSamkitu: the subject is my generals. 

idu, cf. Heb. nim 4. ilulu § 27. The sentence 1. 5 would read 

as well without the Sa, their skins they stripped off, they covered the 



NOTES ON 48 4 -50 £1 . 89 

city wall, cf . 34 7 . 6. istini'u, cf . on 46 20 . 7. baltussunu = baltutSunu their 

life, i.e. them alive § 8. 2 b. 8. ubiluni I 1 st. abdlu § 30. 10. uSatir 

= usaMir § 30. lubultu § 8. 2 a. birmi, cf. Ileb. D-DilSl. 

11. ulabbisu — ulabbiS-Su § 8. 2 a. 12. simir. For the reading Simir 

cf. 63 21 with 64 18 . These passages show that the Simiri were worn on 
the hands and the feet. The ideogram means to bind. The ring may 
be called simiru from some stone with which it was ornamented, cf. 

Heb. Tnty diamond. ritti; etymology obscure. Meaning hand or 

some part of the hand clear from many passages. — — 13. sa ihzusu whose 

hilt, st. inXi to seize. The syl. ih might also be read ah or uh. nibit 

sumi-ya means no more than sumi-ya. 15. rukub biliiti lordly equipage. 

akissu = akis-Su st. t^'p- 16- a§ar, cstr. of asru place, = ina asri sa. 

So also in 1. 21. 21. innabtu = in# x abitu IT 1, relative sentence. 

22. Simat muSi fate of night, dark fate, death ; cf . 7 11 mushnu Slmdti 

fixers of destinies. 24. dannuti, abstr., gen. 25. illatsu = illat-Su, 

cf. Heb. Vn. 26. kdbal, cstr. of kablu face to face, opposite and so 

middle, fight, etc. By a figure of speech the word for fight is here 
applied to the troops. 27. isir st. 10^. mussa, ace, st. H t V1. 

50, 8. tib, cstr. of tibu— tib'u st. K 4 3n, like pit from pilu st. N 3 n£) and 

hit from hitu st. N^n. 11. ikSudd, pi. fern. I 1. kata-a-a pronounced 

kata'a, dual + suffix § 9. 2. The first a is phonetic complement § 5. 
Cf. i-da-a-a var. i-da-a-Su my (his) hands Delitzsch Lesest. 3 109, 275. 

12. kitu: so this id. is read, II R 44, 7. The kitu is often mentioned as 

a kind of garment, possibly the Heb. rufi3. 13. dimmi, pi. of dimmu; 

often occurs meaning column, cf. Sargontexte p. 81. According toVR 
10, 101 Assurbanipal erected lofty dimmi in front of his palace. Here 

the meaning maybe obelisk. 14. Zahalt, gen. of zahalu, some metal 

much used in architecture, etc., for ornamental purposes; as I R 54, 59 
rimi daldt babi ina zahalt namriS abannim the bulls of the entrances of the 
gates I made in a brilliant manner of zahali metal ; also II R 67, 79 ina 

misir zahali with a covering of zahalt; and V R 6, 23. ibbi, gen. of 

ibbu = 'ibbu, adj. of the form giSru strong. gun; so the id. is read 

S b 369, but the Assyrian word for talent is broken away in this syllabary. 

15. \-kur is a double ideogram meaning house (X) of the mountain 

(kur), so called because temples were constructed on elevations. manzalti 

§ 8. 2 a. 18. usamrir III 1 from mara.ru to pass over, Arabic marra. 

Cf. V R 3, 50 ultu kakki ASSur u Istar Hi llamti uSamriru aStakkanu 
dandnu u litu after I had caused the weapons of A. and of I. to march 

over Elam and had established might and authority. litu, fern, noun 

from n^i 1 ?. 21. kiSSatu, noun of doubtful etymology. I have 



90 NOTES OX 50 21 -58 1 . 

regarded it as a collective noun from st. kana.su to assemble. Delitzsch 

Lesest. 3 derives it from kasasu and renders it by might. 22. nisi, 

for this reading of the id. cf. Delitzsch Lesest. 3 135, 13. 14. 23. adduhu 

= adwuku §§ 11; 31. 24. muhhuru, something presented, an offering 

or prayer st. maha.ru. umahir § 21. 3. 

52, 1. mad let tarat land without return, Hades. 2. uzna sakemu 

— to direct one's attention. 12. ina kasadiSa on her arrival, cf. 60 7 . 

13. izzakkar = iztakar §§ 8. 2 b; 21. 3. 15. luruba = lu + iruba, 

second impf. I 1, let me enter, anaku is emphatic. 16. irruba for 

a# B aruba like asakana. IS. usapalkat § 33. 19. usilla = u§a#.Ja'a, 

like usaskan. mituti the dead. akiluti ; the ideogram here means 

to eat. Translate: eating (and) living. 20. ima'adu they shall be 

numerous. 23. izizi for nizizi, impv. I 1. tanaSassi = tanasa-si §§ 

22. 2 ; 9. 2. The suffix refers to daltu 1. 17 as its antecedent. 

24. lullik = lu + allik § 22. 2. lusanni = lu + uMnni like usaskin. 

57, 16. Translations of the story of the Deluge may be found in 
Smith's Chaldean Account of Genesis and in Schrader's Keilinschriften 
und das Alte Testament, ed. 2. Lines 57 16 -58 9 record the entrance into 

the ship. i-hi-u I had, cf. Heb. VF_. i-si-in-H I collected it, st. J1'N 3 ; 

on si cf. § 9. 2. 18. zir, cstr. of ziru = zir'u seed, Heb. ^nr. 1 0. us- 

ti-li §27. a-(?). We expect a-na, or a-na libbi and one of these 

expressions, no doubt, stood in the text. kimti family, immediate kins- 
men st. kamu. sa-lat. The reading lat and not mat, nat, etc., is made 

certain by many passages in -which the word is written sa-la-tu (or ti). 
In the contract-tablets kimtu is often associated with nisutu and salatu; 
cf. also 20 11 , where nisutu is perhaps scribal error for nisutu. The 
etymology of salatu is uncertain, but it perhaps means near, near kins- 
men. 20. bid cattle, cstr. The st. may be middle ) or final guttural. 

apli um-ma-a-ni the artists, mechanics who had built the ship, lit. 

Sons of art. So also II E, 67, 70 in an account of building a palace : 
gimir apli ummani hassuti. In V R 13, 36-42 apalum-ma-ni is represented 

by the same ids. as imku wise, mudu knowing, liassu reflective, etc. 

21. a-dan-na, obj. of iS-ku-na. The connection here, but especially 58 3 , 
Seems to me to favor the meaning decree, command. The st. may be 
1j?1 to appoint, define, and adannu or adanu may be that which is 
appointed, therefore either a decree or a set time. Cf. Khors. 117: 
usurCit a-dan-ni iksudassumma illika uruh mutt the ban of adanni overtook 
him and he went the road of death. 

58, 1. izzakir = iziakir § 8. 2 b. mu is id. for zakaru and ir is phon. 
eompl;; — ina introduces what the kukru said, without the usual umma; 



NOTES ON SS 1 -^ 1 . 91 

so also 1. 4. uSaznannu (1. 4 uSaznana) ; the subj. is samutu and the 

obj. kibdti. 2. p£-$i, impv. I 1. 3. ik-ri-da. Cf. Haupt's JSTimrodepos 

10, 47 : ina SalSi umi ina ikli a-dan-ni ik-ri-du-ni on the third day in the 
appointed (?) field they arrived (?). It is doubtful whether the st. begins 
with g, k, or k, and also whether in our passage the word means the 

set time arrived, or the command became strong, loud. 5. The first 

sign is the numeral four. mi is phon. compl. to umi. at-ta-tal I 2 

st. natdlu to look, here to look in entreaty. The stiff. Su refers to the 

Sun-god 57 21 . 6. u?nu a day = one day. The mu is phon. compl. 

i-tap-lu-si, inf. IV 2 st. paldsu. The peculiarity of inf. IV 2 is the loss of 
the n, as in impv. I 1 of verbs initial n ; cf. § 26. — 8. ana, a var. has 

a-na. The pilot's name is Bu-zu-ur-kur-gal, the sign ilu before kur-gal 

being a determinative. The signs kur-gal may mean great mountain, 

Assyr. Sadu rabu, a title applied to Assur 28 19 . malahi seaman, pilot, 

i.e. the man who has to do with the motion of the ship, composed of 
the sign ma = ship S b 283 + the sign lah (= du + du , du = aldku to go 

V R 11, 1) Delitzsch Lesest. 3 p. 17. Cf. Heb. n^D. 9. ikalla or Uta 

rabd, the large house, structure = the ship. Lines 5S 10 -60 7 record the 

progress of the Deluge and the landing of the ship. 10. mu-siri-ina- 

namdri water of dawn at break of day, name of a mythological female 

character. 11. i-sid, cstr. of isdu. sa-lim-tum, fern. adj. with mim- 

mation. 12. lib-bi-sa. The suff. refers to ur-pa-tum. ir-tam-ma-am- 

ma = irtamamma st. ramdmu. 14. gu-za-lal-mis = guzalali throne 

bearers ; guza — kussu throne II R 16, 9, and lal — nam to lift, bear V R 

11,48. The mis is pi. sign. mdtum land, valley, here in contrast to 

sa du. tar-gul-li, or gug-gul-li. The first sign seems according to II R 

30, 21 to have also the value gug. The same word occurs S b 284. tar- 
gul-li is cstr. to Dibbara and subj. of i-na-as-sah. 16. mi-ih-ri, read 

mihri streams, canals. The st. may be hiru to dig. PL of mihru is 
mihrdii, as mi-ih-ra-at mi-i canals of water I R 62 col. VI 1 ; 63 col. VII 

61. 17. di-pa-ra-a-ti, pi. of dipdru flame, torch (?). In II R 44, 6. 7 

the word di-pa-a-rum, whose id. is partly effaced, follows the word nu-mu- 

rum, which explains the id. for fire. 19. i-ba-'-u they come in, attain 

unto; subj. is sumurrdssu his violence = sumurrati-su. 20. 'i-tu-ti, cf. 

52 9 . 22. i-zi-kam C!)-ma it (they) blew st. p"T(?); subj. is lost. 

23. kab-li battle or troop. 24. im-mar § 27. u-ta-ad-da-a II 2 st. 

yT, used reciprocally of recognizing one another ; subj. is nisi. A new 

sentence begins with ina. 25. Hani, pi. expressed by repeating the 

id. ip-tal-hu I 2. 

59, 1. it-ti-ih-su = ittahsu § 8. 2 e. The heavens of Aim are the 



92 NOTES ON SS^O. 

heavens where Anu reigns. With this line compare IV R 28 Xo. 2, 
where it is said that at the fury and thundering of Raman ildni Sa saml 

ana Sami itilu, Hani Sa irsitim ana irsitim itirbu. 2. kun-nu-nu and 

rab-su are perm. pi. 3. i-Sis-si = iSasi, 1st. impf., st. Sasu to speak, cry 

out. 4. u-nam-bi = u-nab-bi II 1. iltu sirtu or iltu rabltu, title of 

Istar, cf. 60 21 . ta-bat rig-ma good of word, kind. 5. ud (?)-wiw 

race(?). 6. limuttu. The fem. det. is often used, as here, before fern. 

nouns. 8. ana liul-lu-uk with reference to the destruction of. 

9. ul-la-da — uwallada, first impf. II 1 ; cf . mu-al-U-da-at 62 7 ; ni-Su-u is 

obj. 12. as-ru st. "itsn. as-bi st. Jtjn. 13. kat-ma, fem. pi. perm. 

I 1. 14. ur-ra = ura st. *TIK. 16. i-na ka-sa-a-di on (its) arrival, at 

its dawn; cf. 60 7 . it-ta-rik st. iardku. Sii-u a-bu-bu, subj. of i-nu-uh 

1.18. 17. ha-a-a-al-ti, cf.Heb.Vn. 18. im-liul-lu storm, evil (hul) 

wind ■ (im). 19. ap-pa-al-sa IV 1 st. paldsu. sa-k'in ku-lu making a 

voice, crying aloud. — 20. kul-lat all of. 21. ki-ma u-ri-bi pag-rat 

u-sal-lu like beams of wood(?) the corpses floated about. 22. ud-da, 

id. for urru light II R 47, 60. dur ap-pi wall of the face = cheek. 

23. uk-tam-mi-is II 2 st. kamasu. a-bak-ki = abaki. 25. liat-tu fear, 

something fearful, in appos. with following tdmdu (?). 

60, 1. Twelve measures high a district arose. 2. i-li-mid he (I) 

placed, directed (the course of the ship). 4. The last sign in lines 

4, 5, 6 is the sign for repetition and repeats here all of 1. 3 after Ni-sir. 

8. Lines 8-14 narrate the sending out of the birds, 15-20 the 

sacrifice, 21, 22 the rainbow (?), 61, 1-21 BiTs anger and pacification, 

21-62, 3 translation of the hero and his wife. u-si-si III 1 st. asu. 

summatu, w T ith post-determinative for bird. — u-mas-§ir I released, sent forth. 

9. i-pa-aS-sum-m a = ibaSu-ma. is-sah-ra = istahra = istahira § 8. 2 b. 

14. ik-kal he eats. i-sa-ah-hi, first impf. I 1, cf. Heb. nnty. i-tar-ri 

= itdri{1) st. lint?). 15. u-si-si; obj. is the animals, etc., which were 

in the ship. at-ta-ki ni-ka-a I sacrificed a sacrifice. 16. sur-ki-nu 

libation, st. saraku; cf. Sargon Cyl. 60: sirku as-ru-ku. 17. 7 and 7 

— by sevens. karpatu pot, is determinative ; a-da-gur is here the name 

of the vessels used in sacrifice. uk-tin II 2 st. kdnu. 18. at-ta-bak 

I poured out, arranged. 20. zu-um-bi-i = zubbi, cf . Heb. MI. bd 

nikdni lord of sacrifices, priest. 21. ul-tu ul-la-nu-um-ma from afar, 

ma emphatic. ka-sa-di-Su her approach; the reference is to Istar, 

although the suffix is masc. 22. kasatiit) bows, arches (?). The sign 

nim is so much like the sign ban, which represents kastu a bow, that one 

may suppose that a scribal error has occurred. su-hi-su (?). 23. ildni 

an-nu-ti, obj. of am-H. lu-u = lu by, particle of swearing; by the 

uknu stone of my neck, I will not forget. 



NOTES ON 61-63 4 . 93 

61, 5. ti-bi he drew near, subject follows. KAT. 2 p. 60 says that the 
original has i before ti. In this case we might read i-ti-mid st. Toy or 

i-ti-ziz st. nazazu. lib-ba-ti, etc., he was filled with libbati against the 

gods (and) the igigi. The meaning of libbati is uncertain. Cf. VR7, 
25-27 my messenger . . . ina ma-li-i lib-ba-a-ti u-ma-'-ir with fulness of 

libbati I sent. 6. Has anyone come out alive? Let not a man escape 

(live) from the destruction. 7. ka-ga, read ikabbi, cf. 64 7 . 8. Who 

except fa?, etc. a-ma-tu word, thing, obj. of i-ba-na. The obj. is 

repeated for emphasis in si. 9. and la knows also all magic ka-la 

sip-ti. 11. abkal, cf . Y R 51, 41, where the signs nun-mi are read 

ab-kal-lu, and note on 7 6 . 12. hi-i ki-i — ki ki when, since, repetition 

for emphasis. 13. The sinner bore his sin, the wrong-doer bore his 

wrong-doing, bi-il hi-ti-i possessor of sin, sinner. 14. ru-um-mi may 

be impv. II 1 from ramu to release, obj. being those who had not been 

destroyed; cf. Zimmern's Busspsalmen p. 91. 15. nisu lion, composed 

of the signs for dog and large, cf. Delitzsch's Lesest. 3 135, 13. 14. 

16. barbaru, ib. 11. 12. The four plagues which are to take the place 
of the Deluge in diminishing the human race are lions, jackals, famine 

and pestilence. 19. The god la seems here to equivocate. 20. Ad- 

ra-ha-sis ; apparently the name or a title of an attendant on la. Or it 
may be a title of the hero of the Deluge, whose name is to be read most 
probably Pir-napistim scion of life 61 25 ; cf. Zimmern's Busspsalmen p. 26. 

21. mi-lik-su mV-ku his understanding (became) understanding = he 

became appeased, i.e. the god Bil. 22. ul-ti-la-an-ni he lifted me up, 

st. ilu. 23. uS-tak-mi-is he pressed; obj. follows, subj. is Bil. ■ 

24. pu-ut-ni our side, st. pitu. i-kar-ra-ban-na-si = ikarab-annasi § 9. 2. 

25. i-na pa-na, etc., before, in past time, Pir-napistim (was) a man 

(= was human). 

62, 1. i-mu-u, st. T\0$ to be like and to cause to be like, cf. note on 

40 4 . Translate: they shall be like the gods, exalted. 3. il-ku they 

took, st. liku. 5. read [irsi~\-tum. 8. mi-su-nu their waters, i.e. of 

Apsu and Ti-amat. — -10. su-pu-u, perm. Ill 1 st. ^S' (?). 11. zuk- 

ku-ru, perm. II 1, subj. Hani 1. 10. si-ma-tu is obj. of a verb broken 

away, whose form was perhaps perm. I 1 or II 1 of Sdmu, cf. 7 3 - 11 35 4 . 
15. The gods are Sar and Ki-sar. 18. The god is Assur. 

63, 1. a-lik, impv. I 1 of aldku. Between the part of this story 
transliterated on p. 52 and the part given here are twelve mutilated 
lines, in which the porter reports Istar's arrival, and the answer of the 

queen of the underworld begins. 2)i-ta-as-si open for her. 2. up-pi- 

is-si = uppiS-§i § 8. 2 a do unto her. 4. ir-bi, fern. sing. impv. 1 1, st. 



94 NOTES ON 63*-64. 

iribu. Kutu, a famous burial-city, seems here to have its name applied 

to the underworld. The word is subj. of the following verb, part of 

which is lost. 5. Palace of the land without return = the occupants 

of that palace, or its attendants. 6. um-ta-si, 112 for um-tas-si, from 

a st. masu; meaning uncertain, perhaps to come upon, to approach, 

Heb. XVD. 7. am-mi-ni wherefore. 8. Of Bilit-irsi-tim thus are her 

commands = such are the commands of B. 18. sib-bu belt, girdle. 

64, 2. su-bat supil-ti is the garment of the pudenda, the garment worn 

next to the person. 5. is-tu ul-la-nu-um-ma = from that (very time), 

from the very time when, so soon as. 6. Between this meeting of 

Istar with Nin-ki-gal and the return 1. 7-23, the original relates that 
Ninkigal ordered her servant Nam-tar to take Istar and plague her with 
diseases ; that owing to Istar's absence from her throne the sexes, both 
man and beast, lost interest in each other; and that the god la sent a 
special messenger to the underworld in order to secure the release of 
Istar. After a curse against this special messenger, Ninkigal orders 

Namtar to take Istar out of the underworld. 9. ma-ha-as ileal kitti 

destroy the palace of justice. The gi-na might also be taken as an adj. 

kilta = kinta, lasting, eternal, agreeing with ikalla. 10. Before za 

TV R has u, which I suppose to be due to scribal error. The verb in 
this line is evidently impv., like mdhas 1. 9, M-sa-a, Su-sib 1. 11, su-luh and 
li-ka 1. 12. With 1. 13 comes the change of construction to the imperfect, 
il-lik, im-ha-as, u-za-'-i, etc. I do not know what the st. is nor where the 
word ends ; it may end with the guttural sign, with i or with na. 
za(sa)-'-i-na, Vrza(sa)--i-na might be respectively impv. and second impf. 
II 1, § 24. 3. 5, from a st. |NT or jtf¥. If the final letter of the st. be 
n, 1. 10 would read za(say-i-na the threshold of pa stones, i-lu is id. for 

askuppu and the abnu before it is determinative. 12. iStar mi balati 

su-luh-si-ma U-ka-aS-Si [istu malf\-ri-ya sprinkle I. with the waters of life 
and take her [from] my [presence]. 



GLOSSARY. 



= heb. X, N2 = n. X3 = Ili (weakn), X4=j7i> K6=J?2> K without a number maybe any- 
one of these five gutturals. — Final H represents a ] or ', or in some cases perhaps fc^. — 
Some of the words not defined are ideograms. 



nx 3 «! idu one i-du 26 15 31 30 48 3 ; idi§ alone i-dis 29 10 -si-su he alone 
28 15 34 13 ; idu a royal title, the one, the first i-du-u 5 8 . 

hvw,. alu city 6 13 ali 2 s -su 4 24 ala 2* -Su 40 19 alani 6 5 alunipi 12 8 -Su 10 23 
-Su-nu 3 26 aldpi-ni 8 1 -su-nu l 23 . 
2iii abu father 19 23 20 9 42 3 ' 7 - 10 46 2 - 5 4S 16 a-bu 7 3 (cstr.) a5«-w-a 23 10 obi 
20 7 ' 23 23 7 26 22 28 17 48 20 -ya 13 3 -df« ll'^^o 16 ' 29 a-fo' 37 8 ' 17 39 13 ' 21 -£u 38 28 
39 7 abipi-ya 21 13 > 16 ' 21 22 10 ' 19 29 26 ab-bi-i-a 36™ -Su 38 18 ; abu name of 
the fifth month of the Babylonian-Assyrian year arhuobi 31 7 . 

mXi abutu wish a-&u-£w 37 19 . 

aiiKi abubu deluge a-6i**u 18 u 59 15 - 16 - 18 61 2 ' 12 a-bu-bi ¥ 6 a-bu-ba 61 15 " 18 

-am-ma 58 25 -m'-zs 7 19 . 
23X 2 ab&bu to be bright, brilliant II I ub-bi-ib (= u- ab-bi-ib") I made 
bright, adorned 27 1 ; us-tib-bu (III 2) 9 11 ; ibbu bright, pure ib-bi 

16 15 3 6 27,34 50 H 

}DK 2 abaku to turn, defeat, carry off, drive off a-bu-uk 17 31 a-bu-ka 18 27 ; 

abiktu defeat -ti 30 25 44 6 -ta-su 8" 24 27 25 9 28 9 > 30 29 5 - 9 31 12 34 20 42* 

-ta-su-un ll 28 -ta-Su-nu 8 9 26 20 a-U-ik-ta-Su-nu 1"4 9 - 18 ; abkutu defeat 

ab-ku-su-nu (= abkut-sunu) 4 U . 
Sd^X abkallu leader a&farf 7 6 61 11 . 
SDK, abullu city gate abulli 12 16 28 23 33 20 abullipi 14 7 . 
|3Kt abnu stone abni 36 u 38* abnipi 4 25 17 3r 18 23 23 30 50 12 ; ubanu tip, 

finger, peak 38 66,s uban 8 16 . 

p« ab-na-ma 41 23 . 

pX ab-nam-ni-§u 20 25 . 

-DK 3 ibru friend ib-ri 40 15 . 

13X4 ibiru to cross i-bi-ra he crossed 21 8 i-fo'r 2 8 3 6 7 2 * 8 3 - 13 i-bi-ru 2* i-bi-ru 

30 6 ; abartu, ibirtu passage, beyond (?) a-bar-ti 36* (Y-faV-]^ 41 22 

i-bir-tan 5 22 - 27 ; nibirtu passage ni-bir-ti 6 16 22 9 . 



96 GLOSSARY. 

tf3K 3 abSanu yoke ab-Sa-a-ni ll 1 * 27 22 39 26 41 8 ab-Sa-an-ka 23 u -[*«] 9 22 

-su-un 21 22 ; tabSfctu ta-ab-Su-tu 39 26 . 

ty3N B fbisu Babylonian for ipisu to do, make. 

J"OKi abatu to perish, destroy II I destroy IV I to vanish, flee i-ab-ba-tu 

24 20 a-bu-ut 16 u ; ub-bi-it (= u-ab-bit) 35 11 ; in-na-bit (= in-a-bit) 10 20 

141* 28 12 ' 15 4411 50 4,9 ^.naJ-^ 17 16 18 21 24 5 29 25 31 20 33 10 48 21 in-nab-tu-ni 

32 12 -nim-ma 25 19 mun-nab-tu 14 u -iz (pi.) 31 19 . 
XiJNt to flee (?), decline (?) i-^ri 36 2 . 
JJX agagu to be powerful, angry i-gu-ug 39 27 i-gug 42 13 ; uggatu anger 

ug-gat 15 23 ug-ga-ti 40 1 -ta"m 41 27 ; a^-gus 17 17 ag-gi-is 24 21 . 
JJK ««igigi 61 5 iiuigigiplV ilui-gi-gi 7 2 . 
UK agfi crown a-gu-u (ace.) 64 23 a^' 19 19 a-^t-t 7* a#a 63 6,7 . 
^JK* agalu calf a-ga-li p i 3 28 . 
SjK aggullatu axe(?) ag-gul-lat 2 6 3 4 . 
D JKi agammu pond, marsh m <sr M a-gam-mi 14 12 . 
njX agurru fire-baked brick a-gur-ri 4 2 *- 29 . 

"UK3 igiru (?) to enclose igaru a wall i-ga-ru-su 37 28 igaratipi-su 36 26 . 
"IJ-IX a-da-gur 60 17 name or kind of sacrificial vessel. 

TW fowidditi id-di-i-ii 30 9 . 

n«« adi as far as, while, together with a-di 3 2 * ll 30 37 29 58 9 62 1 *. 
VlK idilu to bar, bolt u-dl-lu (II 1) 14 7 . 
mXi admu the young, offspring ad-mi 16 31 . 
D"IK ud(?)-mu race(?), generation (?) 59 5 . 

□IK admanu dwelling-place ad-ma-ni-su 36 28 ad-ma-an-Su-un 40 1 . 
pX adannu command a-dan-nu 58 3 -na 57 21 . 

|TK adnati (fern, pi.) ad-na-a-ti 28 23 -tf 33 21 . 

*HX adaru to fear, shun a-du-ra 13 31 a-di-ru 5 7 6 6 . 

BnK 3 adaSu to be new lu-ud-dis (II 1) 24 15 mu-ud-dis 23 19 ; issutu newness 

iM-$u-ti 6 U -fi 46 6 ; i-is-si-is 36 22 38" t&«S 24 5 39 5 ' 16 . 
-llS t urru day 59 22 ur-ra 59 14 . 
3TK4 izibu to leave, to cause to remain i-zib 17 28 (1st pers.) 13 26 (3rd 

pers.) i-zi-bu 39 28 i-zi-bu 48 3 ; Su-zu-ub (III 1 inf.) 2 12 8 20 16 30 17 15 - 20 

297.104410504. 

1T8 imiiuiz-da 30 26 . 

TIX4 izfzu to be strong, make strong ni-zu-uz 46 18 i-zi-iz (impv.) 14 23 ; 

izzu strong iz-zi 15 30 iz-zu-ti 3 17 4 8 iz-zi-tu 50 23 ; iz-zi-iS 39 27 . 
JTKi uznu ear, design, intention u-zu-un-Sa 52 2 ' 3 uzni-ya 63 10 -£a 63 9 64 22 . 
n«i ahu brother 23 28 26 6 -Su 14* a-ftu 58 2 * aU 24 12 25*26 8 27 29 28 17 29* 

-Su 34* «-7>«-sw 58 24 aMpi-Su 11 10 21 6 ' 9 25 17 ; a-ha-miS one another 8 7 

15 9 19 10 29 7 32 22 34 17 46 17 . 



GLOSSARY. 97 

HKi ahu, fern, ahatu side a-aJi 2 24 a-hi 19 1 33 26 36 2 42 18 a-lat 8 B ; a-hi-in- 

na-a this side 46 u . 
ITIXi ahazu to seize, take, acquire a-hu-uz 20 12 i-hu-zu 26 13 31 30 ; u-sa-hi- 
iz-zu 28 13 ; ahzu contents ah-zi-su-nu 20"; ihzu hilt ih-zu-Su 48 13 ; 
tahazu battle 34 5 ta-#a-zu 17 23 ta/mzi 2 23 8 8 25 8 33 4 - 8 38 27 39 6 44 3 ' 5 50 23 
-ya 15 22 > 30 16 11 ' 28 17 13 50 8 -su 44 3 -sw-nw 8 10 ta-Ja«» 3 16 4 7 16 23 40 18 -ya 16 20 . 
OHK ahamig cf. n«i. 
jJIN ahfnna cf. nKi- 
inx ahurfl in front of(?) a-liu-ur-^ru-u 25 11 ; ahratu the future dh-rat 

18 15 24 u . 
na« 5 itfi, itfitu darkness i-ti-[i\ 52 1 t'-fi-i 52* i-tu-ti 52 9 [58 20 ]. 
IBX4 itiru to spare i-ti-ir 3 32 i-^-ir 40 19 . 
^ a not a-a 46 18 60 23 > 24 61 1 - 6 - 14 6is a-a-ma 59 9 . 
'Ki a-a-um-ma (= d'u + ma) anyone ? interrogative 61 6 . 
TNi abu enemy a-a-bi-ya 36 29 -su 5 10 . 

byXz ikallu palace ika} 5 X 41 1 63 5 64 9 > 13 \kalli-ya 25 30 -su 12 3 ° 50 12 
ikalla 58 9 . 
S'Ks illatu power, army il-lat-su 48 25 -su-un 17 9 . 
rx 4 fnu eye, fountain mi 9 2 -Su 33 19 x'-m 5 25 i-ni-Su 37 u . 
"VXi aru second month of the Babylonian-Assyrian year arhuaru 19 25 . 
33X ikkibu ..... ik-ki-bu-uS 12 17 . 
l^N ikdu strong (?) ik-du 6 4 ik-du-ti 6 9 . 
Sd«i akaiu to eat i&-£aZ (=i-'a-kal) 60 w £■£»& 26 2 29 6 32 14 akilutiyi 52 19 ; 

w-sa-Jh'Z 26 24 ; akalu, ukultu food a-kal-Su-nu 52 8 «4u£ti 26 30 . 
D^Xs ikkimu wise (?) ik-ki-mu 25 28 . 
D3K 4 ikimu to seize, rob i-kim 16 18 (1st pers.) 42 8 (inf. cstr.) Su 8 20 -Su- 

nu 8 U i-ki-mu 13 4 . 
pK uknft crystal abnuuknu 60 23 . 
- ion 1-kur temple \-kur 34 23 36 21 50 15 . 

bx (mbUk 'a-lu a class of attendants, or a tribal name, 'a-lu 30 33 31 n . 
SKi ilu god 7 8 ' 9 22 12 23 9 Hi 22 27 -ya 4 27 iZani 58 25 59 6 - 7 - 11 ildnipi 2 22 59 2 > 12 
60 195 « -ya 3 33 -sw 31 2 -Im-m 4 22 ; iltu goddess i-la-a-ti 32 28 ; ilutu 
divinity ilu-ti-su-nu 34 u ilu-us-su-un 34 26 . 
H 1 ?^ im to be high, ascend i-li 7 26 - 27 (1st sing.) 8 21 (3rd sing.) i-lu-u 34 21 
(l.s.) 31 30 (3.p.) i-lam-ma 58 11 61 21 (3. s.) i-lu-nim-ma 22 1 ; i-ti-la-a 
60 1 i-tUu-um 1 i-til-lu-u 30 7 mut-tal-li 19 27 '; ««i (III) 24 6 ; w-^'-Zi 
(III 1) 57 20 u-Si-il-la-a 52 19 ; w£-tf-Zi 57 19 (1. s.) 61 23 (3. s.) ul-ti-la-an- 
ni 61 22 ; lift fern, flitu upper z-Zi< 23 15 i-li-ti 20 3 36 4 -iim 41 15 i-la-ti 
things in heaven 24 21 ; ilinitu upper i-li-ni-ti 2 25 -ft' 3 24 ; il-la-an 
above 5 28 ; [i]-li§ above 62 4 ; ili over, above, upon, more than, to, at, 



98 GLOSSARY. 

against 6 19 7 16 58 23 59 22 ' 24 60 1620 -Su 12 16 33 9 34 11 - 13 -Su-un 10 27 -su-nu 5 22 
i-li 46 6 ' 14 -Su 21 3 -Su-un 27 14 -su-nu 50 24 . 

I 1 ?^ ullti that, distant ul-lu-u 59 5 ul-lu-u-ti 27 4 «Z-Za 84 9 -nu-um-ma 60 21 
61 4 64 5 ul-la-nu-uS-Su 37*. 

^7Ki alaku to go iWaifc (= i-ha-lak) 58 16 59 15 «a-jfca 59 24 i7-Za-£« 58^ 14 
aU^Jb 1 22 2 26 50 8 al-li-ik 7 24 a-lik (= al-lik) 8 23 > 25 tUft 10 1 4S 22 60 8 ' 10 - 13 
63 3 64 13 iZ-Zi-£a 28 19 30 15 42 9 44 8 61 1 il-lik-am-ma 25* 42 11 4S 28 il-lik-u2¥ 
(3rd sing.) iZ-Zi-&M ll 25 15 20 -ni 3 23 -u-m 2 13 -u-nim-ma 22 1 50 6 Zz7-Zi-£« 
39 20 -rai 60 25 Ztt-wZ-Zi£ 52 24 a-ZiA (impv.) 63 1 64 9 a-lik (part.) 6 13 35 24 
a-li-kut 16 28 25 18 44 5 a-li-ka-at (fern, sing.) 38 29 39 7 aZd£u (inf.) a-la-ku 
13 28 a-Za/c 14 24 44 2 50 2 a-la-ak-Su 40 14 ; ittalla-ku (1 2) 5 6 - 12 it-tal-la-ka 
40 15 -£u 30 29 ; it-ta-na-al-la-ka (1 3) 16 24 ; u-sa-lik-su (III 1) 35 u ; allaku 
a courier 48 28 aHa-fej 42 11 allak-Su 29 26 allaki-Su 22 16 23 8 allakipi 
25 14 ; alaktu a way a-lak-ta-sa 52 6 ; milliku distance mi-il-li-ku 16 25 . 

V?Hi ul not l 8 9 28 - 29 14 2 - 26 26 15 6is 31 31 5is 35 24 41 6 52 9 58 24 Jis 60 3 - 9 - 11 - 14 61 19 . 

b^Xi alalu to bind, hang up a-ZuZ l^l^SS" i-Zw-Zu 48 4 ; ullu a collar 
«W* 28 33 33 19 ; allu a chain al-lu 48 11 . 

bbttg alalu to be bright, clean II 1 to make bright u-til 7 25 ul-li-la 27 1 ; 
fllu fern, illitu brilliant illu 27 26 Mi 36 13 illi-tu 7 17 illi-ti 7 9 . 

D^i illamu before, in front of il-la-mu-u-a ll 26 15 13 . 

cjSKi alpu ox aZpi p z 4 2 12 13 . 

tjSXi ilippu ship 60 2 ilippi 57 19 58 2 - 7 > 8 61 21 ilippa 60 3 61 5 ilippi p i-Su-nu 42 22 . 

vbttt ilisu to rejoice, exult u-Sa-li-is 10 12 ; ulsu joy ul-si 41 1 . 

Jl 1 ?* ultu out of, from, after, since 9 8 22 21 64 12 ul-tu 9 7 60 21 61 4 . 

riDX to speak i-mu-u 40 4 ; amatu word, command, affair, thing a-ma-tu 
61 8 -turn 52 13 -ta 64 8 a-m«< 19 23 23 15 35 30 46 20 a-ma-a-ti 25 16 -ft' 46 22 
-ta41 32 ; mamitu oath fna-mit 11 20 29 31 46 10 ' 26 ma-mi-it 3 33 . 

HDS um-ma saying, as follows 22 12 ^ 31 23 9 25 11 32 22 > 24 46 13 - 16 . 

HD5<4 fniu to be like, to equal i-mu-u 62 1 . 
"12DK imbaru black cloud, storm imbari 13 22 15 12 im-ba-ri 17 26 . 

1DK4 imidu to place, subdue i-mid 10 21 61 13Ms -su 11 14 2S 21 -su-nu-ti 27 13 ' 17 
i-mi-du 21 25 -w£ 27 21 i-mid-du 9 22 ; i-ti-mid (1 2) 60 2 ; in-nin-du (= ira- 
'im-du IV 1) 15 10 17 21 in-nam-du-u 37 5 ; nimidu station ni-mi-di 12 28 
(kussi nimidi stationary throne). 
Snotf imhullu evil wind, storm im-liul-lu 59 18 . 

1]Dfc ammaku instead of, in place of am-ma-ku 61 15-18 . 

SdX amilu man, human being, officer, tribe 61 6 a-mi-lum 48 3 amilutipi 
l 1 a-mi-lu-ti 32 8 -ta'm 61 25 . 

DDK ammati yon side am-ma-a-ti 2 3 . 

DDK umamu beast, cattle u-ma-am 6 23 30 24 57 20 . 



GLOSSARY. 99 

DDXi ummu mother ummi 7 10 34 22 37 15 -su 19 20 um-mi-su 35 4 umma-su 31 2 ; 

ammatu cubit ammati 20 25 ' 26 ammat 37 32 . 
JDK ammini cf. jK. 

|OX 2 ummanu pi. ummdni, ummdndti people, army um-man 40 9 -ka 14 22 
um-ma-ni 20 13 -#a 36 3 - 6 41 4 ' 12 -s« 35 27 40 16 um-ma-a-ni 57 20 ummdndti- 
ya 7 21 -£w 16 1 ummanati pi 33 9 -sw 8 u>15 ummanat 15 31 ummdndtpi 5 18 
um-ma-na-ti-ya V -su-nu l 16 um-ma-na-a-ti 15 26 -ti-yapi 3 6 -ti-§u-nu 4 17 
um-ma-na-at 2 12,13 . 
pDKi imiku to be deep imuku depth, power, army {-mu£ 22 27 42 6 46 19 
z-mw-fa 2 20 -su-un 19 10 -fa' ll 25 27 28 34" 50 22 -su-nu 42 21 amilui-mu-ki 
30 14 -?/a 29 8 42 15 -sw-nw 29 33 i-mu-ki-i-Su 22 28 i-mu-ga-a-su 35 22 
imukdnipi 8 7 i-mu-ka-an 9 10 ; nimiku wisdom ni-mi-ku 36 12 -fa" 20 12 ; 
imku wise i-im-ku 35 5 . 
"lOXi amaru to see im-mar (= i-a-mar) 58 24 im-ma-ru 52 9 a-mu-ur 37 21 38 15 
i-mur60 13 61 5 -&' 64 6 Unur 50 9 i-mu-ru 36 18 37 26 - 34 z-m«-r« 22 14 - 16 46 24 
li-mur 24 16 39 16 ; in-nam-ru (IV i = in-am-ru) 9 13 ; tamirtu environs 
ta-mir-ti ll 26 17 6 . 
10K 2 amaru to be full a-wwr 14 11 . 
1D«5 imiruass kiri^ 12 13 18 27 30 27 31 4 - 33 . 
tynx amaiu (?) to set out, depart at-tu-muS 30 18 31 9 . 

|N a-an determinative after numbers and measures 42 18 (cf. ta-a-an). 
jtf innu lord ?n-ni 13 1 ; Innitu lordship (?) in-ni-ti-ya 20 18 . 
?K ana to, unto, in order to, at, for, on account of, against 32 5 59 8 
a-na 29 34 41 10 42 8 60 1 ; ammini (= ana mini) why? 63 7 ^ 13 - 16 - 19 ' 22 64 3 ; 
assu (=ana su) in order to, because as-su 18 14 19 13 22 26 23 27 25 23 
32 24 61 2 . 
j$* ina in, with, by, at the time of, during 21 4 58 1 i-na 1\ 
?K 4 inu time i-nu-ma at the time when 5 16 40 34 62 4 - 10 . 
njtfi unutu utensils u-nu-ut 8 10 . 
33^! inbu fruit in-bu 20 28 . 
DJJJK abnu an-gug-mi a kind of stone 12 27 . 
3HX inzabtu(?) ear-ring in-za-oa-ti 63 9 ' 10 64 22 . 
fUKi anahu to decay in-na-hu 24 15 39 15 i-na-dh 6 13 ; anhutu decay an-Jw- 

ta 10 1 an-hu-ut-su-un 41 8 an-hu-us-su 24 :5 . 
^pHi anaku I (personal pronoun) a-na-ku 14 12 -raa 23 23 -um-ma 59 9 . 
^j3Xi anaku lead anakipi 6 28 . 
pj* annu fern, cmmfw this an-nu-ti (pi.) 46 1 60 23 - 24 -ft' 46 24 an-ni-tu 22 14 - 16 

26 9 32 23 [an-na-ft*] 41 10 an-na-a-ti 26 27 42 13 -ft'25 16 46 22 . 
JJS ininna now i-nin-na 26 23 -ma 61 21 62 1 . 
pK to resist in-nin-nu-u 34 u 35 31 ; anuntu resistance a-nun-tu 32 32 -ft' 6 7 . 



100 GLOSSARY. 

pXi unninnu a sigh un-nin-ni-ya 25 6 38 24 . 

nx annu guilt, punishment an-nu 28 21 an-ni 12*. 

pj<s annu favor an-ni 2 21 . 

3JJK anunnaki the spirits of earth (contrasted with igigi, spirits of 
heaven) a-nun-na-ki 7 2 ' 7 58 17 59 11 64 11 ' 15 . 

fjJKi appu face ap-pi 34 25 -ya 59 22 > 24 s 

m#i nisu people, mankind ni-su-u 59 9 nisipi l 18 61 15 ' 16 > 18 -ya 18 1 ' 2 59 8 61 3 
-sm 17 27 18 26 31 3 40 12 -£w-nu 33 30 41 25 ; tinisitu the human race, 
mankind ti-ni-si-i-ti 19 25 59 20 ; asSatu woman, wife -su 62 1 assat 28 31 
su ll 10 31 3 . 

tyjKi in§u weak inH 23 27 . 

rijx, atta thou 14 24 23 10 39 10 ' u 61". 

J"0X(?) attu (a stem to which the pronominal suffixes are attached in 
order to express the pronoun as the object of thought) at-tu-u-a as 
for me 22 19 at-tu-ni as for us 46 14 . 
DX a-si 28 22 . 

bDX aslu a lamb (?) as-li-iS (adv.) 16 6 . 

^DX usallu adv. u-sal-lis 18 16 . 

DDK asmuti (adj. mas. pi. or abstract gen.) as-mu-ti 16 9 . 

"1DX asaru(?) to surround, besiege, overlay i-si-ir 24 26 48 27 i-sir-su ll 22 
12 16 i-sir-Su 8 22 . 
iriDN us-tur ismrupl 10 10 . 

^SK aplu son apal 5 3 -Su 21 8 apli 30 16 apla 21 u apli 27 27 apllpi 57 20 59 10 
-sw ll 10 -su-nu 26 1 ; apal-sarrutu prince regent, regency apal- 
sarruti 19 18 apal-sarru-tu 20 8 -<i-i/a 20 3 . 

SflX apalu to subdue i-pi-lu 5 9 ' 13 a-pi-lu-si-na-ni 6 2 ' 15 ' 29 ; i-tap-pa-lu 20 1S . 

1D2X apsu ocean, abyss 62 6 a/m 7 3 ap-si-i 26 26 . 

*]£)K appu cf. t]jXi. 

"12Xi aparu to cover, clothe a-pi-ir (part.) 6 6 a-pi-ra 15 22 . 

"12K 4 ipru dust ip-ru 52 u pi. ijoraVi 15 12 18 11 52 8 . 

t?2X ipiSu to do, make, exercise ib-bu-Su (1st impf .) 39 16 ; ipu-u§ (1st 
pers.) 6 25 i-pu-uS 4 26 -ws-sw (= uS-Su) 48 20 -us-su-nu-ti 46 10 i-pu-Su 34 23 
-w£ 27 20 ^j^u£ (3rd pers.) 61 7 ' 10 z>w-u£ 6 13 i-pu-uS 37 27 64 7 ip-pu-uS 39 25 
i-pu-Su 9 27 20 8 i-pu-Su 60 22 i-pu-su (pi.) 17 23 z'- j jou-Ms(var. §u)-su-nu-ti 
46 28 u-pu-Su (=i-pu-8u) 6 3 i-pu-uS (impv.) 35 18 ; z-joi-sm (inf.) 35 21 
-si28 2 £p»3 16 i-pi-iS 20*', i-pi§ (part.) 12!23 19 i-5k'.?38 21 ; i-ti-ip-pu- 
Su (1 2) 26 27 ; up-pi-is-si (— up-pi-iS-Si do unto her II 1 impv.) 63 2 ; 
«-&>•£ (III 1) 19 2 24 6 ; ipgitu deed ip-H-i-tu 26 9 32 23 -ft' 26 27 40 12 41 10 
42 13 ip-H-ti-ya 24 8 ip-Si-ti-su 36 20 ip-Si-tu-u-a 38 22 39 u i>-&Y 23 6 46 24 . 
rx isu pi. i^M^w few, small i-fu-iw 35 27 . 



GLOSSARY. 101 

yHt isu wood, tree isipi 3 5 30 8 . 
|VK 3 isfnu to collect, take, seize, inhale i-si-in-Si 5716^5717,18 i-si-nu 

60 19 6» S# 

eiVX aspu as-pi 16 3,15 . 

y¥K 3 ussu arrow ms-si 15 32 -§u 33 1 . 

~l^N 4 isiru to enclose, lay up i-sir 10 T . 

"l¥X(?) issuru bird m«H 12 15 is-su-ri 17 21 issur 30 10 issuripi 10 10 2G 25 . 

SpNa iklu field, territory tafa 3 3 ffctf l 8 . 

ypx aksu, iksu strong ak-su 19 7 ik-su-ti 6 6 . 
31DN ikribu cf. 31p. 
"\X urru cf. -ilNi. 

fc-iRi irtu breast irti-ya 8 8 50 6 63 16 -Sa 63 15 64 20 i-rat 9 16 -su-un 15 31 -su-nw l 5 . 

mK frft bronze Inpj 2 6 3 4 \-ri-i 10 8 . 

niX 2 (?) iriyati heavy clouds i-ri-ya-a-ti 15 13 . 

3"lKi aribu locust a-ri-bi 15 10 . 

31K B iribu to enter ir-ru-ba 52 16 lu-ru-bu 52 15 ; Crw-wfr (1st pers.) 7 22 
£-r«-w& 58 7 i-ru-um-ma 42 9 i-ru-um-ma 23 25 %-ru-bu 40 34 i-rvrba-am-ma 
13 29 ; i-rw-u& (3rd sing.) 14 16 ; i-ru-Sw (pi.) 29 6 ; S-ru-w& (impv.) 58 2 
ir-&i 63 4 64 x ; i-ri-bu-Su (part.) 52 5,7 ; m&w (inf.) entrance i-ri-bi 38 7 
-£a 37 6 38 19 39 n f-ri& 6 10 (irib samti = sunset) 9 9 ; u-£i-n'& (1st pers.) 
10 17 13 5 -ri-bi 41 30 w-&'-n'& (3rd pers.) 13 26 -H 63 6 - 9 > 12 64 2 -ri-bi 40 1 
-&wl2 25 -6a-a£ 40 18 ; niribu entrance, pass ni-ri-bi 13 15 ra-ri& 5 26 28 23 
33 21 ra'-ri'-&£ 7 21 ni-ri-bi-ti 2 26 (fem. pi.). 

3~lKg aribu raven a-ri-bi 60 12 - 13 . 

31H uribu beam of wood (?) u-ri-bi 59 21 . 

3-lK arba'u, irbittu cf. K 4 :n. 

ms frihu i-ri-liu-Su 25 17 ; mirihtu mi-ri-ih-tu 25 10 . 

mNi arahu to hasten ur^ri-ha (II 1) 25 5 ; ar-hi§ hastily, promptly ll 17 ; 
ur-ru-his hastily 14 3 15 20 ur-ru-hi-is 42 25 . 

niXt urhu, arhu way, road ur-hu 42 23 ur-hi 30 6 u-rvruh 15 7 ar-M 2 28 (pi.). 
IpKj araku to be long a-ra-ku 41 31 (inf.) i-ri-ik 20 25 li-ri-ku 24 12 ; ur-ri-ku 
(II 1) 62 16 ; li-Sa-ri-ik (III 1) 37 13 . 
pD")N urkarina a species of tree 12 29 18 24 urkarinipi 6 21 . 

D1X arammu wall (?) a-ram-mi 12 10 . 

□"IK urumu trunk of a tree (?) u-ru-mi 3 5 . 
ptfi irinu cedar irini 36 15 i-ri-ni 6 20 m?2a 60 18 . 
pK arnu sin, wrong a-ra-an-Su-nu 12 3 . 

rp^i urpatu cloud ur-pa-tum 58 11 . 

pHt irsitu earth irsi-tum [62 5 ] araft" 44 10 irsi-ti 7 5 -tf 7 10 -tim 35 15 63 8 64 1 
ir-si-ft' 16 8 ir-si-is-su (its site) 18 13 . 



102 GLOSSARY. 

TIKi araru to curse ta-ru-ur 23 10 ; arratu a curse ar-ra-a-ti 32 u ; ariru 

consuming (?) a-ri-ri 26 7 ' 13 . 
UTMti ir§u bed irsipi 12 28 . 

B^X irigu odor i-ri-Sa 60 19 Ms i-ri-is-si-na (= i-ri-ig-Si-na) 36 25 . 
tjnx ur§anu strong, mighty ur-Sa-nu 6 6 . 

B^t iSati fire 13 22 ^aft'^ 2 1 . 
DtyX iSibbutu princehood, royalty i-Sib-bu-ti 26 33 . 
"ItyXi i§du foundation, horizon infirf 58 11 i§-da-a-Su 9 29 . 
ltPK u§u a kind of tree 12 29 18 24 . 
Dt2W 3 ugmanu camp uS-man-ni 30 20 uS-ma-ni-Su 8 20 . 

SjDBW uSum-gallu u-sum-gal-lu 6 4 . 

*iaty^ 3 ismaru a kind of metal is-ma-ru-u 36 28 . 
HtyKi &iptu conjuring, magical power Sip-ti 61 9 . 
f]S5>Xi iSpatu quiver iS-pa-ti 38 28 . 
pty« 3 igkatu bond is-£a-ft' 22 23 . 

*1BWi aSsuritu of Ass-ur (title of Istar) a$§ur-i-tu 42 u . 
1»Ki agru place a£-rw 22 10 30 23 (on 59 12 cf. ntsn) -«s-su (= tna aSma) 37 5 - 22 

38 16 39 18 aS-ri [19 2 ] -su-nu 18 8 41 24 a-sar 10 2i 17 2 18 19 20 8 30 10 - 22 - 24 - 32 

3 1 24,3i 34H 46 * 4316,21 52 8 _ Su gu 102 2924. 

*1BW S i§£ru to collect i-sw-ra 14 28 . 

*1BW iSirtu pi. ££rota" shrine i§-ri-i-ti 23 31 is-ri-i-ti 23 20 -s«-wn 20" iSritipi- 

su-nu 14 20 . 
"lt?K aSirtu pi. aSratf shrine a$-ra-ti-su 24 5 . 
TltyKi aiaridu leader a-sa-ri-du 30 16 . 
EWK iSSutu cf. tJHtf 3 ; asSatu cf. tMKi. 

»»«! uggu foundation uS-su 36 13 ■£« 9 28 36 18 39* uBi-su 18 9 «&#>£« 10* 18 13 . 
f»B« iStu out of, from 5' 22 is-tu 58 u 64 5 . 

fiS?K(?) aSatf a-Sa-a-ti 20 15 . 

jntyx t i§tin one ifefa 6 11 7 23 27 10 32 22 6is 60* 63 6 64" ; i§-ti-niS together, 

quickly 21 8 62 8 . 
Ifity&t i£tar goddess u u istarati p i-su-nu 27 2 . 
fix atta cf. njNi? attu cf. fijN. 
riDX uttu (II 1) to appoint ut-tu-Su 9 4 ; ittu side it-ti with, against 

(= at the side of) l 9 -ya 27" -§u 8" -tfa 59 11 -su-un ll 28 -su-nw 8 9 ; 

ittutu concubinage ittu-u-ti 21 7 - 14 - 18 ' 23 . 
Sn^ itlu high, exalted it-lu 5 5 9 6 it-lum 16 1 fchtft 2 2S . 
priK* itiku to march, walk i-ti-ku 16 31 ; ni-it-ta[_-at-ti-ik~\ (1 2) 41 u f-i£#- 

ft'-iA; 19 16 i-ti-it-ti-ku 30 9 ; u-Si-ti-ik 2 28 ; mftiku march, progress 

mS-ft'-$ 3 5 11 15 13 4 42 18 mJ-rf-t£ 2 7 . 
nn« ittu pi. ittdtu work (?), possession (?) it-ta-tu-u-a 37 12 38 24 - 31 . 



GLOSSARY. 103 



HX 4 n to seek u-ba-'i 37 31 -u 37 26 -i 46 28 . 

hXi2 bllu to prevail, take possession of, rule i-b\l 17 17 i-bi-lu 9 9 23 16 42 4 
lu-bi-il 38 26 ; bilu lord 2 25 -si-na 16 2 * ^mJiZm 35 30 &i-Zu 40 M ii-Zum 46' 9 
MK 8 8 -?/al 4 24 7 -su 5 6 -^w-nu 26 n bil 7 5 60 20 aj »««&i7 ll 29 ^ 14 10 
ilubil 7 2 35 20 39 27 K« 61 135;s JiTS^h' 6 5 -a 36 7 ' 32 fo7i^-?/a 22 21 -su 5 12 ; 
biltu lady Mltl 39 w bilta-su 31 3 6i'Z*7 38 27 39 6 bi-lit 50 23 u u U-lit 33 3 
6i-i7-?i 52 23 63 4 64 1 ; bilutu dominion fo7w-ft"-a 5 17 6 23 -?/a 22 30 -s« 6 9 
-su-un 34 22 6i7u-u-tf 25 25 33 3 -ya 27 21 34 6 Z>i-Zw-^ 12 5 -?/a 10 19 -su 9 7 
bi-lu-tim 41 1 fo-Zitf 20 10 &i-Zu-itf 14 17 ; ba'ulati subjects ba-u-lat 9 9 . 

1K3 baru to seize, draw out a-bar-su 18 22 19 12 34 15 . 

"IX 2 3 bu'aru pride, joy bu-a-a-ri 24 12 . 
33 babu gate, door ba-a-bu 52 16 -&i 52 13 58 7 bdbi-su 10 6 Sd&a 63 6 bob 10 5 

-*a 58 2 6a-a5-£a 52 u 63 1 -su 63 3 babipi-su 36 25 bdbdnipi-sa 6 25 ' 27 . 
33 bubutu hunger, food bu-bu-ti 24 28 26 12,29 bu-bu-us-su-nu 52 8 . 

^33 biblu wish 6i-5i7 40 6 ; bubulu bu-bu-lu 9 10 . 

*U3 amfZitbi-gid-da^z ideogram for some high official 27 1 *. 

$*il3 ba'u to come i-ba-'a-u 58 19 ; u-ba-a-u 58 23 . 

Sl3 bulu cattle 20 28 Zw-wZ 57 20 . 

l ?n3 bithallu riding-horse bit-hal-lu-su 8 19 -la-su-nu 8 10 . 

*7D3 batalu to cease u-sab-ti-li 39 23 ; batlu cessation (as adj. stopped) 
ba-at-lu 10 28 bat-lu-tu 23 21 ; batiltu cessation ba-ti-il-tu 22 26 . 

?£33 butnu pistacia tree bu-ut-ni 6 22 . 

JV3 bitu house 39 15 6?ft' 9 28 6iM" 32 15 Uta 4 28 Uf 10 13 bit makkuri treasure 
house 14 18 bit riduti harem 19 18 bit-su 37 25 bitdtipi 18 9 Zn^pj 18 10 - 15 ; 
bit-duri stronghold 30 19 bit-durdpi-ni 10 23 btt-durdnipi 12 8 ; bit-siri 
tent28 12 ; Ut-tukldti barracks (?) bit-iuk-la-tirsu 10 2 *. 

H33 baku to weep a-bak-ki 59 23 ba-kiiru 59 u ; bikitu weeping &i-fo'-ta' 59 12 . 

133 bakru ba-ak-ru 32 18 . 

nS3 balu without &a-/u 40 18 . 

Dh3 balatu to live ib-lut 61 6 ; .u-bal-lit 33 24 48 9 -Zz-fu40 24 ; balatu life 
farfafi 64 12 ' 16 baldt 24 9 31 25 Z>a-Za£ 27 7 ; baltutu life bal-tu-us-su 28 31 
345,15 . un 3116 _ nw 48 t i a j 4VrSun 26 2 i -su-im 11*> 16 21 17 12 - 30 -su-nu 3 30 ; 
baltu alive, living bal-tu-ti 52 19 - 20 . 

V73 balalu to pour over (?) ab-lu-ul 36 19 . 

^3 bilsu some instrument or method of attack bil-si 12 u . 

nb3 biltu, bilati cf. hi). 

rhl biltu some weapon of offense (?) bil-tilT 11 . 

HD3 bamatu height ba-mat 2 U ba-ma-at 3 20 ba-ma-a-ti l 13 4 13 ' 21 . 



104 GLOSSARY. 

p binu a son bin-bini grandson. 23 21 40 30 bi-ni sons (= seeds) 10 u ; 

bintu daughter 21 6 - 22 bi-in-tu 21 17 binat 52 2 - 3 -su 21 9 ' 13 binatipi-su 

ll 10 12 30 -su-nu 26 1 binat p i 21 6 ' 9 . 
riJ3 band to do, make, build, create, beget i-ban-na-si 61 8 ab-ni 6 W 36 22 

i&-nw-w 19 20 bdnu-u-a 20 9 5a-nw-u 7 3 -a 19 23 6ant-ya 20 23 -su 23 s ba- 

ni-su-un 37 9 -su-nw 37 17 ba-ni 12 2 ; t6-6a-[nu] 62 15 -u 62 12 ; binutu 

creature bi-nurtu 19 17 bi-nu-ut 27 26 ; nabnitu offspring nab-ni-tu 7 17 

-# 4 1 . 

HJ3 ba-hi-ti 37 16 . 

13f3 busru midst (?), interior (?) Sw-sur 18 12 . 

m3 biru midst bi-ri-in-ni 46 16 - 18 61 24 bi-ri-Su-nu 32 13 48 8 ; birtu midst 

bi-rit between 30 8 - 23 ; biritu bond bi-ri-tu ll 21 31 17 -ft'22 23 46 25 . 
ma buru food bu-ri-Su-nu 26 1 32 u . 
ni3 baru to look, see ab-ri-i 39 2 ib-ri-i-su 40 5 ; Vrsab-ri-gum-ma 61 20 -su- 

ma 22 11 VrSab-ru-'-in-ni 35 u ; biru a vision Jt-n" 36 11 38 3 ; tab-ra- 

a-ti 5 7 . 

-I3"i3 barbaru jackal 61 16 . 

!p3 baraku u-Sab-ri-ku 23 8 . 

Ip3 birku SiV-fe' 14 9 . 

013 birmu a kind of clothing Sirmi 18 24 Mr-mi 22 6 48 10 50 12 ; bu-ru- 

mu 23 31 . 

D13 birku lightning birik 4 26 - 29 . 

BH3 buraSu cypress i ?u burdSi 7 27 . 

HBO baSu to be i-ba-as-si 35 24 i-pa-as-sum-ma 60 9 ' 11 ib-ba-si 46 18 ib-ba-as- 

Su-u 30 24 ; ife-^w 9 T -« 12 3 ; &an*t-t 14 15 &a-su-w IS 11 20 13 31 24 50 12 ; 

u-Sab-Su-u ll 34 14 12 34 12 ; busu possession &wst ll 7 bu-si-i-su 5S 9 

Z>u£a 17 31 50 12 [-su-nw 18 3 ] bu-sa-§u-nu l 23 3 25 4 22 bu-sa-a-su-nu l 15 . 
Sty3 basalu to boil ib-Si-lu-nim-ma 25 20 . 
Snn3 bithallu cf. ^m. 
pH3 bataku to cut off ab-tuk 12 18 ; ib-ba-ti-ik 61 u . 



Kj gu-'u-i§ adv. 16 7 . 

33J gubbu pit, cistern gu-ub-ba-a-ni 30 20 . 

"I3J gabru a rival gab-ri-Su 9 7 . 

BGJ gabasu to be strong, massive ig-bu-us 22 28 ; gabSu strong, massive 

gab-su 5 8 gab-Si 16 7 gab-sa 4 10 gab-Su-ti 16 10 gab-M-a-ti 4 17 ; gibSu 

mass ^i-6i^ 8 14 ; gibSutu mass gi-ib-su-su-un 15 7 . 
"UJ gagaru Babyl. for kakkaru ground, earth ga-ga-ri 37 32 38 23 . 



GLOSSARY. 105 

nj gadu with, together with ga-du 17 29 24 25 25 1 ' 29 27 8 . 
hhu guzalalu throne-bearer gu-za-lalipi 58 u . 
Snj guhlu some article of tribute gu-uh-li 12 2T . 
SSj gallu a demon gallipi 14 7 . 
nDJ gu-mahhu large oxen gu-mah-hl (pi.) 10 9 . 
SdJ gamalu to finish, reward, give ig-mi-lu 40 25 ; gimillu gift gi-mil-li 

9 2i (turru gimilli to avenge) ; gitmalu mature, strong \_gii]-ma-lu 7 8 . 
SdJ gammalu camel gammalipi 12 13 30 27 SI 4 - 28 - 33 32 3 ' 5 ' 8 . 
"ID J gamaru to be finished, to finish (trans.) ag-da-mar 18 16 ; gimru all, 
totality gim-ri 7 6 -$a 6 17 -Su-un 62 7 -Su-nu 6 5 gi-im-ri-su 37 2 gi-mir 2 19 
gim-rat 7 1 . 
p gun ideogram for talent 10 13 > u 12 26 > 27 50 14 . 
n ginu (= imti) full, proper (?) gi-ni-{ 27 15 . 

"I3J giparu gi-pa-ru 20 27 -ra 62 9 . 

V3fJ gissu a kind of tree (?) gi-is-si 30 8 . 

"WJ gu-sur 32 18 . 

nij garu to be hostile, resist i-gi-ra-an-ni 26 6 ; garu enemy ga-ri-ya 20 ls 

26 5 32 33 33 5 36 27 37 15 -sm 39 20 . 
pj guruntu a heap gu-ru-na-ti 2 15 . 
"I"U gari.ru to go, run ; girru way, road, expedition gi-ra-a 28 4 grcV-n- 

ya 10 18 14 24 gir-ri-i-ti-su 21* gir-ri-ti-su-nu 2 6 . 
St?J gisallatu peak (?) gi-Sal-lat 2 15 4 12 . 

"1BU gaS&ru to be strong, powerful; gasru strong gaS-ra-a-ti 32 30 ; 
gisru strong gi§-ru 7 5 ; guSuru beam gu-8ur p i 7 26 #«£«?• (pi.) 36 23 . 
WW1 gaSisu stake ga-Si-Si 33 32 48 4 . 

\nv?Z » ?w giStin-gir (?) p z ideogram for a kind of vine (?) 30 9 . 
nru gatu Babyl. for kdtu hand £ra-ft'?ra 36 31 38 12 . 
Snnj gitmalu cf. ^DJ. 



HKT da'atu bribe (?) da-'a-tu 14 22 ' 26 da-'a-a-tu 24 30 . 

23T dababu to meditate, plan a-da-bu-ba (1st impf.) 20 16 ; id-bu-ub 

29 32 ttf-ftu-fttt 21 17 46 12 ; dababu, dababtu plan, device da-bab 27 24 

29 32 da-bab-ti 46 11 . , 
pn nadbaku outflow (?) na-ad-bak 13 31 . 
D3T dubbusu a younger brother (?) dub-bu-us-su-u 14*. 
Sjl dagalu to see c?a-<7i7 42 19 ' 25 ; III I to cause to see, commit, entrust 

u-Sad-gi-lu 14 18 20 17 28 27 . 
DTI dag-gas-si some article of tribute 12 27 . 
Dn dadmu a dwelling da-ad-mi 40 2 -Su-un 41 25 da-ad-mi-Su 18 18 . 



106 GLOSSARY. 

jYi dudinati (fern, pi.) some part of attire, -worn on the breast du-di- 

na-ti 63 15 ' 16 64 20 . 

}H daku to kill a-duk 11 34 28 9 29 5 33 28 idu-ku (3. pi.) 8 2 ad-du-ku 

50 23 ; (fa-a-to 42 8 da-ak-Su-nu 16 26 ; diku killed di-fc* 16 24 ; diktu 

slaughter di-ik-ta-Su 28 8 ; tiduku slaughter ti-du-ki-Su 8 18 -sm-km 8 u . 

in duru a wall 18 10 dura-su 4 28 18 18 d^r 48 5 59 22 > 24 (dur appi = cheek) 

duranipi 12 8 (bit-duranipi — strongholds) -Su-nu 4 23 . 
nn dazati wars (?) da-za-a-ti 21 17 . 
m dahu festival (?) da-liu 30 n . 
"HIT duhdu abundance duli-du 20 29 . 
rn danu a judge 24 7 da-a-a-nu 37 21 dan 7 5 ; dinu judgment dt'-ra- 

Su 25 24 . 
tjri da§u to tread down da-a-is 5 10 u-da-i-Su 16 31 . 
1]1 di-ka^j ideogram for sacrifice (?) 27 15 . 
HDT daku to tear down, cast down ad-ki-i 37 31 . 

ron daku to collect, muster ad-ifct 7 21 24 23 27 18 30* ad-ki-i 42 15 id-jta-a 8 15 
44 3 48 26 id-Tcw-M 16 21 id-ku-ni 4 6 id-ku-u-ni 29 34 ; di-ifca-a (impv.) 14 22 . 
bn daltudoor dal-tum 52™ dalti 52 n daZa^z 6 26 36 24 38 9 52 18 . 
nbn dalhu disturbed dal-hu-u-ti 9 17 . 

bVi dalalu to manifest (?), exalt (?) i-dal-la-lu 25 26 da-ZaZ 33 22 . 
nbn dalapu II I to weaken (?) mu-dal-li-pu 22 18 . 
H 4 rDT dimu a tear di-ma-a-a 59 24 . 

DDT damu blood da-mu 16 n da-mi 14 11 -Su-nu 16 10 damipi 31 29 -sm-wm l 12 . 
HOT dimmu a column (?) & M dim-mi 50 13 ; dimtu stake di-ma-a-ti ll 34 . 

bjm dim (?)-gal 41 5 . 

pOT damaku to favor, be gracious u-dam-ma-ku 38 30 li-dam-mi-ik 37 12 ; 
du-um-mi-ik 38 24 ; dunku (for dumku) favor du-un-ku 46 28 -7a-^a 
41 32 ; damiktu favor damik-tu 48 19 -ftm 37 6 - 18 39 13 da-mi-ik-ta-Su 
39 21 ; damku gracious, favorable damkutipi 12 24 damkatipi 37 11 38 22 
39 11 dam-ka-a-ti 24 8 ; da-am-ki-iS graciously 41 13 . 

QJT dun-na-mu-u 14 9 . 

nn dananu to be strong, mighty u-dan-nin 36 20 46 7 -ni-na 20 5 ; dwn- 
nu-nu-u 9 28 ; dun-nu-un 12 25 ; dananu might, strength da-na-ni-Su- 
nu l 5 da-na-a-ni 34 30 da-na-an 19 13 ; dunnu strength, mass dun-ni 
15 13 du-un-ni 9 28 ; dannu mighty dan-nu 2 18 23 27 -m 5 4 dan-nu-tu 
38 8 -ft" 10 23 -ft' 3 3 dan-na-tum (fern.) 15 24 ; dannatu strong-hold 
dan-na-ti 13 25 ; dannfttu might dan-nu-ti-Su 7 22 -Su-nu 2 4 dan- 
nu-us-su-un 34 26 ; da-na-niS with might 13 4 ; dan-dan-nu al- 
mighty 7 8 . 
J3T midpanu a bow mid-pa-a-nu 50 23 . 






GLOSSARY. 107 

tpn duppu writing tablet dup-Sarru tablet writer dup-sar-ru-u-ti 

tablet-writing 20 13 . 
"13T dapranu, dupranu juniper dap-ra-ni 6 21,27 dup-ra-ni 9 26 . 
*1£H diparu pi. diparati torch, flame di-pa-ra-a-ti 58 17 . 
mi daru everlasting da-ru-u 38 20 40 31 da-a-ri 38 26 ddrd-ti 35 u ddra-a-ta 

41 24 tfa-ra-fo" 23 25 da-ra-a-ti 6 23 ; duru eternity tfu^-rc 38 26 ; da-ris 

forever 60 2 *. 
J"n durgu way, path du-ur-gi 2 28 . 
Xil^l diiu grass (?) 20 26 . 
«itSH dispu honey diSpi 36 19 . 



1 u and (connecting nouns) l 2 , (connecting sentences) 61 3 , now, 
because ll 8 26 8 59 20 61 9 , introducing oratio recta (like umma) 25 13 . 

S^l abalu to bring u-bal-su-nu-ti 16 5 ; u-bil-su 17 30 u-bi-la 21 7 u-bil-am- 
ma 21 15 ub-lam-ma 9 22 u-b\-lu (sing.) 18 6 u-bil-u-ni 26 17 u-bi-lu-nim- 
ma 41 18 ; u-si-bi-la 21 9 -lam-ma 12 31 u-si-bi-lu-uS 14 21 ; biltu tribute 
10 27 6i7-ta 27 16 fa'fti l 3 Mta l 21 bi-lat-su-nu 5 U ; bilati wages (?) 
bi-la-a-ti 12 26 . 

Dm (?) ahasu to flee it-ti-ih-su 59 1 . 

nSl aladu to bear, to beget 'a-al-du 20 9 a-li-di-ya 20 7 -fca 39 13 a-KMt 59 3 ; 
uZ-te-ofa 59 9 mu-al-li-da-at 62 7 ; talittu birth ta-lit-ti 20 28 ; littutu 
progeny \lit-tu-ti\ 24 10 . 
JV31 to increase, magnify u-Sa-pa-a 34 26 mu-Sa-pvrU 33 2 . 
Nxi'l asu to go out u-si 26 15 31 31 61 6 u-sa-am-ma S3 10 u-su-u 17 1 usuni(,l) 
10 16 u-su-nim-ma 29 8 ; a-su-u 52 5 a-si-i 38 6 a-sh 12 16 ; m-&'-s£ 2" 26 32 
60 8 ' 10 - 12 - 15 64 17 " 23 w-si-sa-a l 23 3 26 64 15 lu-H-sa-a l 16 w-si-sm-m (sing.) 37 30 
u-Si-sa-am-ma 12 5 u-si-su-u (pi.) 9 5 u-H-su-ni 14 20 ; su-sa-a (impv.) 
64 n ; situ exit, (si« £amsi = sunrise) sit 38 30 39 12 si-it 6 10 21 6 (si-ft 
Zi6&i = offspring) ; satu exit, eternity sa-a-ti 3 34 35 8 ; musu exit 

mu-us-sa-su-un 24 26 48 27 ; misu mi-si-su 33 18 ; nisu excrement 

ni-su-sur-un 16 33 (cf. ni-Sa-a 17 15 ). 

Ipl akaru to be costly, precious ti-kirC!)-u 26 10 ; akru fem. afcartw costly 
a-kar-tu 18 23 a£-ra-<i 16 6 ; gfikuru costly §Vrku-ru-tu 36 u 38 4 . 

mi aru to lead, carry u-ra-aS-Su ll 11 33 w . 

Til aradu to descend u-ri-du 64 5 (sing.) 14 12 ur-du-ni l 6 ; ardu 
servant 23 11 araof-su 25 8 35 26 ardwnipi 42 19 -Sm 34 12 arddpi-ni 42 25 ; 
aradu a low fellow am^w a-ra-[rfu] 14 10 ; ardutu, urdutu servitude, 
obeisance ardu-u-ti 12 32 -wMi 3 34 ardu-ti-ya 21 9 ardu-u-ti-ya 34 10 
ur-du-ti 6 3 ; £otm ardu a tame sheep ^y^w ardanipi 10 10 . 



108 GLOSSARY. 

mi arhu month 14 2 arhi 36 n 37 3 38 2 ar-hi-Sam-ma monthly 37 u 39 12 
ara7il3 29 19 25 30 16 31 7 . 

Vy\ arku later, future, the rear ar-ku-u 24 14 arka-a l 8 ; arkatu end, 
future ar-kat 3 34 ; arki prep, after, behind 25 2 50 7 -ya 12 31 -Su 8 21 
14 3 -Su-un 16 34 ; arka, arkanu adv. after, afterwards arka 14 6 25 1 
arkd-nu 20 4 34 11 46 9 48 22 ; ar-kis afterwards 17 16 . 

nil urkitu grass ur-ki-ti 16 13 . 

2W) asabu to sit, dwell u-si-bu (1st sing.) 7 21 u-sib (3rd sing.) 14 5 23 6 
42 9 48 23 u-si-bu 25 2 ; a-sa-ba-ni (inf. + suff.) 46 14 ; a-sib (perm.) 62 2 
as-ba 52 9 ; a-sib (part.) 18 2 21 29 a-^i-ift 39 28 as-M 59 12 a-si-bu-tu 37 7 
a-si-bu-ut 10 8 a-si-fcai! (fern, 'sing.) 32 30 ; at-ta-sab 59 s3 ; w-sz-sz'/j 10 27 
12 5 44 12 64 15 -su-nu-ti 27 7 u-H-H-ib 4 30 38 13 u-si-si-bu 37 30 (sing.) 
-sm 14 17 (pi.) -m-m 20 23 ; £w-&6 (impv.) 64 11 ; mu-si-sib 23™; us-ti- 
H-bu-in-ni 62 3 ; Subtu dwelling sw-fca* 6 22 34 22 -sm18 18 33 26 -su-un 
40 3 §u-ba-at 35 8 -sw 35 19 39 8 ; musabu dwelling mu-sa-bi-su-nu 28 13 . 

W) sunatu, suttu dream, vision su-na-ta 61 20 sutti 22 u Su-ut-ti 35 14 
£utta 22 14 - 15 . 

"ttyi asm bowed down as-ru 59 12 ; tusaru destruction tu-sa-ri l 12 . 

im ataru to abound u-sa-tir 18 14 48 10 - 20 u-sa-ti-ir 39 9 ; sftturu powerful 
Su-tu-ru 7 5 . 

\ 

71XT u-za--i 64 14 za-'-z 64 10 . 

3KiT zibu wolf zi-i-biissuru wolf -bird, vulture 2& 2S . 
T«T zazu to be distributed (?) u-za-i-iz 32 4 . 
33T zumbu (= zubbu) fly zu-um-M-i 60 20 . 

JIT zagu i-zi-gam-ma 58 22 . 

in zazu to be agitated, enraged i-zu-uz 35 9 . 
Sn? zahalu a kind of metal za-ha-li-i 36 27 50 14 . 
pT zaku to blow, storm a-zik 17 26 a-zi-ik 15 2 ® ; zuku storm zu-uk 12 10 ; 

ziku ventilation (?) zi-i-ki 10 5 . 
VI zaru to resist za'iru enemy za-i-i-ri 15 23 za-i-ri-su 7 18 . 
VJJ zakaru to name, mention az-ku-ra 20 16 iz-ku-ru 19 19 iz-kur-u 19 10 ; 

gajfc-ra* 62 5 ; izzak-ar 61 7 ' 10 iz-zak-kar 52 13 64 8 -£a-ra S2 22 lit-taz-ka-ru 

41 32 ; izzak-ir 58 1 - 4 iz-zak-ra 40 8 ; zuk-ku-ru 62 11 ; zikru name, 

fame, command zi-faY 9 4 -Sa 33 21 zi-ki-ir-Su 40 26 . 
13? zikaru, zikru male, manly, officer 12 12 zi-ka-ru 9 5 amtluzikaritySu 

9 20 amiluzikar-isukiri gardener (?) 32 7 sifc-ru 50 13 ; zikartu female, 

woman /zikritipi 12 30 /zik-ri-i-ti-Su 26 17 . 
HDT zummu deprived of, bereft zu-um-mu-u 52 7 . 



GLOSSARY. 109 

p? zamanu enemy za-ma-ni-ya 37 14 . 

"101 zumru body zu-um-ri-ya 64 3 -Sa 64 2 zu-mur-su-un 16 29 . 
K 3 JT zinfi. angry, enraged zi-nu-u-ti 27 2 . 
p? zananu to adorn, fill az-nun 23 30 ; zaninu adornment za-mVi20 1T ; 

za-ni-in (part.) 35 s -ka 38 21 . 
jjt zananu to rain i-za-an-nun 32 32 ; u-Sa-az-na-na 58 4 u-sa-az-na-an-nu 

58 1 u-Sa-az-ni-na 13 30 ; zunnu rain zunnipi 13 30 6is -Sw 20 24 . 
tyjl zinnisu female 12 12 19 16 31 32 zinrniS 50 13 ; zinniStu woman, wife 

zin-niS-ti 61 23 . 
jpT ziknu beard zik-ni-su 25 22 . 
eipl zakapu to erect az-ku-up 50 24 . 
Ipl zaki.ru to be pointed, project upwards zakru sharp, high 

zak-ri 10 4 ; zikkurratu summit, tower zik-kur-rat 60 16 (sing.) 

-ra-ti-su 38 11 zik-kur-rat 18 11 (pi.). 
npT zaktu sharp za£-ta' 33 1 zak-tu-ti 16 16 . 
SVU ziru to sow, scatter, produce az-ru 4 26 za-ru-su-un 62 6 ; ziru 

seed 40 31 zir ll" 25" 57 18 -su 24 22 . 
JOT zaratu tent isuza-ra-ti-su-un 16 29 . 

311 zar&bu to flow u-za-ra-bu 16 32 ; zar-biS violently (?) 15 27 . 
p-\t zirku heap (?) zi-ir-ki 4 20 . 
"lmi zirtaru tent zir-ta-ra-a-ti 28 13 . 



ban habalu to injure ha-ba-li 23 28 ; habiltu injury, evil hab-la-ti 12 2 

61 13 ]iab-lat-[su] 61 13 ; hibiltu damage hi-bil-ta-si-na 24 1 ; habbilu, 

hablu evil, bad hab-bi-lu 14 11 [Aa&]-£um 14 9 . 
BDn hibiStu product (?) At-fos-ft' 36 15 38 4 . 
j~on habttu to plunder, spoil ah-bu-ta 30 28 ha-ba-a-ti 42 8 ; ih-tab-ba-ta 

29 18 ; ih-ta-nab-ba-ta 27 30 ; hubtu booty hu-ub-ti W hu-bu-ut 19 3 28 1 

29 18 hu-bu-us-su-nu 30 27 . 
bjn higallu abundance higal-lum 20 29 -Zi 7 5 . 
mn hadu. to rejoice $-di-i 41 10 li-ih-du (sing.) 63 5 ih-du-u 40 23 ; hudu 

joy 7ra-ud 24 10 ; hidutu joy Jidoripj 20 6 hi-da-a-ti 36 15 - 33 38 5 - 12 ; 

ha-dig joyfully 22 2 M-di-iS 37 11 . 
bin bulu bad 7m-fa 2 7 . 
pin haku to embrace i-hi-ku-u 62 8 . 
Tin huzannu arm hu-za-an-ni-Su-nu 16 16 . 
KiBn hatfi to sin ih-tu-u 27 20 (sing.) 46 10 > 27 (pi.) ni-ih-tu-u 32 25 ; multahtu 

sinner, rebel mul-tah-tu 26 15 31 81 ; hitu, hittu sin 7ji-£i* 61 13 hi-ta-a- 

Su 61 13 AwMu ll 34 hi-ti-ti 12 3 hi-ta-a-ti 25 28 . 



110 GLOSSARY. 

BttH hatatu to grave, dig ah-tu-ut 39 2 ; hattu style, scepter hatti 7 9 38 25 . 
to'n hatu to look, see a-hi-it 20 14 39 2 i-hi-it 40 5 . 
Vn haltu army lia-a-a-al-ti 59 17 . ■ 
Tn feirtu spouse £wV4« 34 23 hi-ir-ti 7 9 fa'-raj 30 13 . 
tyn ha§u to hasten i-hi-sam-ma 14 15 ; lii-sam-ma 14 23 . 
■"Sn hu-li-ya-am helmet 15 21 . 
^Sn halabu to be covered to-lib 9 5 ; ih-tal-lu-bu 30 7 ; u-hal-li-bu 48 5 ; 

tahlubu roof tah-lu-bi-sa 10 4 18 9 36 22 ; ha-lap-ta 3 21 . 

v^n halsu fortress hal-su p i 12 16 21 3 amilurab- a iu]}al-su commander of a 

fortress 13 7 . 
pSn halaku to perish II i to destroy u-hal-lik 18 1419 -li-ik 39 26 7i-/jaZ- 

Zi£24 22 u-hal-li-hu 26 7 ; 7m«u-u&59 8 ; mu-hal-li-ka-at 38 29 39 7 . 
£DDn hamatu to quiver, hasten u-ha-am-ma-tu 58 18 ; us-lwm-ma-tu 6 8 

us-ham-mit-su 18 16 ; hantu (= liamtu) swift ha-an-tu 42 11 48 28 

ha-an-tis 15 24 58 22 hi-it-mu-tis swiftly 17 25 . 
tyon hassu (= 7jam£u) fifth /jas-£u 60 6 63 18 64 21 . 
nnn hamatu aid to-mat (?) 42 24 . 
run hanapu to thrive (?) u-sah-na-pu 20 27 . 

Hon hasu a7t-si 2 7 3 4 . 

DDn hasasu to reflect, plan ah-su-sa-am-ma 60 24 ih-su-us 14 26 to-sis 29 31 . 
K 4 2n hipu to break, destroy ih-pu 30 21 . 

N3T1 hapu ha-pi-i 32 7 . 

iOn hiru to dig a7j-n'-£ 18 13 dh-ru-u 17 3 7u*-n (inf .) 17 3 ; hiritu ditch, 

canal hi-ra-a-ti 18 12 . 
pn harranu way, road tor-ra-nu 13 27 tor-ra-ni 52 6 harrani-ya 17 24 

tor-ra-an 30 9 . 
vin hurasu gold 17 31 hurasi 10 14 64 11 ' 15 hurasipi 6 28 hurasa 14 19 57 17 . 
Tin hurru a gorge liur-ri Iis4.i8.21_ jr or usharir cf. Tint?, 
tjnn hursu wooded mountain hur-sa-ni 2 10 4 19 5 13 6 5 hur-sa-a-ni 30 7 . 
nttfn haSahu to desire, need ih-si-to 40 33 ; husahhu famine hu-sah-hu 

61 17 -7w 29 6 . 
nnn tahtu defeat, destruction tah-ti-i 44 7 tah-ta-su 9 13 -su-un 16 6 . 
DDnn hitmutis cf. DDn. 
pn is M hutnu some kind of weapon (?) liu-ut-ni-i 33 18 . 
finn hattu fear 7ja^u 17 18 to-at-tum 13 25 AaMi 14 14 AaMw 59 25 (adj. (?) 

fearful). 

a 

1£3 tu ideogram for &'Hw shekel 32 5Ms . 
DK*B timu understanding, news, design (?) t\-i-mu 14 21 -mi 14 4 iWn- 
jfu 28 19 . 



GLOSSAEY. Ill 

K«3B tibu to be low u-ta-bi (II i) 6 20 . 

31B tabu to be good, pleasing i-ti-bu7 16 ; u-ti-ib 3 6 lu-ti-ib 2 8 mu-tib 9 11 
mu-ti-ibS8 21 ; tubu good, joy <u-h& 24 10 35 8 36 33 ; tabu good ta-a-fo* 
362 s (nom.) taba 3 3 60 19 ; tabtu good (noun) 27 20 46 10 idfoum 48* 9 
fa&ft^ 2 ^ 27 ta-a&-2i 29 31 ta-Z>a«59 4 ; ta-bis 20 23 f a-bi-is 40 26 41 13 . 

niU tudu way, road tu-du 17 22 tu-ud-di 2 26 (pi.). 

U-D tittu clay, filth ti-it-tu 52 s fi-i'Wi 59 5 ' 20 . 

'ptt ism tarpu the ladanum tree tar-pi- i 6 22 . 



N 1 yaumma (= yd'u + ma) any, any one ya-um-ma l 4 2 27 ; yaSi, yati 
(= ?/a + pronominal stems Si, ti) me, to me, as for me ya-a-si 24 8 
38 2 61 22 ya-ti 36 7 37 9 38 2 ° ya-a-ti 22" 23 11 26* 9 27 25 41 11 42* 2 4S 29 . 
T idu hand, side, power, might i-du-uS-Su 9 11 idi-a-a 33 4 -su 16 28 
z-rfi IS 1 -ya 36 8 -su 35 s4 idi-ya 44 5 t-di'-i-sw 25 18 i-da-Su-un 16 21 i'-c?a- 
a-m 14 23 i-da-a-su 39 20 ; i'-rfa-a< (cstr. pi.) 1 14 3 20 5 17 . 
K 4 T idu to know i-di'-i 61 9 i-du-u 2 28 (sing.) 2 25 (pi.) -Su 23 9 ; u-ad-du-ni 
(II i) 36 n 38 3 ; u-ta-ad-da-a (II 2) 58 24 -rfu-u 40 17 . 
K 4 T (?) adi compacts, agreements, ordinances a-di 34^ -ya 32 10 a-cft-i ll 20 
-su-nu 32 15 (here written agreements). The stem may be N 4 -p. 
DV umu day 19 25 u-mu 22 14 (=ina umi Sa) 35 8 (=u-um) 58 6 (=one 
day(?)) 59 16 60 4 umi 38 2 w-wii 17 22 36 n 58 5 -Su-ma l 20 (= that day, 
then) w-mt' 18 15 22 17 (libbi umi the very day) 24 10 (pi.) -Su 24 12 -su-ma 
8 26 *W*a 60 7 m (cstr.) 3 34 urntpi 3 34 60 24 62 16 -ya 37 13 ; u-mi-sam 
daily 41 3 -Sa-am 39^ -Sam-ma 38 22 39 21 . 
JD' imittu the right (hand) S6 29 . 
py to suck i-ni-ku-u 32 19 ; mu-Si-ni-ka-a-ti (III 1) 32 19 . 
KsD" 1 to sprout, come into being (?) Su-pu-u 62 10 uS-ta-pu-u 62 13 . 
Hiy isu to be, have i-Si (1st pers.) 58 6 iSu-u 5 7 - 8 (3rd sing.) i-Su-u 

57165* 5717,18 (lst sing .) 2 24 9 8 14 9 - 2 i (3rd sing.) 12 9 13 21 i-sa-a 18 26 . 
itsr isaru to be straight, erect, to thrive iSdrC!) 20 26 ; u-si-sir (III 1) 
25 22 ; us-ti-iS-Si-ra (III 2) 24 s4 27 19 30 5 42 17 50 1 ; Su-ti-sur 20 2S ; ussuru 
innocence uS-Sur-Su-un 12 3 ; isaru upright i-sa-ru 40 6 i-sa-ra 40 13 ; 
misaru righteousness mi-Sa-ru 40 11 ; mi-si-ris righteously 2 22 . 



3XiD kibtu (?) ruin, destruction H-ba-a-ti 5S 1A . 
K 4 33 kibitu cf. K 4 3p. 

D33 kabasu to tread, tread down ak-bu-us 27 12 ak-bu-su 50 3 ik-bu-su 23 4 ; 
mu-kab-bi-is 5 10 : Suk-bu-us 12 9 . 



112 GLOSSARY. 

1 2D kibratu pi. kibrdti region kib-rat 2 18 kib-ra-a-ti 35 2 59 25 kib-ra-a-ta 

41 15 kibrdlipi 6 8 . 

"I3J kitbartu kit{i.)-bar-ti 34 12 . 

fO:) kabtu fem. kabittu heavy, honored fca6-i« 28 21 kab-ti 13 23 -ft 15 12 

ka-bit-tu ll 7 -ft' 22 1 ka-bi-it-tim 41 17 ; kabattu, kabittu liver £a-Z>ert- 

ti 10 12 Jba-Zti-A' 42 18 . 
"1D1D kidmuru name of a temple kid-mu-ri 19 28 . 
"HD kadru a present kad-ra-a-a 37 1 . 

"TO kadirtu ka-dirV)-ti 32 28 . 

DID kum instead of, in place of ku-um 29 13 . 

f D ktnu to be fixed, established tuHh (II I = ukawwin) 10 28 23 26 36 18 

u-kin 6 30 u4»«n 39 4 u-kin 32 7 (3rd sing.) u-jfei-nu 23 21 lu-ki-in 37 13 ; 

«&-ftVi (II 2 = uktawwhi) 60 17 ; kinu firm, faithful ki-i-nu 9 4 -m 2 21 

K-i'-nm 35 n 38 25 ; kittu right, justice kitti 64 9 ' 13 ki-it-tim 40 n ; 

kitinnutu right (?), custom (?) ki-tin-nu-tu 23 27 ; kan continually, 

regularly ka-a-a-an 20 27 22 25 . 
«]D kipu cf. tjip. 
"•3 ki, kima like, according to, at the time of, when, surely ki-i 

1 4i4 16 3i 2 3i27 23 59 7 ' 10 60 22 H-ife-i , 61 12 fcW25 u ; Mma 5 21 58 21 JE^ma 

F 2 58 23 59 a3 ' 17 - 21 60 20 62 1 63 2 ; kiam thus, so ki-a-am 63"" 4H -» 

64". 
M iswkakku a weapon 9 11 -su 9 5 kakki 10 25 kakka-Su 5 17 kakkipi 5 19 

-?/a l 17 -sw 25 5 4tMih ll 27 -Jfu-nu 40 17 . 
2DD kakkabu star kakkab 31 7 . 
*)DD kukru a voice (?) ku-uk-ru 58 1,4 . 
K^D kalu to refuse, withhold ifc-Za-a 27 23 iA-Zw-w l 21 - 
TtHd kalu to cease, be finished ik-la 59 18 ; kalu all, totality kdli-su- 

nu 5 13 -si-na 5 13 MZ 2 19 [MZa-ma] 7 3 ka-li-su-un ll 6 -su-nu 19 1 

57 20 -&-na 24 1 ifca-Za 57 19 61 9 -sa 31 10 ka-la-mu (= ka-la-ma) 31 3 32 2 

ka-la-ma 57 18 ; ka-liS completely 7 15 ka-li-is 41 15 (here = &a-Zi- 

£i-raa(?)). 
D^D kalbu a dog A;aZ&i 28 22 ' 33 33 19 59 2 kalbanipi 26 25 ' 30 . 
SSd kalalu to be complete u-sak-lil 10 5 23 s9 38 11 39 5 u-sa-ak-li-il 36 22 

Suk-lu-lat 7 11 mu-sak-lil 37 9 ; kullatu totality fcuZ-Za* 4 5 59 20 -smw 

39 26 ifcuWa-ta (=^wZZaZ)40 8 41 29 ; kul-la-ta-an all(?) 40 25 ; kilalu 

totality (of weight, value) ki-lal-su-nu 50 14 ; ki-lal-la-an around, 

about 35 16 . 
£hj kalamu to see II I to show u-kal-lim-an-ni 38 1 kul-lum 2S 20 kul- 

lum-mi-im-raa 19 13 . 
03 kam determinative after numerals 19 26 30 17 . 



GLOSSARY. 113 

HD3 kamft to bind, enclose kummu enclosure, dwelling place ku-um- 
mi-ka 38 21 ; kamatu wall ka-ma-a-ti 59 2 ; kamutu bondage ka-mu- 

ut-su 35 28 ka-mu-su-nu 3 32 ; kimu ki-mu-u-a 20 18 ; kimtu a 

family kim-tu 20 11 kim-ti-ya 57 19 -Su 17 29 25 1 . 

Sdd ku-mal 27 3 . 

ODD kamasu to bow ik-mi-sa 40 22 . 

1DD kamaru to be cast down, spread abroad lu-ki-mir (= lu + u-kam- 
mir) l 12 ku-um-mu-ru 20 29 . 

«1J3 kappu a wing kap-pi 52 10 . 

BU3 kanasu to submit ik-nu-sa 21 13 t'Jb-nu^u (sing.) II 9 12 7 21 22 10 26 
(pi.) II 17 ; kan-su 21 13 kan-sihti 33 31 -ya 34 80 -tf-su 5 9 kan-su-u-ti 33 w ; 
ka-na-sa 2 25 ; u-ka-an-ni-sa 40 9 ; VrSak-nis 23 16 -ni-sa 34 18 -ni-is-su- 
nu-ti 21 5 -m'-sw 34 30 u-sik-ni-sa 5 25 -s« 7 17 mu-sak-nis 5 8 9 13 . 

tyjD kiSSatu assembly, totality ifeiftfati 5 3 *iWfa-ft" 35 2 £&ffaf 5 9 40 27 
(= kis-§a-ti). 

KiDS kussu throne £tmi 7 20 64 1115 -sm 14 5 kussipi 12 28 . 

3DD kasbu a measure equal to two hours of time, or the space traveled 
in two hours kas-bu 16 25 30^ 29 ' 32 31 9 . 

h03 kisallu floor, platform, altar (?) kisalla 24 16 37 21 38 15 39 17 . 

DD3 kasi.su ik-su-su 26 2 . 

fpD kaspu silver 18 23 kaspi 10 14 kas-pi 32 s kaspa 14 19 57 16 kaspipi 6 28 . 

ODD kispu ki-is-pi-Su 26 23 . 

n33 kuppu fountain kup-pi 31 24 . 

1DD kisuru ki-su-ur-su-un 39 28 . 

V¥D kussu hurricane (?), waterspout (?) 13 29 . 

120 kasaru, kisru cf. "WD. 

HID fs«kiru a park kirt 32 7 kiripi-Su S w . 

m3 karft ka-ri-i l 14 . 

X 4 13 kiru to be low, bow u-kar-ri 21 5 ; katru submission (?) kat-ri-i ll 14 
12 21 ; ka-at-ri-iS 36 27 . 

3*0 karabu to be gracious, bless i-kar-ra-ban-na-H 61 24 ik-ru-ub 41 13 5 
kur-ban-ni-i 23 11 ; ik-ta-ar-ra-bu-su 40 26 li-ik-ta-ra-bu 37 8 . 

313 kirbu cf. 3"! p. 

J"Q kur-gi issurupl 10 10 . 

D13 karamu to overthrow (?) lik-rim-mi-Su 24 21 ; karmu ruin, desola- 
tion kar-rni 3 27 4 25 kar-mi 4 15 14 26 ; karmutu desolation kar-mu- 
tu 35 11 . 
p3 karanu, kurunnu wine karani 36 19 karana 50 24 kurunni 36 18 . 
p3 karanu to heap up lu-ki-ri-in (= Zw + u-kar-ri-iri) 2 15 . 

D*D kurusau ku-ru-us-su 26 2 . 



114 GLOSSARY. 

rp3 karpatu a pot 60 17 . 

"no karru kar-ri 6 26 . 

#13 kara§u camp, host karaSa-ka 14 22 karas-su 14 27 ka-ra-si-Su-nu 32 20 . 

tyt3 karasu destruction (?) ka-ra-Si 61 3,6 . 

KBO kissi encumbers (?) kis-si-i 16 14 . 

HBO kasu to cut off (?) aJc-sud) 31 26 ; ki-si-Su 32 7 . 

HBO kistu forest kisti 36 15 38 4 kisdtipi 30 8 . 

1B>3 kaSadu to approach, reach, capture i-kaS-sa-du 17 2 aksud 13 5 
aksu-ud 7 23 aifc-swrf l 22 ak-su-ud 2 9 10 3 ak-su-du 4 27 ak-sud-du 14 25 
taksu-ud 5 13 ' 26 ii-W 3 31 ik-su-ud 22 20 ik-su-us-su 33 14 -su-nu-ti 31 32 
46 26 ik-su-su-nu-ti 18 2 ik-Su-da ll 31 ik-su-du 9 15 lik-su-ud 37 14 ; &w- 
a-m-m(/22 13 ; ka-sid2™ ka-si-du-u-ti 29 28 ; ka-sa-du 35 25 ka-sa-di 15 19 
-sw60 21 61 4 -&52 12 ka-sa-a-di 59 16 60 7 £a-sad 10 6 33 16 ; u-Sa-ak-si-du 
40 10 ; kisittu booty jfeflfft-rie 1 " 8 H-&Mil0 15 13 23 ki-H-ti^; kuSSudu 
captured kus-su-di 16 32 17 21 . 

"H5D kiSadu neck, bank (of a stream) kiSadi-ya 60 23 63 13 -sa 63 12 64 21 
M-Sa-di 19 15 fc&atf 5 10 10 16 H-sacZ 15 14 ki-sa-da-ti-su-nu 16 6 . 

"IB>3 ku-§lr (?)..... 46 12 . 

B>B>3 kasuSu powerful ka-Su-u§ 5 2 . 

B^BO kiS&atu cf. B>J3. 

nnD kitu a kind of garment fa"** 18 24 fc&u^z 50 12 . 
"13n3 kitbartu cf. "133. 

Dn3 katamu to cover, overwhelm ik-tu-mu-su 44 9 kat-ma 59 13 ka-ti-im 
15 13 ; u-sa£-^m 13 23 . 

iro kitru aid, alliance jfcfrri 22 28 ■£« 24 31 4S 16 -su-nu 46 20 . 

iro katrti. cf. N 4 "I3. 

nr>3 kittu, kitinirutu cf. J13. 



*b la not, without la 8 23 61 2 la (written nu) 52 1 63 5 Za-a l 5 . 
HKi 1 ? lu'u strong (?) lu-'-u-u-ti 27 1 ; litu strength, authority Zw-<w 50 18 
li-i-ti 5 14 -ft' 34 30 ; lft a bull Zi-i 16 29 ; multa'itu greatness, majesty 
mul-ta-i-ti-ya 10 5 nnd-ta-i-it 6 23 . 
£3^ 2 S latu to burn mu-la-it 6 5 . 

2S emi7Mlibp; ideogram for musicians (?) 12 80 19 16 flihpi 12 31 . 
Ki^ 1 ? labbu a lion la-ab-bi§ like a lion 15 20 . 

22b libbu heart, midst, womb, loins Ub-bu 22 28 -us 35 9 Ui-bu-uS 14 26 
lib-bu-Su-un 16 32 2$K 19 20 35 3 -&t 37 17 ZtWtya 15 23 Zft-U 4 30 41 2 
Qib-U ritpasu large hearted) 42* 3 (my heart) [58 2 ]5S 7 61 21 [-ya] 
41 12 -jfca 38 21 ■$« 18 2 -la 58 12 -£w-nu 17 8 lib-la-Su-un ll 23 -iit-nu 14 7 



GLOSSARY. 115 

Ub-la-Su 40 13 -su-nu 2- 7 -su-nu-ti 46 11 libbl pi-su-nu 25 20 ; liblibu 
offspring li-ib-li-pi 20 19 ; lib-bal-bal great-grandson, descendant 
40 30 ; lib-ba-ti 61 5 (fern, of libbu, or error for lib-ba-Su (?)). 

nS labanu to cast down (the face in devotion), to make bricks 
al-bi-in 34 25 ; libittu (= libin-tu) pi. libndti brick Zi&zftz IS 11 Ubnatipi 
35 18 36 14 lib-na-at-su 36 18 38 7 39 4 lib-na-su 10 2 ; labbannati (fern, pi., 
or kalbannati) some kind of war engines or instruments lab-ban- 
na-ti 12 11 . 

iaS labiru, labaru old Za-Zu'-ru 6 18 -n 37 31 39 2 la-bi-ru-[ti] 63 2 Za-Sa-n" 
37 26 -ris (adv.) 24 4 ; labirutu old age, decay la-bi-ru-ta 10 1 . 

BO 1 ? labasu to dress, be clad, put on lab-su 52 10 (perm.) ; at-tal-bi-sa 15 21 
lit-bu-Sat 32 31 ; u-lab-biS 22 6 u-lab-U-su 48 11 ; u-sal-bis 36 26 ; lubultu 
(=lubuHu) clothing lu-bul-tu 4S 10 -ii 18 24 22 6 50 12 . 
lb lft particle of wishing and asseveration Zw l 10 Zw-w l 9 60 23 (by, in 
an oath?) 62 1 ' 2 . 

t2lS litu hostage li-i-ti 5 14 ; litutu hostageship li-tu-ut-ti 4 2 . 
n 1 ? lahu front (?) la-a h 33 19 (Za-a7i ini-su, or la-ah-si-su (?)) . 

Dn 1 ? lahmu lion lah-mi-i§ like a lion 15 27 ; u u lah-mu lion colossus 36 28 . 

VS lilati pi. evening li-la-a-ti 58 1 ' 4 . 

nbS lalfi, lulfi la-li-i-ka 37 6 Zu-ZU 10 8 . 

HD 1 ? lamu to surround, enclose, besiege al-mi ll"' 32 12 11 13 21 17 26 31 2 
-su 14 13 -Si 6 26 ; u-Sal-mi 33 32 ; limitu environs li-mi-ti-Su-nu 12 9 13 20 . 

HD 1 ? lamadu to learn al-ma-ad 20 14 . 

JDS limnu bad, wicked lim-ni 9 16 lim-nu-ti 14 7 15 27 ; limuttu (= ZZmtm- 
tu) evil (fern. adj. and noun) 23 10 limut-tu 25 32 26 a20 32 23 46 11 48 2 . 6 
li-mu-ut-ti 39 25 limut-tim 23 6 29 34 46 21 ZZmwtta 59 6 - 7 . 

DD 1 ? z7 M lamassu bull colossus lamassi 26 21 . 

DJ 1 ? lu-num 32 18 . 

ji) 1 ? lapan (=la +pan) before, in front of la-pa-an 14 13 16 20 18 20 25 18 26 12 

28 n 31 19 32 11 34 12 46 2 . 

~T\sh lapatu to turn (intrans.) il-pu-ut 61 24 ; lipitu overthrow lipi-it 24 28 . 

K 3 pS likft to take al-ki 2 5 aZ-£a-a 6 18 ' 29 33 33 50 16 al-ka-Su 34 20 aZ-A;a-aMu 

34 15 -Su-nu-ti 31 18 al-ka-Su-nu-u-ti l 18 #-H 35 29 #-£« 18 6 il-ka-as-Si 

64 16 z7-£u-u 25 7 i7-£u-m 18 3 il-ku-in-ni 62 3 Zi-£w 3S 24 li-ka-as-Si 64 12 . 

nnS nttatu cf. iSi. 

D ma and l 6 , also emphatic enclitic 2 14 3 15 5 5 18 27 22 11 . 30 23 23 27 24 
35 26 46 27 . 
nSD ma'u fern, mitu victor »u-i-Zw 32 28 . 



116 GLOSSARY. 

TKjD ma'adtl to be numerous i-ma-a-du 52 20 ; ma'adu much, many 
ma-a-di 15 10 21 14 - 23 46 7 ma-'a-du-ti 17 5 ma-a-at-tu 28 9 ma-at-tum 13 30 
ma-'a-da-a-ti 34 1 ; mu'udu much mu-'u-di-i 18 25 ; ma-'a-dis (adv.) 
6 29 8 16 ; ma-'a-as-si (=ma'asia) st. DXO(?)) 21 10 - 18 . 

1KD maru son martu daughter maripi 4 1 ma-rat 31 7 . 

"1K 2 D maru II i to send u-ma-i-ir 16 34 u-ma-i-ra-ni 2 26 u-ma-i-i-ru 46 15 ; 
muma'iru ruler, general mu-ma-i-ir 7 6 16 1 ; mu'aru ruler (?) 
mu-'-a-ru 9 9 ; tamartu present, gift ta-mar-ti 27 23 -sw 22 24 -sw-rcu 22 1 
ta-mar-ta-Su-nu ll 7 42 20 . 

■UD magaru to be favorable, to favor li-im-gu-ra 39 19 mu-gu-ur 3S 24 ; 
ni-in-dag-ga-ra (= nimtagard) 46 17 ; magiru favorable 19 26 magiri 38 2 
ma-gi-ri l 20 9 19 (masc. pi.) ; migru favorite mi'-^V 9 8 . 

j£HD midpanu cf. j£n. 

ID mu pi. m«, mami water i»h 40 16 52 14 mipi 6 19 18 13 30 20 > 21 ' 31 31 24 - 25 - 20 
60 13 64 ial6 -s"w-nw 62 8 ma-a-mi 18 16 . 
V1D masu to press, hinder, stop(?) i-mi-su 27*. 

tyiD muSu, mugitu night mu-si-su 48 22 mu-si-tu 31 9 mu-Sa-a-ti 59 14 . 
HID matu to die im-tu-ut (= imtawut I 2) 14 s ; mitu one dead mi-tu-ti 
5219.20 mi-tu-ta-an 40 25 ; mitutu death mi-tu-tu 26 9 . 

nnD mlhu heavy shower, storm mi-hu-u 59 15 mi-hi-i 15 29 17 25 . 

nnD muhhu the top part m«Mi 4 28 31 25 48 13 -s~m 4 25 ' 29 -su-nu 4 3 . 

?nn mahazu city ma-ha-zi 23 20 24 1 39 24 [41 22 ] Su 41 6 -su-un 41 80 -SM-nu 3 24 4 14 . 

yriD mahasu to shatter, fight a-mah-ha-as 52 17,18 im-lia-as 64 18 ma- 
Aa-as 64 9 ; am-da-hi-is 4 9,18 ll 28 am-dali-hi-is 8 9 ' 17 im-dah-su 59 17 ; 
mundah(i)su soldier mun-dah-si-i-su 24 25 ; mithusu fight, battle 
mit-hu-su 12 10 -si 25 5 48 25 -ws-si 28 25 mit-hu-us l 12 . 

^riD mahasu am-ha-as 36 19 . 

*inD maharu to be in front of, to receive, to offer (prayer or sacrifice 
to the gods) am-hur 8 4 - 28 16 16 -Su 21 10 -su-nu-ti 15 19 am-hu-ru 23 2 
im-hur-Su-u-ma 28 14 -su-nu-ti 14 26 im-hu-ru 5 14 (sing.) -sw 24 80 im- 
Aw-ru 32 2S (pi.) ; am-da-ah-ha-ru I prayed (1 2 = amtaharu) 33 17 ; 
im-da-na-ha-ru (I 3) they were receiving 32 7 ; u-ma-hir (II 1) 50 24 ; 
u-Sam-hi-ir 37 1 ; mahru front ma AH, mahar front, before mah-ri Q n 
39 9 58 18 -ya 11 8 36 10 [64 12 ] -su 29 24 ma-har 3 33 59 6 ' 7 -sw 39 9 -su-un 10 11 
-SM-nM 32 12 36 84 ; mahrft fern, mahrltu former, first mah-ru-u ll 12 
mah-ri 37 26 mah-ri-i 42 1 maft-ra 2 27 mah-ra-a 6 12 mah-ri-ti 12 20 14 25 5 
mihirtu front mi-ih-rit 33 4 ; mahiru a rival ma-M-ra 5 8 ; mahiru 
a price ma-hi-ri 32 6 ; muhhuru prayer (or sacrifice (?)) muh-hu-ru 
50 24 ; mah-hu-ur forward 44 8 ; tamharu battle tam-ha-ri l 4 3 22 5 :9 
7 8 ll 81 16 2 il7 12 31 16 34 5 ; mitharis together mit-ha-ris 15" 16 25 . 



GLOSSARY. 117 

"ino mihru stream (?) mi-ih-ri 58 16 . 

S£30 mataiu to extend (intrans.) li-sa-an-ti-il 37 13 . 

"I £30 mati.ru to rain tamtiru rain tam-ti-ri 13 29 . 
DVo mflammu lustre mi-lam-mi 10 19 12 28 32 31 44 8 . 

"DO makkuru treasure, possession 17 31 makkuri 14 18 (&?£ makkuri 
treasure house) makkur IT 30 26 17 -s« 18 23 -su-nu 18 3 ; namkuru 
possession nam-kur-su-nu l 1523 3 25 4 22 . 

X1S0 malu to be full, to fill (trans.) im-lu-u 46 3 ; ma-lu-u 26 31 (perm.) ; 
u-mal-li 17 29 37 2 -su 10 8 w-maZ-ft 14 2 (3rd pers.) u-mal-la-a 16 13 
u-ma-al-la-a 40 20 59 10 u-mal-lu-u 28 2 42 16 ; im-ta-li 61 5 ; um-dal-lu-u 
(II 2) 32 2 ; mala fulness, as many as 7na-?a 18 11 20 18 28 10 31 4 ' 24 32 14 
41 7 46 9 48 2 50 12 ; mflu overflow mill 16 7 -si'-na 30 6 wu-Zi'-Sa 7 24 8 8 ; 
malu fern, malitu full ma-li-ti 50 19 . 

nSo malahu seaman, pilot amilumalahi 58 8 . 

IjSo malaku to take counsel im-li-ku 46 12 ; im-tal-ku 61 2 tam-ta-lik 61 12 ; 
milku advice, reason, understanding mil-ku 61 21 mil-ki 14 4,21 mi- 
Zi"& 46 12 -s« 61 21 ; malku prince mal-ku 9 7 ' 18 ma-al-ki 40 6 41 1 ma-lik 
(= raaZM pi.) 23 16 ma-lik-su-nu 9 15 (sing.) mal-kipi 5 6 ma-al-ki (pi.) 
20 10 ; malikutu royalty ma-li-ku-tim 40 8 . 

^0 milliku cf. ^N 2 - 
So^O mulmullu spear mul-mul-li 15 32 -ya 3 23 . 

jV?0 multa'itu cf. HXi 1 ?. 
COnn^O multahtu cf. ^£311. 
bnSo multalu cf. SNity. 

DO mummu queen (title of Tiamat, synonym of bilti;) mu-um-mu 62 7 . 
DO mimma cf. uo. 

r\00 mamitu cf. noH. 

njO manu to count, reckon am-ni-i 18 1 am-rcw 6 2 12 ai4 13 7 -Su-nu-ti l 19 
im-nu (sing.) 25 23 im-nu-u 61 3 (sing.) 26 16 (pi.) ; minu numbered 
mi-i-nu 46 14 ; manu, minu number ma-ni 8 23 ' 24 ma-ni-i S 29 mt-ra 
24 27 28 9 30 28 31 83 50 17 ?m-na l 16 ; manu mina ma-na 10 145is . 

njO man-da (for madda (?)) the Medes (?) 40 9 . 

"00 man-di-ma 17 18 . 

"130 mandattu, madatu cf. pj. 

130 mannu who?, whoever man-nu 39 14 man-nu-um-ma (= mannu + ma) 
61 8 ; minu what? mi-ni-i 32 23 ; manama anyone ma-na-ma 37 33 39 1 
62 10 ; mimma (= Mfflmo) anything 12 29 18 24 [57 16 ] 57 16 - 17 - 18 58 20 . 

TTJO manzazu, manzaltu cf. j-TJ. 
no munnu arms, utensils mun-ni-su-nu 16 8 . St. |KiO (?). 

3"U0 mun-na-rib (?)-su-nu 17 1 . 



118 GLOSSARY. 

HDD misft to wash., cleanse u-ma-si (= umassi) 10 2 . 
pDD i. ?M miskannu palm tree mis-kan-ni 6' 21 ' 27 . 
^DD musarft tablet, inscription mu-sa-ru-u 37 20 39 16,18 mu-sa-ri-i-a 37 22 

mu-sar-u-a 24 1&2 ° mu-sar-i-iu 24 17,20 mu-sar-ri-i-a 38 16 . 
VD musu, misu cf. XVI. 
n^D masu(?) Hi to cast down(?) u-mi-si 2 10 4 13 lu-mi-si 3 21 ; wm-ta-si 

(II 2) 63 6 ' 9 ' 12 ' 15 ' 18 ' 21 64 2 . 
*l]fa misru region, territory mi-is-ri 5 30 wii-sir 9 18 13 a6 29 18 42 10 50 3 

-ya 29 s4 . 
1VD jnStemusura (adj.) Egyptian mu-su-ra-a-a ll 29 . 
"l¥D namsaru sword nam-sa-ri 16 16 (pi.) . 
*1¥D masartu cf. *iyj. 
npa makatu to fall im-kut-su 13 25 im-ku-tu 26 11 ; im-ta-kut 59 22 ; u-sam- 

kit 5 19 8 la18 -su-nu-ti 32 12 u-sam-ki-ta 33 5 -ta 26 29 (sing.) 48 s (pi.) 

li-sa-am-kk 37 14 -K-ta 39 20 sum-kut 9 6 mu-Hm-kit 9 24 ; miktu fall (?) 

mi'-Hif 26 7 . 
K^D mart fat, fatted ma-ru-ti 10 10 16 4 . 
PI"ID miranu bitterness (?) mi-ra-nu-us-su-un 25 19 . 
KO^D murbasu cf. tWI. 
niD mirihtu cf. niK. 
IpD markitu cf. rDI. 
DD1D markasu cf. D31. 
pDJID murnisku horse mur-ni-is-ki 16 9 . 
pD marsu difficult mar-su 17 20 31 11,21 mar-sa 2 6 3 4 mar-su-ti 2 26 -&' 

19 8 ; namrasu difficulty nam-ra-si l 8 . 
11 D mararu to march u-sam-ri-ir 50 18 . 
jj?*1D marustu ruin, destruction ma-ru-us-tu 28 14 . 
EHD marsttu cf. HBH. 

nt?D magft to forget am-£i 60 2a24 im-H 42 6 {to-sm 46 11 . 
Htjra magfi II i to feel, touch mus-si 18 1S . 
2t^D mftSabu cf. 3B0. 
IjjyD maSku skin masak 12 28 18 23 -sw 34 6 [-£w-nw] 48 5 mas-ki-ya 15 15 

(my skin = my self (?)). 
pt^D ma&kanu cf. ntP. 
IpttfD maSnaktu st. }Jt?. 
Ssti^D muSpalu cf . Saty. 
ptyn maskitu cf. npt?. 
I^D maSaru II i to leave, release, send u-mas-sir 60 M(U2 -Su-nu-ti 4 4 

u-maS-Sir 44 10 50 a9 -an-ni 27 27 u-maS-Si-ra 20 24 u-maS-sir-u 19 7 

-&'-ru 16 29 * 33 17 14 ' 19 46 3 muS-Su-ra (perm.) 16 24 . 



GLOSSARY. 119 

1t?0 masaru some part of a chariot ma-sa-ru-uS 16 12 isufna-sa-ri-ya 
(var. man-sa-ri-ya) 25 22 . 

*ltJ>3 ma§£ru ma-si-ri 33 18 . 

ViSO misaru, misfris cf. W. 

ntyo mastitu cf. nnty. 
"antyrD ma§taktu cf . ^nty. 

Kno matu land, country 37 5 58 21 -Su 35 23 ma-a-tum 58 14 ' 18 widtf 52 1 63 5 64 5 
-a 6 1 -7/a 5 30 -Su g 1 ^ 29 -Jfu-tm 31 18 mata 61 17 -su 10 21 21 25 ma-rf 15 11 
-ya l 18 -su-un 12 21 ma£ 27 9 mdt-su 12 20 -su-nu 17 19 ma-tu-us-su-un 
17 15 (= ana mdti-sun) mdtdti 3 22 mdtdti p i 3 14 -su-nu 3 15 ma-ta-a-ta 
40 5 mdtdtpi 2 24 . 

ynrra mithusu cf. vnn. 

inrra mitharis cf. inn. 
T\D matima (= ma# + ma) ever, at any time ma-ti-ma 21 8 . 
pnn mitfku cf. pnx 4 - 
?nn mutninnfl pious (?), reverent (?) mut-nin-nu-u 27 26 . St. njK«(?). 

DXJ (?) to destroy (?) a-m-'i 15 81 ; mu-ni-'i (II i) 9 15 . 
nxj nadu to be high, exalted at-ta-i-id 34 25 it-ta-i-id 19 24 ; na'idu, 
nadu exalted na-i-du 9 11 33 2 na-a-du 6 4 ; tanittu pi. tandddti 
exaltation, majesty ta-nit-ti 28 20 33 22 ta-nit-ta-Su-un 20 16 ta-na-da-ti 6 7 . 
SKi3 nalu to lie down III-II to cast down uS-na-il 2 14 4 20 . 
"1X 2 3 naru pi. ndrdti stream na>il7 3 40 16 ndrdti pi 62 2 - 3 ; jz M Nari-is like 

the stream-god 16 10 . 
tJ?K 4 J nfSu lion 61 15 nisipi 50 22 . 

&OJ nabu to speak, say, name, appoint i-nam-bu-su (nam for ?ia5) 39 15 
na-bu-u 5 16 (part.) 33 21 (perm.) 62 4 ; at-ta-bi 19 3 it-ta-bi 40 7 ; w-nam- 
6i 59 4 ; nibu number ni-bi ll 25 ni-ba 12 9 -su-un 40 17 ; nibitu name 
m'-5^ 19 19 -sm 19 3 -sun 20 16 ni-bi-it-su 40 7 . 
K 4 DJ namba'u spring (of water) nam-ba-i 31 24 . 

£33 J nabatu to shine, be bright u-sa-an-bi-it 36 26 ; nubattu celebra- 
tion (?), festival (?) nu-bat-tu 31 8 (=nubat-tu). 
S^J nabalu to destroy ab-bul 2 1 3 26 4 15 - 24 13 21 18 9 a-bul 8 23 ; nablu 

destruction naft-ft 32 82 . 
h>3J nabalu dryland na-ba-li 21 4 42 19 - 22 . 
pj nabnitu cf . HJ3. 
133 nibirtu cf. "ORj. 
PlJJ nigutu joy, rejoicing ni-gu-tu 10 11 . 
1J3 nagu province, district na-gu-u 22 9 60 1 na-gi-i 28 s - 8 . 
*UJ nagiru leader amiluna-gi-ru 15 84 . 



120 GLOSSARY. 

mj nadu to lay, cast, throw ad-di-i 18 19 ad-di 6 s3 18 12 36 18 39 4 -Su 33 20 

Su-nu-ti 31" ad-da 36 2 id-du ll 21 -su 26 7 na-du-u (perm.) 16 s 41 23 

na-da-ta (perm.) 33 26 ; at-ta-di 33 19 a t-ta-ad-di 2 6 32 30 20 ; in-na-di 23 s 

in-na-du-u 40 3 li-na-di (var. li-in-na-di) 23 1 . 
31J nindabu sacrificial offering nin-da-bi-i 39 9 . 
p"1J nadbaku cf. pi. 
pj nadanu to give i-nam-di-nu 33 28 atf-din 12 20 -sw 48 14 a-din-su 21 11 

id-din 60 3 -su-nu-ti 27 28 id-di-na 32 2 id-di-nu-su ll 22 id-din-u-ni 28 2 ; 

na-dan ll 13 12 21,82 33 28 ; at-ta-din 58 9 ; nudunrm dowry, gift n?j- 

dun-ni-i 21 14 ' 23 ; mandantu mandattu, maddattu, mddattu, madatu 

gift, tribute man-da-at-tu 10 27 12 6 > 21 -ft" 12 32 -to-su 27 23 ma-da-at-ti I s 

-to 4 3 ma-da-tu 8 3 -to l 21 . 

pj nidnu ni-id-ni 32 6 . 

*nj nadaru to rage, be furious an-na-dir (IV i) 15 21 . 

mj nahu to become quiet i-nu-uh 59 18 ; u-ni-ih 27 2 u-ni-hu l 5 u-ni-ih- 

hu 26 27 ; munihu a superior mu-ni-ha 2 23 9 7 . 
m nunu a fish rani 59 10 nunipi 26 26 nu-u-ni 18 21 . 
"in nuru light nu-u-ru 52 9 -ra 52 7 nu-wr 38 17 . 
113 nazazu to take position, stand iz-za-az 61 24 i-zi-zu (sing.) 34 4 

iz-zi-zu (pi.) 35 16 iz-zi-zu-ni 4 7 i-zi-zu-u 25 25 ; i-zz-si (impv.) 52 23 ; 

u-Si-ziz 7 28 -zz-iz 6 25 uS-zi-iz 36 28 us~-zi-zu (sing.) 46 20 ul-ziz-su-nu-ti 

22 8 25 30 u-M-zi-zu-in-ni 34 31 ; manzazu, manzaltu position, seat 

man-za-zu 32 29 60 9 ' 11 man-za-az 25 22 50 15 man-za-al-ti-su-nu 50 15 . 
DT3 nazamu to weep, wail tazimtu wailing ta-zi-im-ti-si-na 39 27 . 
SrU nahlu brook na-ah-li 13 30 . 
S'LDJ natalu to look, entreat at-ta-tal 58 5 . 
Tj nS.ru to subjugate i-na-ru 20 18 26 5 a-mr 33 31 i-ni-ru 7 18 ; niru 

a yoke niri-ya 21 5 ni-ri-ya ll 9 mr 22 s9 . 
"QJ nakSdu to cast, lay, to fall down, to fall prostrate (?) «£-&«- 

eto 36 1 37 28 ; nakuttu the act of prostrating oneself (?) na-kut-ti 

36 1 37 28 . 
SdJ nakalu to be cunning, skilled u-naJc-ki-lu 36 21 ; nikiltu craft, 

cunning ni-kil-ti 24 19 . 
DDJ nakg.mu II I to heap up nakmu, nakamtu treasure nak-mu 18 22 

na-kam-ti 10 13 na-ka-ma-a-ti 26 33 . 
D3J nakasu to cut, cut off, cut down i-nak-ki-su-u 25 11 ak-ki-is 3 5 

ak-kis 8 22 oib-ifcinsa 18 22 19 12 a-kis 7* ik-ki-su (sing.) 25 10 ; u-nak- 

kis 16 6 u-na-ak-kis 16 14 u-na-kis 16 13 u-ni-ki-is 4 20 lu-na-ki-sa P 4 ; 

nukkusu cut off nu-uk-ku-su-u-ti 26 24 ; niksu act of cutting off 

ititferi 12 11 mVfe 25 9 26 12 . 



GLOSSARY. 121 

"I3J nakaru to be hostile, to rebel ik-ki-ru 27 u ; II I to change (?) u-nak- 
ka-ar 39 17 u-na£-/h'-j'r 37 21 38 15 vma-kUr 6 19 ; u-Mam-ktr 27 30 ; nakru 
enemy, hostile 19 7 na-ak-ru 3S 29 39 7 nakri 9 16 15 1929 -s« 22 31 23 2 
nafc-rt 25 4 26 6 nakrutipi 2 19 5 u 10 7 -ya 32 29 -i-a 22 14 na-ak-rvrti-ya 
37 14 ; nakiru enemy na-iti-ri 9 6 15 2&32 ; nak-ris ll 22 . 

BOJ nukusu part of a door, hinge (?) nu-ku-si-i 38 9 . 

!j:3J namba'u cf. KJJ. 

T3J nimfdu cf . nDK 4 . 
*^3DJ namkuru cf. "OD. 
"IVDJ namsaru cf. im 

pD3 nimiku cf. pDK 4 . 

"1DJ namaru to be bright, to shine, to be joyful irn-mi-ru 40 23 ; u- 
nam-mir 23 31 -mi-ir 37 3 ; namru bright natn-ru 58 20 na-am-ra 
37 17 ; namri(r)ru brilliance nam-ri-ri 7 4 44 7 nam-ri-ir^ri-su-nu 58 18 ; 
namurratu brilliance na-mur-ra-ti 9 5 . 
yiDJ namrasu cf. pD. 

31 J J nindabft cf. 3"U. 
*ljj nannaru (= nanharu st. ~iK 2 J (?)) illuminator na-an-na-ri 35 15,30 . 

K 4 DJ nisti. distant ni-siirti 2 24 (pi.). 

noj nasahu to wrench away, carry off i-na-as-sah 58 15 i-na-sali-u 46 14 
as-suft 18 11 ' 18 50 15 as-su-ha-am-ma ll u na-si-ih 9 14 ' 20 . 

IjDJ nisakku prince 9 1 ; nasikku prince amiluna-sik-ka-ni 16 27 '. 

DDJ nisiktu precious stones (?) ni-sik-ti 12 27 17 31 23 30 36 14 38 4 50 n . 

n£3J niphu ascent, rise (of the heavenly bodies) ni-ip-hi 37 12 3S 23 . 
-in3J napharu cf. *in3. 
pb2J napalkatu cf. pbfl. 

-12: nipritu cf. sns. 

^p33 naparku cf. 1p3. 

B?3j napasu to expand, breathe, thrive na-pa-aS 20 26 ; napistu pi. 
napSati life na-pis-tu 24 s9 26 30 -ft' 31 27 -ft' 61 6 -ti-su-nu 27 7 ncgri*- 
ftm 33 1 -su 29 10 44 n 50 4 -sm-ww 29 7 31 25 na-pis-ta-svsnu 3 32 nap-.s Y a- 
to-14 13 nap-^af-SM26 7 33 24 48 9 -su-un 26 10 -sw-nu 21 5 najisati p i 57 13 
-su 8 20 -Sm-»m 16 30 nap-Sa-ti 15 25 -£u-n« 16 7 17 15 - 20 nap-sa-a-ti 17 1 ; 
nappasu a window nap-pa-Sa 59 22 . 

itt j nisu cf. K,V1. 

"1X3 nasaru to keep, guard, observe is-su-ra 27 25 33 4 -ru (sing.) 21 2 22 27 
is-sur-u 27 20 ni-is-su-ru 32 25 &-sw-ru (pi.) 32 10 46 10 ««-«»• 29 31 ; u-Sa- 
anrtir 31 25 -£w 28 2ii33 33 21 ; nasiru observance na-sir 20 3 ; masartu 
watch, guard masardtipi 31 24 46 6 ; nisirtu treasure, possession 
ni-sir-tu 12 29 -ti 18 25 . 



122 GLOSSARY. 

npj naku to pour out, sacrifice ak-ki 10 n ak-ki 37 1 - 22 3S 16 ak-ka-a 50 25 
lik-ki 24 17 li-ik-ki 39 17 ; at-ta-ki 60 15 ; niku a sacrifice urru nika 24 17 
ni-ka-a 60 15 nikdni 60 20 /«>»•« nikani 36 34 37 22 88 15 39 17 kirru nikani p i 
7-253421. 

3pj nakabu II 1 to pierce u-na-kib 32 s9 mu-nak-kib 36 27 ; nakbu canal 

nakUpi-su 20 24 . 
DpJ nakmutu cf. nop. 

-ipj nakaru to devastate ak-kur 2 1 3 s7 4 15 ' 25 13 21 18 10 a-kr S 23 . 
D*U awnirba a species of grain 20 27 . For niribu cf . :ntf 5 . 

30"IJ narkabtu cf. 22~\. 
D"U nararnu cf. DSO- 
~\2~\} nir-pad-du^ bones, skeleton -Su 23 1 ' 3 -Su-nu-ti 26 31 . 
"Hj narartitu, nirarutu aid, help na-ra-ru-u-ti 42 M ni-ra-ru-ut-ti 2 12 

ni-ra-ru-ti-su-nu 3 23 . 
Kjtyj nasu to lift up ta-na-sa-as-si 52 23 as-si 42 14 as-£a-a 4 22 tS-jft 60 22 

iS-Su-u 58 17 is-su-u-ni 23 3 is-su-nim-ma ll 8 42 20 lis-Su-u-ni 23 1 ; i-si 

(impv.) 35 18 ; na-sa-a-ta (perm.) 32 31 ; na-a-si 60 3 na-si 7 9 62 1 rca- 

a-a£ l 3 na-sa-ta 38 27 ; nisu elevation ni# 23 7 29 13 ' 17 33 16 37 11 ; niSitu 

elevation, favorite ni-sit 5 1 9 1 . 
KEU nisu people cf. tJOXi. 

Kt^J nisu (perhaps error for nisu) distant, remote (?) ni-su-tu 20 11 . 
Ktyj nisu excrement ni-sa-a-su-un 17 15 (parallel passage ni-su 16 33 ). 
3550 ni&bft cf. Kiiw. 
pjjrj nasaku to kiss iS-si-ku ll 8 ; u-na-as-Hk 21 19 ' 24 25 la21 -si-ka 21 15 

•&$u 22 2 40 23 41 18 42 21 50 6 . 
It^J nasru eagle nasri issuru 17 20 nasriissuru pi 26 25 . 
nj nitu m'-to 14 13 ra'-i-fr' 17 26 . St. n&O (?). 



K 4 3D sibu seventh sibu-u 64 a23 sz'-Jw-w 59 16 sibi-i 13 1 sz'5a-a 60 7 . 
D2D sabsu angry, enraged sab-sa-a-ti 27 2 . 
bjD sugullatu herd su-gul-lat 3 27 . 
"IJD si-gar festival (?) 19 26 . 

"HD sidru, sidirtu order, array si-id-ru ll 26 si-dir-ta 15 15 17 6 . 
DID samu II 1 to adorn u-si-im-H 6 25 ; simtu adornment, insignia 

si-ma-ti 23 21 -Su-nu 41 8 si-ma-ti-su 14 17 si-jnctf 15 22 48 11 ; simanu 

trophy, insignia si-ma-ni 16 8,14 ; simanu third month of the Bab.- 

Assyr. year arhusimani 30 16 . 
DID sisu horse sisi 20 15 35 17 sisipi 3 27 4 2 ll 24 12 12 14 28 21 19 48" 50 13 

-ya 16 84 -si-na 16 22 . 



GLOSS AEY. 123 

DID saku II i to bring low, oppress u-si-ik 21 5 u-si-ka 14 13 ; suk u 

road, street suktpi 26 31 . 
ntlD sahu(?) to rebel is-si-liu (1 2) 14 6 ; sihu rebellion sih-u 14 12 . 
nnD sahapu to cast down as-hu-up-Su 17 26 is-hup-su-nu-ti 17 14 is-hu-up 

16 29 -Su 4S 22 -Su-nu-ti 26 14 is-hu-pu-su 10 2( >12 23 44 8 -Su-nu-ti 10 25 . 
inD saharu to turn, return, surround sa-hi-ir-sum-ma 35' 21 sa-ah-ra 40 2 ; 

is-sdh-ra (= istahira) 60 9,11 ' 14 ; u-sa-hi-ir 40 4 ; sihirtu enclosure, wall, 

extent sz-Kr-ii 4 s4 -&zl 22 5 24 6 15 sfr-Air-ft" l^SS" 3 -£u 50 10 -sa 32 2 ; 

suhhurtu enclosure, discomfiture suh-hur-ta-su-nu 15 31 ; sihru a 

band, troop sih-ru 15 6 ; suhiru su-M-ru 32 18 . 

HDD sikatu si-kat 6 26 . 

SdD sukkallu messenger, servant S3 2 37 18 sukkalli-sa 64 8 . 

rpD sakapu to cast down; sikiptu defeat si-kip-ti 17 8 ; askuppu 

threshold as-kup-pu 38 9 askuppipi 64 10,14 . 
"DD saki.ru to speak u-Sa-as-kir-Su 29 13 . 
■DD sikkuru a bolt sik-ku-ru 52 17 is U sikkuri 52 n . 

X^D salatu near (?) (fern, adj.) sa-la-tu 20 11 sa-lat-ya 57 19 (my near kin). 
H^D salti to lift up, cast off tsn?«wi 27 21 is-lu-u 22 29 27 13 . 
nbo sullu street (?) su-ul-li-i-Su-nu 27 1 . 
n^D salahu to sprinkle is-luh-Si 64 16 su-luh-Si 64 12 . 
0*70 salamu to turn, be favorable is-lirmu 35 13 ; salimu, sulummu 

favor, treaty, alliance sa-li-mi 46 15 su-lum-mu-u 46 16 ; sa-li-mi-is 

graciously 40 34 . 
ODD summatu isswrw a dove (?) 60 8 summata 60 8 summati 16 31 . 
pD sinuntu isswrw a swallow 60 10 sinunta 60 10 . 
pJD sanaku to bind, press, submit as-ni-ka-su-nu-ti 3 17 is-ni-ka 14 29 

sa-an-ku 33 27 ; is-sa-an-ka-am-ma (IY 1) 29 28 ; sunku want, famine 

su-wn-£u 24 2S 32 13 su-un-ki 26 12 ' 29 29 6 . 
K2D sipu to pray u-sap-pu-u 25 6 (sing.) ; supu, suppu prayer su-pu- 

u-su 39 19 sitrpi-i-a 15 20 37 19 su-up-pi-i 25 6 . 
n£3D sapahu to overthrow u-sap-pi-ih 17 9 35 27 . 
J20 sapanu to cover, overpower, cast i-sap-pan-nu 59 15 as-pu-un IS 13 

26 21 is-pu-nu (sing.) 26 22 li-is-pu-un 37 15 is-pu-nu (pi.) 23 5 sa-pi-nu 

18 17 sa-^i-m 36 28 sa-pi-na-at 15 23 16 n 38 28 39 7 . 
t]D3D sapsapati extremities, limbs sa-ap-sa-pa-ti 16 13 . 
c\2D sippu threshold si-ip-pu 52 18 . 
*12D saparu net sa-par 26 13 . 
*I3D siparru copper siparri 4 s6 ' 29 siparripi Q 2 ^ 28 . 
T1D surdu isswrw owl 34 15 . 
••ID si-ri-ya-am coat of mail 15 21 . 



124 GLOSSARY. 

DID sarmu sa-ar-ma-su-nu 41 9 . 

DID saraku to pour out; surkinu libation sur-ki-nu 60 16 -ni QO^QW 
T^D surratu opposition, sedition sur-ra-a-ti 46 12 -ti 27 24 29 32 -ti-Su- 

un 46 24 . 
nnD sittu, sititu the rest, remainder si-it-ti 13 25 16 19 26 21 27 s 48 1 si-ti-it 

1 16 2! si-it-tu-ti 29 5 -su-nu 33 32 -ti-su-nu 12 2 si-it-tu-u-ti 24 28 31 28 . 
!pD sattukku daily sacrifice sat-tuk-hu 39 a23 -ki 23 26 -ki-su-un 27 3 

-ki-si-na 23 21 . 
"IfiD sutaru su-ta-ri 41 17 . 

X3 abnuV^-pl ideogram for a kind of stone 64 m14 . 
bj3 pagalu to be great pu-ug-gu-lu 35 21 . 
i1J3 pagru body, corpse pa-gar 2 14 -su 22 31 23 2 j3a#-rc' (pi.) 16 12 ' 30 -sm-m« 

12 1 amilupagri p i2& s -su-nu 15 33 17 28 33 31 48 4 pag-rat (pi. fern.) 59 21 . 
m2 padu indulgent, sparing pa-du-u 6 7 pa-da-a 5 17 pa-du-ti 6 10 . 
p3 padanu way, road pa-da-nu 42 23 padanipi 2 3 . 
13 pu mouth, word, speech, command pi 36 13 62 3 -su 6 8 jpj-i 19 26 27 10 

62 2 -Su 27 29 29 17 - 32 -£m-ito31 26 -su-nu 2 6 18 ' 20 jaa-a 6 10 -s v u 52 21 61 7 ' 10 

-sa 64 7 . 
Xn3 pihfr to close pi-hi (impv.) 58 2 pi-M-i 58 8 ; ap-ti-hi 58 7 ; pihatu 

district, governor of a district, satrap amilupi'h&ta. 19 5 pi'Mz 14 10 

amilupihatipi 46 1 48 16 50 5 -Jfu-n« 33 27 . 
"in£3 paharu to assemble, come together ip-hu-ru 14 11 ; ip-tdh-ru 60 20 ; 

u-pah-hir 20 2 -M-ra 4S 24 u-pa-ah-M-ra-am-ma 41 25 u-pa-hir 14 27 18 27 ; 

pu-uh-hir (impv.) 14 22 ; lup-ti-~hir V ; puhru totality puhur 25 12 34 26 

pu-hur-Su-nu 15 10 17 9 ; napharu totality napliar 3 14 nap-har o 30 

-^'-na 7 16 . 

"in3 pu-uh-ri-i-ti (?) 59 13 . 

"102 pataru to open, sever, release ap-tu-ur 3 33 ; u-pat-ti-ra 20 24 ; u-sa-ap- 

ti-ir 41 9 ; ip-pa-tir 10 1 ; patru dagger 16 2 joatar 26 12 48 12 patripi 16 17 . 
T3 padu side, limit pad 6 5 - 16 27 12 32 3 pa-ad 36 4 37 2 41 22 . 
Vfl aSnwpilu a kind of stone j>i-Zi 6 24 pi-i-li 10 3 . 
Tfl piru elephant piri I2 295is 18 2a24 (sinpiri = ivory). 
"HDD paku fear pa-ki-i 40 25 . 
133 pakadu cf. npfl. 
lbs palu reign, year of reign pa-lu-u-a 37 13 pali-y a 7 2S 8 1 20 28 -Su 24 14 

jsaft-t-a 23 24 ^>a&£a 35 11 -Su 39 15 pa-la-a-Su 40 32 palipi-ya S 13 . 
Plbs palahu to fear, reverence ap-la-ah 36 1 i/>-Za7i 11 23 29 18 33 10 ip-la-hu 

16 2i 2 6io 31 2 ° ;?a-Za-Aa S9 24 pa-la-ahW-Su 41 s pa-li-M-ka 41 33 -*« 40 20 ; 






GLOSSARY. 125 

pa-UhQ* pa-lihW pa-Wi-ka 23 11 -^m24 9 26 19 pa-li-il 35 5 -SW41 11 ; 

ip-tal-la-hu 22 19 ip-tal-lu 58 25 ; pulhu fear pul-U 10 19 12^; puluhtu 

fear pu-luh-tu 17 18 -ti 29 27 -to 58 6 ; pa-al-hi-is reverently 35 19 . 
robs IV I to cross, transgress, rebel ap-pal-kit l 9 ip-pal-kit 24 31 25 8 34 12 

-£i-<w 33 9 ; III I u-ga-pal-kat I will break to pieces 52 18 . 
dbs palasu IV i to look, look upon, favor ap-pa-lis 22 3 -li-is 59 25 ap- 

pa-al-sa 59 19 ip-pa-li-is 40 13 Z(/>-[pa-Zis] 24 s lip-pal-sa-an-ni 37 11 ; 

na-ap-li-is (impv.) 38 22 -Zi-si 39 u i-tap-lu-si (IV 2 inf.) 58 6 . 
phi) palaku (or balciku) to destroy napalkatu destruction na-pal-ka- 

ta-su 18 14 na-pal-ka-ti 17 27 (some implement or mode of attack). 
whs palaiu to scatter, break in pieces ap-lu-us 33 18 ; u-pal-li-sa 15 33 . 
PIJ3 panft face, front, presence pa-nu-u-a 20 18 28 27 36 2 37 29 pa-nu-uS-Svr 

un 26 10 40 24 pa-m 38 32 46' 6 -a 6 13 -ya 9 27 42^ 2 5 -fa" 63 5 -sul4 18 23 10 

-£a 64 6 pa-na the past 9 27 61 25 pa-an l 17 2 2 13 23 ; punu face (?) pu- 

na-su 58 5 . 
DD3 pasasu to forgive pa-si-su 25 28 . 
X¥D pisu white pisi-i 6 24 . 
np3 pakadu to visit, inspect, entrust, appoint ap-kid 23 29 48 19 -su- 

nu-ti 46 4 ap-ki-du 46 9 (sing.) ip-kid-du-us 48 17 (sing.); u-pa-ki-du 

42 7 46 2 ; pikittu appointment pi-kit-ti-su-un 46 4 -ta-su-un 46 3 ; 

pitkudu thoughtful, provident pit-ku-du 9 18 16 1 . 
JOB to cut off, destroy pa-ri-'i 15 25 ; u-par-ri-i 16 7,17 33 1 ; nipritu 

destruction (?), famine (?) ni-ip-ri-i-tu 25 32 -ft' 27 6 ni-ip-ri-ti 14 14 . 
SO 3 parti mule(?), ox(?) imiruparipi 12 12 14 28 48 14 pa-rU, 3 28 . 
m3 a&ww paru a kind of stone pa-ru-ti 6 24 . 
3^3 parab five sixths 20 26 . 

bna parzillu iron parzilli ll 21 22 23 parzillipi 6 28 . 
pa paraku to separate, bar, hem pur-ru-ku 26 31 (II 1 perm.) ; parakku 

enclosed space, sanctuary -ka 38 19 parakkipi 41 15 -Su-nu 26 33 . 
*0"13 naparkft cessation na-par-ka-a 27 17 . 
D13 purimu wild ass imiru purimi pi 30 11 . 
■HJ13 parunakku enclosure (?) pa-ru-nak-ki 20 6 . 
D13 parasu to divide, cut, decide, hinder ip-ru-us 27 22 pa-ra-as 27 10 ; 

u-par-ri-is 32 4 ; purussu decision, decree purussi-Su-nu 19 21 ; piristu 

decision, decree, oracle pi-ris-ti 61 19 ' 20 . 
■p3 parasu to command ap-ru-us 16 26 ; parsu command paras 7 U 

parsipi6& -$a GW-uw- 20 te 1 -*. 
T13 pararu to break to pieces u-par-ri-ir 17 9 lu-pi-ri-ir 4 10 mu-pa-ri-ru 5 11 . 
55?13 pargu entrails (?), filth, excrement par-Su 16 12 3I 29 . 
BH3 parasu IV 1 to fly m,ut-tap-ri$-u-ti (IV 2) 10 11 . 



126 GLOSSARY. 

W1fl IV I to flee, escape ip-par-Sid 26 15 2S 12 29 10 31 31 34 13 -Si-du 1^2* 32 1 * 
na-par-surdi 26 14 (inf.) ; it-ta-nap-ras-si-du he had fled (IV 3) 34 14 . 

n^a pasa cf. ntso. 

nt?3 pasahu to be quiet, become quiet u-pa-as-si-lia 41 9 . 

L3ty£) pasatu to scatter, destroy i-pa-as-si-tu 24 19 . 

pt^3 pasku strong, steep, difficult \_pa-af\-1cu 14 10 pa-as-ka-a-ti 2 6 ; 

supsuku steep s*up-su-ka-a-ti 2 26 ; pusku difficulty pu-us-ku 40 25 . 
BW3 pasasu to cleanse (?), anoint (?) ap-su-uS 37 21 38 15 lip-sihus 24 16 39". 
^3^2 pitfi to open ta-pat-ta-a 52 16 ap-ft' 10 6 ap-ft' 59 22 ap-ta-a 61 19 zp-ta- 

as-& 63 3 ip-[>] 14 19 tp-fc* 17 22 ; pi-ta-a (impv.) 52 14 > 15 pi-ta-as-si 63 1 ; 

putu opening, entrance, side pvirut 8 16 pu-ut-ni 61 24 pw-Zi 15 29 (pi.) ; 

pitu open pi-tu-ti 2 28 . 
pfi£) pataku to build, make pitku a work pi-tik 50 14 . 

npra pitkudu cf. npa. 



|Ki¥ to be good, favorable u-sa-i-i-nu-in-ni 44 9 ; sfnu good si-ni 16 11 . 

jK,y sinu sheep and goats sm 30 27 si-i-ni 12 13 18 26 31 4 - 33 32 3 . 

"1K 2 ¥ siru the top, back ; lofty, exalted ; upon, against si-i-ru 7 216 
si-i-ri 37 18 38 22 si-ru-u-a 15 12 si-ru-us-su 10 28 12 6 14 11 - 15 36 24 -su-un 12 22 
sir 24 23 27 19 30 4 34 31 -uS-Su 21 20 24 31 25 8 -us-Su-un 27- 16 42 9 H-ir 15 26 
16 8 sirutipi 50 14 sz-ru-ta 36 23 s«W« 34 11 siWi lS^SGUl 14 si-ra-ti 2 20 
si-ra-a-ti 38 9 50 22 -ft' 9 10 42 15 . 

IKjf siru a plain szri 3 20 24 27 25 8 30 24 44 5 57 205!S sira 1G 13 46 3 . 

K^ sabu man, soldier sabipi 1 9 2 9 amilusdbipi 11 23 13 5 26 18 44 3 -su 12 24 . 

mx sabitu gazelle sabltipi 30 11 . 

3H¥ isasumbu a kind of wagon su-um-bi 14 28 . 

m¥ abnusab-hipi pearls (?), necklace (?) 63 12 ' 13 64 21 . 

J"Q¥ sabatu to seize, take, embrace, build, work as-bat 4 2 7 26 15 25 [17 29 ] 
346 38 i2 4412 4 6 e 50 7 as-la-at 36 32 is-bat 25 22 33 5 35 28 60 3 61 22 -su-nu-li 
25 32 is-ba-ta 23 9 34 13 48 27 li-is-ba-at 37 19 is-ba-tu l 6 ' 18 22 17 - 19 29 11 31 20 
is-ba-tu-ni l 4 -nim-ma 15 7 28 32 is-bat-u-nim-ma 46 2&25 sa-Saj* (impv.) 22 13 
sa&-«w (perm.) 15 15 sa-bit 5 14 sa-ba-ti 4 27 '; as-sa-bat (= as-ta-bat) 13 32 
i>sa-5ai 13 27 ; «-pa6-W* 21 4 31 16 -fo-to 24 26 ; u-sa-ds-bit 6™ -su-nu-ti 34 24 
42 23 -bi-it-su 40 14 ; sibtu seizure si-6ii 33 18 ; subtu garment, clothing 
sw-&a£ 52 10 64 2 ^ 17 . 
nv su-hi su-H-Su (?) 60 22 . 

1TO saharu to be small u-sa-ah-Hr 12 20 Zi-sa-aW[>V] 61 15 Z«'-sa-[^'-tV] 
61 16 ; sihru, sahru small siliru 10 22 12 12 gtAra 17 28 20 2 48 2 sihrutipi 
12n3 20 pcKJ^-n 35 26 . 



GLOSSARY. 127 

vhx siltu battle si-il-ti 15 22 . 

Hi"* salu to beg, entreat u-sal-li 22 30 42 14 u-sal-la-a 25 25 ; taslitu prayer 

ta-as-li-ti 38 25 . 
SS* salalu to fall, sink is-lal 6 13 . 
SStf salalu to cover salulu shadow, protection salu^ylum 24 2 sa-lu-lu 

6 7 ; sululu shadow, cover, roof su-lu-li-su 38 8 su-lul-H-na 30 8 ; sillu 

shadow cmsil-li dungeon ll 22 ( aw = receptacle). 
VtTX salmu image sa-lam 7 27 8 25 . 

thx salmu fern, nalimtu black sa-lim-tum 58 11 sal-mat 40 10 . 
*&¥ summu thirst su-um-mi 30 10 ' 22 ' 32 31 26 -su-nu 31 29 . 
1D¥ samadu to arrange, harness sa-an-du 40 17 (perm.) sa-mid-su 20 15 ; 

simdu, sindu, simittu span si-in-di-Su 14 29 si-mit-ti 16 9 . 
"1D¥ samaru II i to plan u-sa-am-mi-ru-Su 17 25 . 

tYX si-pa a kind of stone (?) 4 25 . 
*]£)¥ sippatu a kind of reed sip-pa-a-ti 20 27 . 
"I2¥ issurtt bird cf. "l^X. 
rvm susu a sprout (?) su-sa-a 62 9 . 
riX¥ sissu bond im?i-is-si 22 22 . 
my sarahu to be angry is-sa-ru-uh 42 13 . 

Tiy sirritu sir-ri-tu 33 19 . 

DITC sutmu su-utc>)-mu 32 6 . 

P 

iOp kibu to say, speak, announce, inform, call, command ikabi 61 7,10 
i-kab-bi 52 21 64 7 a£-&i 12 4 13 28 27 7 59 7 ' 8 at-k-u 59 6 taWu-n 35 21 - 23 
ik-bi 25 13 40 14 ik-ba-a 48 28 ik-bu-u 25 10 (sing.) li-ik-ba-a 37 16 ^-Zm-t* 
19 22 (pi.) 20 1 - 17 26 19 34 10 -Sm 19 24 li-ik-bu-u 37 18 39 22 41 33 ; kibitu 
command ki-bit 6 8 -su 39 20 /h'-6i'-i'£ 38 28 -sm-wm 35 31 [kibili-Su] 41 14 
&-&i-ii 41 28 -su-nu 36 1 . 

b^P kabalu to meet muktablu (I 2) warrior muk-tab-li-Su-nu l 9 2 9 ' 14 
4 19 ; kablu fight kabli 2™ 3" 4 7 8 7 44 2 fcaMi 40 18 58 23 kab-la 59 8 ' 16 
&a-&aZ-$M48 26 ; kablu midst kabal 10 20 ll 31 ; kabaltu midst, waist 
Tca-bal-ti 32 5 kablati p i-ya 63 19 -.sa 63 18 64 19 -su-nw 16 17 . 

Hip II 1 to wait u-ki l 8 . 

Sip kulu voice £w-Zm 59 19 . 

sjlp kapu to decay, fall i-£w-j9m 24 4 37 28 . 

nip kapu to entrust i-ki-pu-nu 36 7 ; aww'Zwkfpu keeper, chief, governor 
52 21 63 1 ' 3 ' 7 ' mi316 - 19 ' 22 64 3 fe>'52 13 ' 14 kipa-su-nu 8 2 affl ii« kipanipi 22 21 - 22 
amiluki-pa-a-ni 42 24 46 1 50 5 amiluki-i-pa-a-ni 42 7 . 



128 GLOSSARY. 

nip katu to give ik-u-tu 36 13 . 

ItDp kutru smoke ku-tur 13 22 . 

Uty kasu to give, present a-kis-su 48 1S i-ki-sa 34 1 . 

bbp kullultu shame, disgrace kul-lul-ti 12 s . 
bp^p kalkaltu hunger kal-kal-ti BO 10 - 22 - 33 Ql' 27 . 

nop kamu to barn ak-mu 13 22 18 10 ik-mu-u 28 13 ; nakmutu conflagra- 
tion na-ak-mu-ti-su-nu IS 22 . 

VDp kamasu to press together II 2 to crouch uk-tam-mi-is 59 23 ; III 2 
to press together us-tak-mi-is 61 23 . 

HJp kanft reed kand 60 18 . 

np kananu to place, lay (?) kun-nu-nu 59 2 (III perm.) they crouch; 
kinnu family, nest kin-nu 30 25 -su 25 17 31 3 . 

13p kap&du to plan, devise, meditate ik-pu-ud 14 7 46 n ik-pu-du 25 32 
48 2 ik-pu-du-u-ni 26 20 ; III I to entrust (?) u-sak-pi-du 26 9 . 

f)£3p kuppu cage ku-up-pi 12 15 . 

li'p kasaru to bind, collect, devise at-sur 23 27 33 33 t>* u-ru 20 11 £a-si"r 25 28 ; 
ku-us-sur 32 32 ; ki-is-su-ra (= kitsura I 2) 62 9 ; ul-tak-si-ru 3 16 ; kisiru 
possession K-si'r 33 33 ; kisru might ki-is-ri 5 11 H-sir 9 29 -su-nu 4 10 . 

npp kakkadu (=I-«#adu) head Jfaftadi 25 10 - 11 40 10 -?/a 63 7 -sa 63 6 64 23 
£a£-£a-s« 18 22 19 13 kakkadipi 19 14 -sw-mt 1 13 4 20 - 

Ipp kakkaru ground, earth kak-ka-ru 25 14 ' 21 30 ia29 ' 32 31 9 -ri 9 s9 52 1 
W-|:ar 18 15 30 22 . 

fcVlp karu to call, invite, pray a£-n'10 9 ; ik-ti-ra 15 7 ik-tir-u 27 9 ££-&'- 
ru-nim-ma ll 25 . 

2"lp karabu to approach ak-rib ll 33 ik-ru-bu 15 9 ; ak-ti-rib 8 2 ; su-uk- 
ri-ba 39 13 ; kirbu midst &-ir-6i 41 30 -sm 35 19 kir-bi-su-un 12 14 &i-ir- 
&<z 41 18 -su 36 34 £z-n& midst, within (used after prepositions or 
alone) 2 10 4 19 -£m 10 7 -sw-tm 13 6 -sz-na 23 20 ki-ri-ib-Su 35 9 ; kir-bf- 
ti-£u-nu (pi. of kirbu (l)} o 28 ; kitrubu approach, attack kit-ru-ub 
1910 1Q23 li-it-ru-ub 6 9 ; takribtu prayer tak-rib-ti 27 3 ; ikribu 
prayer ik-ri-bi\-su] 24 17 . 

Tip karadu to be strong ik-ri-da 58 3 ; kardu fern, karittu strong, 
warrior kar-du 5 5 V 9 6 20 19 32 13 - 32 kar-du-ti 7 11 M* 31 7 33 3 ; 
karradu, kuradu strong, warrior kar-ra-du 32 33 ku-ra-du 61 10,11 
ku-ra-di 2 21 61 7 -ya p i2 5 -Su-nu l 11 3 19 4 12 16 12 ku-ra-a-di-su-nu 2 16 ; 
kurdu might kur-di 25 26 . 
pp karnu horn karndtipi-Sa 32 30 . 

lip karuru decrease ka-ru-ra 60 13 . 

t^p kastu bow 15 24 £a&i 11 24 20 14 31 7 38 27 -ya 19 3 lma(i(!) P i 60 22 
(arches of the rainbow (?)). 



GLOSSARY. 129 

nnp katu completed ka-ta-a 23 29 . 

nnp katu hand 33 14 katu (= ina Mto") 13 7 kdtu-u-a 26 16 Mto<-su 9 15 -uS- 
su 39 24 katuS-surun 46 28 £a-to<-u-a 38 25 £a-to/-ws v -su 40 7 ' 20 fcato" 22 16 
23 8 31 32 kati-ya 6 14 £a-to 3 30 10 16 50 19 -ya 61 22 -su-u?z 16 15 ka-a-ta 40 12 
fca* IS 1 ' 2 -sm 5 13 ' 26 9 19 Mta-a-a ll 81 16 22 17 12 31 5 509 £a-ta-a-su 40 10 
kali 27 26 31 17 34 6 46 26 -ya 33^ 18 42 14 63 22 -sa 63 21 64i 8 . 

nnp kuttahu spear kut-ta-hu 15 25 32 33 kut-ta-hi 17 7 . 



n« 4 *l ri'u to pasture, shepherd, rule ir-ti-'i-u 30 12 ; ri'u shepherd, ruler 9 3 
amiluri'u 6 7 amQuri'i 5 7 ; ri'utu dominion ri'u-ut 19 20 -sw [40 33 ] 
ri'u-si-na 2S 2 ; ritu pasturage, food n'-i-to' 10 24 . 

3N 2 ") ra'abu to be angry, rage ir-'-ub 64 6 . 

SNs-i ribitu place, square, street ri-bit 9 12 17 28 19 16 ri-ba-a-ti 26 31 . 

"1K 4 "1 radu storm ra-a-di 9 29 . 

DXi"l rimu wild ox ri-i-mu 36 27 . 

DN 3 "l ramu to pity, love ir-a-mu 40 32 ; rimu grace ri-i-mu 21 10 25 29 27 6 
29123323439 r i-i- m a 3 31 ; rimu fem. rlmtu beloved ri-im-tu 32 27 ; 
naramu fem. naramtu love, favorite na-ra-mi-ka 38 19 -su 37 16 
na-ram 20 19 30 13 32 26 na-ra-am 5 2 35 12 na-ram-tiM™. 

px 3 1 ruku far ru-u-£w 9 14 22 10 rwMto^ 13 27 [62 16 ] ru-ku-u-ti 9 24 -to* 30 6 ; 
ruku, rukku, rukitu distance ru-ii* 62 3 ru-u-ki 62 2 ru-uk-ki 10 20 
ru-ki-i-ti 28 12 . 

tyXO ra§u head ra-su-u-a 15 22 ; risu head, summit, chief n'-i-sw 27 26 
ri-i-si-i-su 24 6 ra 5 25 (ra i-ra = fountain head) 8 25 rws 35 14 risi(?')pi 
27 15 ; riStu pi. nMto summit ri-si-i-ti 9 5 ; ristu first, chief, former 
ris-tu-u 30 16 62 6 ri-is-tum 37 1 re'£-to' 7 10 . 

K?K 4 -( riSatu rejoicings ri-sa-a-ti 23 24 36 15 ' 33 38 5 ' 13 -to' 20 6 -torn 41 1 . 

K 4 3"l arba'i fem. irfo'ffw four ar&a'-i 2 22 9 3 irbit-ti 23 14 i>-6'zV-to" 35 2 ir-bi-it- 
tim 40 29 fr&tMa 5 7 7 14 ; ribu fourth ribu-u 63 15 64 20 ri-ba-a 60 s . 

*0*i riba decline, sunset ri-ba 37 12 38 23 . 

T\T\ rabu to be great, become large ir-bu-u 20 9 62 14 ; mu-sar-bu-u 5 16 7 12 ; 
rabu large 12 12 ra&w-u 7 1 ro-ftu-u 35 18 ra&i 8 8 58 15 rabi-i 5 4 ra&fi 20 2 
raba-a 17 28 63 6 ' 7 ra-&a-a 64 23 rabuti 35 6 rabutipi 2 22 61 19 amilurabutipi 
17 10 -sw 16 2 -sw-ura 19 15 -sw-nw 16 19 ra&i-to" 10 15 39 10 52 22 raM-to' 5 23 
rabdtipi 60 22 ; a mJ 7 M rab- a z M hal-su commander of a fortress 13 7 ; 
rubu prince 6 13 9 11 rw&w-w 6 3 ru-bi-i 40 22 (pi.) rubutipi 25 18 
amilurubutipi ll 19 ' 34 ; rabi-is 7 20 ; tarbitu product ta-ar-bi-it 36 23 . 
V31 rab&su to lie down rab-su (perm.) 59 2 . 



130 GLOSSARY. 

BOI murbasu stroke, blow mur-ba-su 16 28 17 13 . 
JJ1 raggu bad, wicked rag-gu 39 7 ra-ag-gu 3S 29 ra^i 16 11 . 

DJ1 rigniu word, cry rig-ma 59 4 . 

"Ut rig-gir ideogram for some kind of wood 60 18 . 

rm radti. to tread, subdue, beget (?), march, pursue, flow ar-di-i 31 10 
42 26 ar-di-su-nu-ti 3 s4 i'r-c7u-u 20 10 (he begat (?)) 30 6 (pl.) 15 ' 21 - 33 ; a r-ti- 
di 8 21 mur-ti-du-u 7 14 ; II I to join u-rad-di 12 22 34 2 ; III i to cause 
to flow u-sar-di 58 16 iirsar-da-a 16 8 IvrSar-di l^H 14 - 21 ; ridutu 
cohabitation (6tf ruMfti harem) ridu-u-ti 20 6 ri-du-u-ti 19 18 . 

Ill radadu to pursue ar-du-ud 4 11 ra-da-di-su-nu 16 84 . 
3n rabu II i to extinguish mu-rib 6 7 . 

vn risu helper ri-si-i-su 29 5 ; risfttu help ri-su-tu 25 4 27 28 ri-su-ti 5 19 
tifu-d 15 20 33 8 -sw 19 9 25 24 -sw-nw 17 s ri-su-u-tu 29 3 -ti 25 26 n'-su-u* 4* 
ri-su-us-su-un ll 25 . 
nm(?)rihitu consumption, destruction rirhi-it 26 s0 . 

yrn rahasu to ovei'flow ra-hi-si l 12 5 22 ; rihiltu overflow ri-M-il- 
ti 3 19 . 

J"D"1 markitu refuge mar-ki-i-tu 26 13 mar-ki-tu 31 80 mar-ki-ti-su 34 14 
-su-nu 31 31 . 

33"! rakabu to mount, ride ar-ta-kab 15 23 ; rakibu, rakbu courier, 
messenger ra-ki-bu-si-in 16 23 rak-bu-su 12 33 22 15 ' 25 ?-a£-&i-i'-sw-tm-46 16,23 ; 
rukubu, riding, chariot, equipage ru-ku-pi-ya 16 9 ru-ku-bi-ka 35 17 
ru-kub 20 14 48 15 ; narkabtu chariot narkabti 20 15 -?/a 3 4 narkabat 
15 22 16 n narkabatipi 1 7 2 5 -?/a 2 7 -&t 8 19 -sw-nw 3 15 . 

Sdi rikiltu slander ri-kil-ti 14 14 . 

DD1 rakasu to bind, erect ar-ku-us-su 28 22 ; Vrrak-kis 12 16 21 4 -H-sa 22 7 
46 7 48 12 ruk-ku-sa 16 4 ; riksu bond, support rik-su-su 10 2 rik-sa-a-ti 
20 5 46 7 ; markasu enclosure, retreat mar-kas 20 7 . 

[BOI rukusu possession ru-ku-si-Su-nu 31 28 . 

noi ramfi. to dwell, inhabit ar-ma-a 41 1 ir-mi 23 26 ra-mu-u 35 9 ra-mi- 
i-ka 38 20 ; u-Sar-ma-a 39 8 41 24 su-ur-ma-a 35 19 . 

HD1 ramfi to settle, fall ir-mu-u 10 2 . 

nm ra-um-mi 61 14 . 

• ^01 ramaku to pour out ri-it-mu-ku 16 12 (I 2 perm, blood and filth 
clave to the chariot). 

DD^ ramamu to speak, thunder ir-tam-ma-am-ma 5S 12 . 

JD1 ramanu self ra-ma-nu-us-sin 16 24 ra-man-i-Su 22 27 42 6 ra-ma-ni-Su- 

nu lS^ 10 ra-man-s« 25 s3 28 18 -su-un 46 13 . 
tjDI rasapu II i to thrust through u-ra-sa-pu 17 2 u-ras-sip 25 1 u-ra-as- 
sip 28 10 -«-_pa 3288. 



GLOSSARY. 131 

WQ") rapasu to be widespread, numerous u-rap-pi-Su 20 u mu-rap-piS 9 17 ; 

rapsu broad rap-su 25 27 (libbu rapsu large-hearted) 30 8 rap-si 44 5 

rap$upi-ti3 w rap-su-ti 13 23 15 13 rapsati p i3 ls rap-sa-a-ti 35 27 -timlO 16 ; 

ritpasu broad ri-it-pa-su 41 2 . 
rpn rasapu to join, build ar-sip 4 29 10 5 ra-sa-pi 4 23 . 
Dpi rikku plant, aromatic plant riklipi 36 15 38 4 . St. pll. 
HUH rasu to possess, grant, permit ar-si-i 36 1 37 29 ar-si-su 21 10 25 29 33 23 48 9 

-su-u-ma 29 12 -Su-nu-ti 27 6 ar-sa-Su-nu-ti 3 31 iV-su-w 12 26 35 13 ra-as 14 4 ; 

ir-ta-si 40 4 ; u-sar-si 41 6 u-sar-sa-a 22 26 ; marsitu possession mar- 

4ft 3 28 . 
3 an rasabu to be mighty ra-as-bu 4 24 ; rasubtu might, majesty ra- 

Sulhbat 10 24 48 21 . 
lan raSadu III i to establish, found u-sar-si-id 36 30 sur-su-da 9 29 (perm.). 
a>an russu genuine ru-us-si-i 16 4 . 

K 4 m ritu II i to erect, establish u-ra-at-ti 38 10 u-ra-at-ta-a 36 25 w-n'-ta" 6 27 . 
a>sm ritpasu cf. a^in. 

nm rittu hand (?) rit-tu-u-a 15 26 rit-ti-i-Su 48 12 -su-un 22 7 rit-ti-su-un 16 4 
-Su-nu 16 16 . 

a* Sa relative pronoun who, which, whoever, and genitive particle 
l 213 3 23 4 n 24 18 ; when 7 20 ; that, quod 50 3 . 
riN 4 ty to see, seek, look after, devise i-sa-'a-u 30 11 a-si-i-a 41 3 si-'i 62 9 
(perm.) ; as-ti-'i 24 5 as-ti-'i-i 41 7 is-ti-i-i 40 6 ; is-ti-ni-'i-i-si-na-a-tim 
40H ig-ti-ni-'i-u 46 20 48 6 . 
S^ity sa'alu to ask, request is-a-a-la 29 28 is-a-a-lu 29 27 is-a-lu 25 3 &z- 
'a-aZ 22 1525 27 22 ; mu&talu, multalu provident, prudent mul-ta- 
lu7 9 ; is-ta-na-'a-a-lum 32 22 ; u-sa-'i-lu ll 27 15 15 . 
-iKxty Siru flesh, kinsman sir 29 7 32 14 sin" 24 10 slra(?) 33 18 ttrfyi 26 1 

-sw-rcw 26 24 . 
"IX^ saru wind, storm sa-a-ru 59 15 Sdn^z 60 15 . 
nK 3 a> §itu (?) to flee, to refuse (?) a-si-it 36 2 i-si-tu-u-ni 26 13 27 6 . 

3a» subu su-fo' 2 14 4 19 su-u-U 4 13 . 

*Oa> §ibu to be satisfied, have enough lis-bi 24 12 ; u-sab-bu-u (II i) 32 20 ; 

gibu, niSbu sufficiency, satisfaction si-bi-i 24 10 rais-fa'-i 30 31 . 
33a> gibbu girdle &'&-&w 63 18 ' 19 64 19 sib-U 16 a17 48 12 . 
t33a> Sibtu staff, scepter, stroke, slaughter ttb-tu 33 29 sib-ti 27 5 . 
haa- subultu ear of grain §u-bul-tu 20 26 . 

~aa> Sabaru to break to pieces a-Sab-bir 52 17 ; u-Sab-U-ru 18 3 ; Sibirru 
weapon, mace (?) Si-bir-ri 38 25 . 



132 GLOSSARY. 

13ty Sibru Babylonian for sipru work Si-U-irSu 36 21 ' 23 38 u 39 5 . 

raw Subtu cf. atyi. 

HJjy &igu prayer 27 3 . 

DJty sagamu to cry out, roar as-gu-um 5 22 15 27 . 

1J5? Sigaru cage i?u si-ga-ru 28 21 < 34 33 22 . 

tyjty §agaltu destruction sa-gal-ti 3 18 . 

mtJ? Sadu mountain £arfw-w 2S 19 31 11 5S 14 60* 46 - 6 *adw l 13 19 8 (pi.) 60 16 

farfi^ 4 18 saJa-a 2 5 sad-da-a 17 20 fatfij,* 3 3 Sadi p i-i 6 8 - 24 $ad-dt-t 

1327,31. 

Tlty sadadu to draw, drag is-du-du 34 25 ; giddu border, coast si-di S 1 

*£-&"-< ll 6 ftfcft 15 28 . 
Tlty sadadu to love, compassionate (?) Su-du-ud 61 14 . 
Slty sadlu fern, sadiltu broad, extended sad-lu-ti ll 7 sa-di-il-ti 16 9 . 
lty su he, it, that one su-u 6 13 ' 14 12 23 13 26 14 24 16 26 28 11 ' 24 29 10 ' 1G 33 10 42 4 
58 3 59 16 ; sasu he, him, himself, that one sa-a-su llioi2i 4 24 25 
051,29 2S 30 35 9 ' 13 ' 23 37 7 39 4 ; su'atu, satu pi. sdtunu this, that su r 
. a-tu 4 21 - 27 9 28 17« 27] ' 31 18 12 ' 15 44 11 50 10 Su-a-ti 10 13 24 15 Su-a-tim 
3510,20 36 2i 3710,27,28,31 3910,15 §a-a-tu-nu 4 29 2G 18 ' 23 42 21 48 27 Sa-tu- 
nu 3 31 . 
"\W sfdu bull deity u u sidi 26 21 . 
aw satu to draw, bear iSa-at ll 14 i-su-tu 21 22 27 22 la-su-ta (=lu + a-su- 

ta) 23 11 . 
cp §ipu foot H-pu-u-a 10™ 11™ sipu-uSSu 23 16 40 23 -us-su-un 31 6 &>i 
12 10 $£pi-£u 40 9 &>i 22 12 -ya 11 8 63 22 Su 7 17 -£a 63 21 64 18 -sw-nw 15 12 
Siptpi-ya l 17 -su5 24 ; §iptu base(?) si-pit-su 10 1 ; supu battering- 
ram (?) su-pi-i 12 10 . 
pity Suku abundance 20 29 . 
*11ty suru ox su-u-ri 16 4 . 
|Tty sazanu to lie (?), boast (?) il-zi-nu 25 16 . 
XW sahu a kind of wild beast Sahipi 26 25 ' 30 . 
T\TW Sahu to swim iSa-ah-M 60 14 . 
tonty Sahatu to strip, flay aS-hu-ut 34 7 [w]-7iw-ta 48 5 . 
nnty Sahapu to overthrow (= sahapu) aS-hu-up 4 17 . 
"linty to be narrow, contracted us-ha-ri-ir 59 18 . 
finty s»ahatu to bow, cast oneself down aS-hu-ut 37 28 . 
nw Satahu to march (?) iSa-at-ti-to 40 17 41 4 . 

1C3» sataru to write i-Sat-ta-ru 24 20 o&fwr 48 13 oZ-ta-wr 4 28 Z&jta' 24 16 
Sa?-ra (perm.) 24 18 sat-ra 32 15 ; sitru writing &-*ir 23 31 39 16 ' 18 
Si-ti-ir 37 20 38i 4 . 
^ sTu grain, crop ifwrni 20 25 . 



GLOSSARY. 133 

D"ty samu to fix, appoint i-Sam-ma 32 5 li-sim 24 11 i-si-mu 35 4 -Su-nu-ti 
32 15 ; nwrsim 7 3 mu-si-mu 7 11 ; simatu, simtu, sitimtu fate, destiny 
Si-ma-tu G2 11 si-ma-ii 24 11 si-im-ti-su 14 2 $$ma* 4S 22 si-ma-at 35 4 
-su 35* slmdtipi 7 4,12 si-tim-ti-su-nu 17 22 . 
par sinati urine si-na-li-su-un 16 32 . 

33iy Sakbitu overthrow (?) sak-bi-ti 27 6 . 

pjy sakanu to set, lay, make, appoint, establish, accomplish i-sak-ka- 
wu24 21 30 25 17 18 as-kun l 11 60 16 -£m 22 3 28 2a33 29 15 48 n as-£u-ura3 19 
as-ku-na 16 5 44 s aU-«-n« 10 t 34 20 50 6 iag-[kun~] 61 12 taS-ku-nu 
61 15 " 18 iS-kun 8 17 [52 a ] 3 (sakanu uznu, to resolve) is-ku-na 2o 8 
-nam-ma 57 21 is-ku-nu 9 13 (sing.) 61 2 Zft-£un 24" 39 18 is-ku-nu (pi.) 2 5 
24 29 26 29 29 9 31 27 tofc-nu (perm.) 29 9 48 2 ; sa-£m 5 14 sa-/an 59 19 ; 
Sa-kan 46 15 ; as-ta-kan ll 28 17 6 50 18 al-ta-kan 6 3 as-tak-ka-na 24 27 27 14 
is-ta-kan 27 29 is-tak-kan 23 20 [&]-ta£-£a-an 39 23 sit-ku-nu (perm.) II 26 
15 14 1G 3 ; u-sa-as-kin 6 11 -7a-?za 31 6 ; is-sa-kin 23 10 32 13 lis-sa-kin 46 17 
61 17 -K-tn 37 7 ig-sak-nu 25 32 i§-sa-ak-nu 4 6 ; saknu governor Sa-ak- 
nuQ 1 amilusaknutipi 27 13 amilusak-nu-ti-ya 6 2 ; siknu work, ap- 
pointee si-fen IS 13 24 30 27 14 ; maskanu station mas-kan-i-Su 18 19 
4S 18 -sw-wn 46 4 ; sakkanakku governor 23 18 Sakkanakkipi 36 5 
amilu$akkanakki p i ll 19 -33 sak-ka-nak-ka 40 22 . 

"DP sakaru (also sakaru) to speak, swear (?) promise (?) u-sa-aS-kir- 
su-nu-ti 20 5 . 

•DP sakg.ru u-Sa-kir 15 32 31 26 . 

KsW salu to cast, shoot (the bow) sa-li-i 20 14 . 
nbt? (?) Sulutu royalty §u-lu-ti-ya 13 5 . 

n^P Salu to float, swim i-sal-lu-u 16 10 u-sal-lu 59 21 . 

nSiy Sillatu wickedness (?) blasphemy (?) Sil-la-tu 26 18 ' 19 . 

jbp salgu snow sal-gu 13 80 . 

nbp Salhu wall, rampart sal-hu-u 18 10 ; sal-hu-tim 39 26 . 

chw salatu to rule sit-lu-ta-at 32 29 ; III 2 ul-tal-li-tu 2 23 ; sal-tig vic- 
toriously 30 30 . 

Vrtf salalu to plunder, carry away as-lu-la S 24 ll 17 ' 32 12 17 13 5 ' 21 18 25 
3113,3333305017. g a iiatu booty Sal-la-tu 50 16 -?J12 2 46 8 M-Za£ 31 17 
-stf 31 13 sal-la-sun ll 17 ' 32 13 5 ' 21 ng»-n« l 15 ' 23 3 25 S 24 ; sallutu captivity 
Sal-lu-su-nu 3 32 ; sal-la-tis as booty 12 14 . 

ubw salamu to be whole, well, completed, executed is-lim-ma 23 2 ; 
u-Sal-lim 24 1 mu-Sal-li-ma-at 38 28 -mat 39 6 ; salmu favorable, peace 
Sal-mu 38 2 Sa-al-mu 36 11 Sal-mi 27 4 ; Salimtu peace Sa-lim-tim 41 13 
Sa-li-im-tim 41 7 ' 28 ; §ulmu peace, greeting, rest, sunset Su-lum 25 3 
2927.29 ^_ mi ' 724 _ ya 22i5- 2 5 27 22 ; sulmlinis, Salmis peacefully 



134 GLOSSARY. 

su-ul-m a-nis 41 5 Sal-mis 30 6 46 8 50 19 -mi-is 30 10 -mi-is 30 30 ; Salamtu 
corpse Sa-lam-ta-aS 40 4 Sal-mat 2 16 -ma-at l 11 3 19 4 12 . 

DSjy salummatu Sa-lum-ma-ti 6 6 . 

pbty §alaku to cut, cut out as-lu-uk 26 20 ; II i to rip open u-Sal-li-ku 31 28 . 

"l 1 ?^ sallaru a wall Sal-la-ar-Su 36 19 . 

B^t? Salsu, salultu third saZ-£w 63 12 Sal-Si 10 18 21 1 saZ-sa 60 5 64 19 Sa-lu- 
ul-ti 35 25 . 

nbiy suiutu cf. rVm 

□ty &umu name Su-ma 62 5 ' 11 sw-mi 24 15 ' 18 ' 19 Sumi-ya 5 16 Su-mi-ya 39 16 
-su 9 4 39 18 Swm 19 9 -sm 12 29 -jfci 52 24 sVum 37 20 3S 14 . 
X 4 Dty Simu to hear i-Sim-mi 24 18 as-mi-i 22 30 zs-m?' 13 23 50 2 61 20 iS-mi-i 27^ 
44 2 is-mi-i 29 25 iS-ma-a 44 7 iS-mu-u 21 3 (sing.) U-iS-mi-i 37 19 iS-mu-u 
15 20 (pi.) 22io 957 339 4,322 U-i S . mu . u 3919. 
SXiDtJ' sumilu the left 36 29 sumffi 10 5 . 
nnty §ummanu bond, fetter Sum-man-nu 16 5 . 
riDty samu pi. Sami, Samdmu, Samutu heaven Sami 44 10 Sami-i 7 5 15 13 

58ii,i9,24 591 Sa-ma-mu 62 4 Sa-ma-mi 38 23 sa-mu-tu 58 1 ' 4 -ium 13 29 16 8 . 
nrat? §amahu to thrive Su-um-mu-ha 20 27 . 
DDty summa if sum-ma 52 16 . 
pty samnu eighth Samni-i 14 6 . 



"lOt^ Samaru to be great, powerful, violent iS-tam-ma-ru 40 26 ; samru 
violent Sam-ri 15 29 17 7 ; Sumru, sumurratu violence su-mur 3 17 4 8 
Su-mur-ra-as-su 58 M ; Sam-ris violently 4 18 . 

nD» Simiru a ring smzr^z 22 7 4S 12 63 21 > 22 si-mir 64 18 Simiripi 16 315 . 

K?Dty samSu the sun a u Sam-Su 7 14 Samsi 3S 30 u u Sam-si 6 10 7 24 ; OT a< M u u Sam- 
§i(l) the extreme east(?) 9 25 . 

t^Dty sutmasu Sut-ma-Si 2 10 -£i 3 21 . 

rut? sanu to be different II 1 to change, defeat (?) u-Sa-an-ni 28 19 ; 
Sanumma another Sa-nu-um-ma 46 18 Sa-nim-ma 19 2 37 30 ; sattu 
pi. Sanati year Satti 35 25 Satd)-ti 24 6 Sandtipi 18 7 37 27 ' 33 38 32 -?/a 20 29 
37 13 Sandpi-ti l 2 ; §atti§am(ma) yearly Sat-ti-Sam 10 27 Satti-Sam-ma 
17 3 (= that year) Sat-li-Sam-ma 21 20 27 17 . 

njty Santi to be double II 1 to repeat, inform u-Sa-an-na-a 22 17 42 12 
lu-Sa-an-ni 52 24 ; iaanitu repetition, time 8 13 ; Santi second sani-i 17 24 
Sana-a 60 4 63 9 64 18 ; Sani'anu a second time Sa-ni-ya-a-nu 25 13 29 9 . 
JjtS> sangu priest 27 26 -u 7 15 £an#t 5 1 7 13 ; sangfltu priesthood 
Sangut-su 7 16 . 

^'p mainaktu maS-nak-ti 28 28 33 21 . 



GLOSSARY. 135 

ny §ananu to contend with, to rival Sa-na-an 23 14 ; saninu rival 

Sa-ni-nu 2 19 -na 2 23 9 8 Sa-nin-Su 5 7 40 12 ; al-ta-na-an l 10 . 
pty Sinnu tooth Sinni 12 28bu Sin 12 29 IS 24 (Sin piri = ivory). 
T\W sunatu cf. W\. 

riDt? Sasti. to call, cry out, speak i-SiS-si 59 3 al-sa-a (= aS-sa-a) 15 27 . 
fjDjy §ispu milk Si-is-pu 32 19 . 
p|ty saptu lip, command Sap-tu-uk-ka 37 7 Sapti-ya 25 7 Sap-ti-ya 21 3 
Sap-ta-Su-nu 59 13 . 

nsty siptu cf. c|tyKi. 

n£3ty iapahu to spread Sa-pu-uh 52 11 . 

■naty Sapaku to pour out, heap up as-^w-wfc 10 4 ; lu-Sipi-ik l 15 ; sipku 

mass Si-pik 10 3 . 
Sat? sapalu to be low, deep u-Sap-pi-il 37 32 u-Sa-pil 6 19 ; saplu fern. 

Saplitu lower, under Sap-li-Su-nu 60 18 Sa-pal-Su 23 4 40 22 Sapliti-ya 34 25 

Sap-li-ti 36 5 -ftVw 41 16 Sop-Zii 20 3 23 16 Sap-la-ti 24 21 (= things on 

earth); Supiltu lower part, pudenda Supil-ti 64 2 ' 3,17 -ta-Su-un 16 14 ; 

gupalu the lower Supali 5 27 ; muipalu depth muS-pa-li 6' 20 ; §ap- 

lis below 62 5 . 
|£3ty Sapanu to cover, overpower, cast iSpu-nu 7 18 . • Cf. jflD. 
121? Saparu to send, rule aSpur 48 16 iSpur 22 30 ispu-ra 12 32 29 27 i£- 

pur-am-ma 22 16 2.3 8 27 29 iSpu-ru 22 15 ; iS-ta-nappa-ra 22 26 ; ul-taspi- 

ru 9 9 ; Sipru, sipirtu mission, letter, work Si-ip-ri 36 13 si-^tr 23 29 

245,14,19 26 33 Sip-ra-a-ti-su-nu 46 23 ; §u-par(?) 44 9 59 n . 

pBn2t? iuparSaku officer, general Su-par-Sak-ya 19 5 Supar-Sakipi-ya 

46 22 48 15 . 
pt^Si? §upiuku cf. pts?2. 
Stft? i ? M§a-sil-li a kind of chariot 26 16 . 
np&y saku to drink maskitu drink mas-ki-ti 10 24 . 
npiy saku to be high &-£u 20 25 ; Saku high Sa-ku-u 7 4 Sa-ku-u-ti 30 7 . 
sipty Sakapu to erect, set up aS-kup 8 26 . 
npty gukuru cf. "ipi. 
mttf surru, Surratu beginning £wr-rw l 1 Sur-rat 7 20 ; nr/iMtiiritu month 

Tishri tisriti 38 2 . 
mty iarahu to be strong, powerful u-Sar-rih-Si 6 25 ; mul-tar-hi 5 11 ; 

tairihtu power taS-ri-ih-ti 36 34 . 
jDlty Surminu cypress isuSurmini 6 20 ' 27 . 
*pty sarapu to burn (trans.) aSru-up 8 24 aS-ru-up 2 1 3 26 4 15 ' 23 . 
pity saraku to give, present is-ru-ku-uS 9 10 . 
1"lty Sararu to be bright, shine; garuru brilliance Sa-ru-ru-Su 37 s ; 

Sarru king l 4 Sarri 5 3 -Su-nu ll 12 Sarra-Su 18 20 -£«-nw ll 20 Sar 3 6 



136 GLOSSARY. 

Sarrani 41 14 sarrani p i 2 19 Sarrcipi-ni 2 24 -»"«-nw l 2 ; larratu queen 
Sar-ra-ti S2 24 « M Sarrcrt 28 29 «„ £ar-ra* 19 28 20 21 26 3 29 22 30 8 32" 33 12 
34 28 ; sarrutu royalty Sarru-tu 20 4 Sarru-u-lu 35 4 sarru-ti 7 20 -a 5 16 
6 22 8 25 -#a l 1 -£u S 21 -sw-tm 20 27 -Ju-?ju 4 1 Sarru-u-ti 10 20 -?/a 35 12 
-£w 40 23 Sarru-u-ut 23 28 . 
tyu? gissu sixth sw-su 63 21 G4 22 &"£-& v z 24 23 a- iS-Sa 60 6 ; Susu sixty £m- 

H 3 21 ' 22 . 
tyty sasu cf. ie\ 

tyty Sassanis adv. like marble (?) sa-aS-Sa-ni-iS 36 26 . 
~nw J?M sa-sa-da-di a kind of chariot 26 16 34 24 . 

bjurtf suskal Su-us-kal 9 18 . 

r>jy aftrewsitp; ideogram for a kind of stone 30 19 . 
nnty satu to drink is-tu-u 30 31 ; is-ta-at-tu-u 31 29 ; maititu drink mas- 

fe'-ta 31 26 mas-ti-ti-su-nu 30 21 . 
Ijnty mastaku chamber, dwelling-place mas-ta-ki-su-nu 41 29 . 
DfW sitimtu cf. D'tS?. 
"inty suturu cf. -im. 
fifity suttu cf. jtyi. 



n a&nwtu ideogram for some costly stone 83 18 - 19 64 19 . 
DX 2 n tamtu, ti'amtu sea 59 18 - 25 f&nti 2 24 3 24 5 23 22 9 tam-ti 8 G tam-tim 10 20 
17 5 IS 17 tam-tfi 7 24 ' 25 S 25 tam-ta-am-ma 59 10 tamatipi 6 s ' 24 ta-ma-ta 59 19 
ft"-ama£ 21 8 62 7 . 
*Ofl tibu to come, approach it-ba-a 24 30 it-ba-am-ma 2S 25 Ut-ba-am-ma 
6 li5,mi8 ^-j u .„i 317 88 it-bu-nim-ma 23 4 it-bu-u-ni 28 10 .tf-fa' 61 5 #-&«- 
m 15 8 ti-bu-u-ni 15 11 ; u-sat-ba-am-ma 38 3 (1st pers.) 35 10 (3i~d pers.) 
u-sat-bu-nis-swm-ma 35 25 su-ut-bu-u 9 6 ; tibu approach ft'-2& 15 29 ' 30 ; 
tibutu approach ^-6w-m* 15 10 33 7 46 2 . 

MD tabaku to pour out, heap up at-ta-bak 6C 18 it-ta-bi-ik IT 19 . 

"bfi tabalu to take away &-ta-6aZ 63 6 ' 9 ' 12 - 15 ' 18 ' 21 64 2 fa-af-JaZ 63 7 ' 10 ' lal « 9 ' 22 
64 3 . 

■nn tabrati St. n~i3 (?). 

MJl tabsutu ta-ab-su-tu 39 26 . St. tWKsX?)- 

•^in tiduku cf. sjn. 

-iin taru to turn, return i-tar-ri 60 14 a-iw-ra 46 8 50 19 i-tur 59 5 i-fo-ra 59 20 
i-tu-ram-ma 60 8,10 i-tur-ru 37 5 i-tu-ru-ni 17 16 -nim-ma 30 30 ta-a-a-ri 
351 3 ta-a-a-ra 405; „_ ft y (H r ) 327 415,25 530 1331 2111 074 4124 4,33 
•dfu 48i 8 ■Jtt-nu-ft" 18 8 w-iAV 37 22 38" 41 2 * w-ftV-ra 3 29 12" 16 2f > 
u-tir-ram-ma 13 6 w-^V-ru 14 26 27 10 42 n Zw-ftV 39 18 w-ftV-ru (pi.) 18 2 



GLOSSARY. 137 

• mu-tir 9 23 ; ut-li-ir-si G4 17 " 23 ut-tir-ru 5S 20 ; tartu return ta-a-a-ar-tu 
17 1S -ti-ya So 25 turat 52 1 - 12 63 5 64 5 ta-a-a-rat 52 s ; titurru bridge 
ti-tur-ra-a-ti 3 5 . 
D?n tazimtu cf. DTJ. 

rrm tahazu cf. in«i. 
sSnn tahiubu cf. abn. 
nnn tahta cf. nnn. 

^n takalu to trust &-Jta-Z« l 5 ; «Wa-h7 19 11 it-ta-kil 8 15 19 8 22 28 42 6 
it-tak-lu S 7 19 n ; u-tak-kil-an-ni l'S 1 29 25 ; tiklu confidence, help, 
helper tik-li-a 5 20 -ya 23 7 27 12 ti-ik-li-ya 15 19 -sm 23 15 ti-ik-li-i-su 19 24 ; 
tukultu confidence, reliance, aid tukul-li 1 6 2 21 5 6 tu-kul-ti 40 24 
. tu-kul-ta-Su 16 2 tu-kul-la-ni 14 23 . 
tpjl tikpu some measure of length tik-pi G 19 . 
Sn tilu heap, mound, hill 6 18 till 3 27 4 15 ' 25 ftZ 4 16 . 

nSn talahu tul-lu-hu 36 2 3T 29 . 

ubr\ talamu III i to give u-sat-li-ma 15 24 u-Sat-U-mu-uS 50 22 ; talimu 

brother ta-li-mi 23^ ta-lim-ya 24 12 ' 18 . 
ry^n talittu cf. l^l. 

Hon tamti. to speak, swear a-ta-ma-a 35 20 i-ta-ma-a 35 16 35 22 U-ta-mu-u 
41 31 ; u-tam-mi-su-nu-ti 4 1 . 

TTDn tam(?)-zi-zi-is lo 33 . 

non tamahu to hold, seize, present at-muli 15' 26 it-muli 5 17 it-mu-lia 16 22 ; 
it-ta-ma-dh 40 6 ; u-tam-mi-ih 22 23 lu-ti-mi-ih 3 22 u-tam-mi-hu 4G 25 ; 
tu-sat-mi-hu 38 25 . 
nnnn tamharu cf. "inD. 
"l£30n tamtiru cf. ntDO. 
fDfl timinu memorial tablet, foundation stone ti-mi-in-na 36 16 ' 17 37 32 

38 s 39 3 li-mi-in-su 36 21 37 26 - 31 39 2 tim-mi-in-su 10 3 . 
"iDfi tamirtu cf. "iCKi; tamartu cf. -ix 2 o. 
jr\ ta-a-an determinative after numbers and measures 32 19 60 1 (cf. 
a-an). 
B?jn tinisitu cf. tyjtfi. 
mn tanittu cf. nxj. 
«]2n tappu helper tap-pi-i 40 15 . 
Xpn tiku attache?) ti-ik 10 1 . 

Dpn tukumtu (tukuntu) battle fwfomft' 5 8 6 6 14 8 tuk-ma-ti 15 11 . 
Jpn takanu to be firm, safe mu-ta-ki-in (II i) 9 16 . 
31 pn takribtu cf. 31 p. 

mil tarvl ta-rw-w 40 12 . 

mn tiriti ti-ri-i-ti 7 s . 



138 GLOSSARY. 

mn tarbltu cf. PDI. 

*7Jin targullu tar-gul-li 58 15 . 

r\-\r\ tarahhu enclosure (?), wall (?) ta-ra-ah-hu-us 36 19 . 

mn tirhatu gift, dowry tir-ka-ti 21 1<u7 . 

pn taraku to yield, shrink back i-tar-ra-ku 16 32 [17 21 ] ; it-[ta]-rik 59 16 . 

r"ir\ tari.su to direct, lay, place u-Sa-at-ri-is 36 24 u-sat-ri-is 38 8 M-&tf- 

ri-si 24 2 ; tarsu direction, time tar-si 13 3 18 5 . 

1tyr\ tu§aru cf. Ittfl ; tisritu cf. mi?, 

"inn titurru cf. -iin. 



CORRECTIONS. 



age xxvii 


line 25 read K 3 . 5 . 


" xxviii 


" 21 ' 


baltus-su. 


" xxxii 


" 36 ' 


iSf 


" xxxviii 


« 14 ' 


iStur. 


" xlv 


« 2 ' 


ippalkit. 


67 


5 ' 


ikallu, i. 


67 


" 17 ' 


' iked. 


71 


" 18 ' 


hu-li-ya-am. 


84 


" 21 ' 


-nn. 


85 


" 36 ' 


Assur. 


86 


« 16 ' 


xsSx. 


94 


" 6 ' 


wherefore ? 


101 


" 27 ' 


mi-ri-ih-tu. 


" 122 


« 2 ' 


lik-Tci. 


123 


3 ' 


si-hu. 


123 


" 10 ' 


su-hi-ru. 


135 


" 11 ' 


sipku. 



